Home Blog

The Best Restaurants In Bangkok: The IDEAL 27

First things first; Bangkok can give you the meal of your life on almost any street corner, for just a few sheets of Baht. But with a metropolis of this size, pace and pollution, eating that meal on that street corner may not always result in the most laid back of dining experiences.

Though the idea of going to restaurants and spending relative big Baht on food in Bangkok sometimes feels a little frivolous, this is one sophisticated city, with a culinary scene that’s just as comfortable dishing out multicourse tasting menus as it is pink plastic plates of spicy wonder.

From time to time, it’s nice to take that little big longer luxuriating in this city’s glorious cuisine. In an air conditioned room, back supported and upright in a chair, with a glass provided for your beer, or even, perhaps, with a glass of wine. To take stock of the country, the city and its alluring cuisine. For that, we won’t judge you.

So, with all that in mind, we’ve taken on the unenviable task of eating through Bangkok to give you, in our view, the most essential, scene-defining restaurants in the city. Here is our IDEAL 27; the best restaurants in Bangkok.

Samrub Samrub Thai, Silom

Ideal for a singular, masterful expression of Thai food both past and present…

This intimate, chef’s table experience might boast a Michelin star and a just-announced 47th place on the Asia’s 50 Best Restaurants list, but accolade chasing really doesn’t feel like the point at Samrub Samrub Thai.

Instead, expect a deep dive into historic Thai recipes and a regularly changing tasting menu that places fresh focus on a region, season or simply a vibe with each new menu, whether that’s a celebration of a long-lost Southern Thai seafood recipe book or a whole evening of food inspired by the poetry of the Kingdom of Lanna. Though the influences are idiosyncratic, the result is a singular, masterful expression of Thai food both past and present. 

At the stoves here is chef Prin Polsuk, who has some serious roots in Thai fine dining, having been the head chef at Nahm in London when it won its Michelin star, the first Thai restaurant in the world to have done so.

On the plate (and in the glass – there will be numerous gratis shots of chef Prin’s homebrewed liquor handed out!), Samrub is all about generosity, with the main sharing spread at the centrepiece of the tasting menu the perfect embodiment of Thai hospitality. 

That generous spirit exemplifies the family-style nature of this brilliant restaurant, with Polsuk’s wife Mint running the front of house operations, and chef Prin happily sharing a little background on the dishes you’re eating, as you eat. An appearance on the Apple TV docu-series Omnivore last year seemed to cement their position as a place that means business.

Running for the past two months and just coming to a close, chef Prin and team have been celebrating the cuisine of Thailand’s Northern mountains and plateaus, and it’s one of the best menus we’ve had here, with loads of undulating chilli heat, tempered acidity and suave glazes.

A real highlight was the fermented rice dumplings in a warming, roundly acidic pork soup. Ditto the grilled and braised Thai beef, served with a piquant, bracing tamarind nahm phrik. To soothe, a coconut popsicle dessert finished things off in some style.

The meal felt particularly well-choreographed this time around, with plates arriving in an increasing blaze of glory until the counter was covered in crockery. Metronomic, tight and precise, sure, but still with a pleasing looseness to the dining room that Samrub does so well. The gratis shot(s) of banana spirit certainly help with that.

This is a restaurant on form, and to our mind, the best Thai food in Bangkok and, by rights then, the world. The fact that the menu changes so regularly and so emphatically is starting to seriously worry our bank manager!

  • When is Samrub Samrub Thai open? Samrub is open from Tuesday to Saturday for two dinner servings, one starting at 5:30pm and one at 8pm. The restaurant is closed on Sundays and Mondays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Booking well in advance is recommended, which you can do so on Table Check. You’ll have to pay for the tasting menu in advance, by way of a deposit.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The tasting menu here is priced at ฿4290 (around £100), excluding service charge and VAT.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Sala Daeng BTS is a 5 minute walk from the restaurant.
  • Ideal Tip: Skip the add on dish, tempting as it will sound. Save your money for the local drink pairings instead which offers interesting tipples like honey mead and lao khao.

Address: 39/11 Yommarat Alley, Silom, Bang Rak, Bangkok 10500

Website: samrubsamrubthai.com


100 Mahaseth, Bang Rak

Ideal for nose-to-tail dining that celebrates Northern Thailand’s resourceful cooking traditions…

100 Mahaseth opened just off Chareon Krung Road way back in 2017. When you consider the Bangkok restaurant scene’s lightning fast evolution, that makes chef Chalee Kader’s homage to the resourceful cooking traditions of Northern and Northeastern Thailand something approaching an institution.

The restaurant’s nose-to-tail, root-to-fruit, brain to balls philosophy has certainly influenced plenty of hip openings in the years that have followed. It feels a little silly saying that, when no-waste, maximum-yield is the only way cooks in rural Thailand have played it for centuries. 

The restaurant’s origin story is an amusing one. “We were supposed to open a pho joint”, Chef Chalee revealed back in 2018, “and we were sourcing so much beef and so many parts for the pho stock and we said ‘What are we going to serve for dinner? We can’t serve pho for dinner’.” This pivot, to using the whole cow and then some, led to one of Bangkok’s most celebrated and distinctive dining experiences. And they do still sometimes serve pho.

Housed in a handsome, revitalised old teak house in Bang Rak, the gorgeous setting plays off perfectly against all that offal, smoothing out the rougher notes and soothing each undulating wave of hard, rasping chilli heat. The flagstone floors feel cooling under foot, and rattan lamp shades throw warm lighting across the dining room, making the old teak wood glow. Traditional molam music plays at a volume so perfectly calibrated that it somehow confirms that everything will be seasoned just right. And so it is.

All ingredients come directly from Thai farmers, including three distinct varieties of rice from Surin province, each offering unique textures and aromas. The signature charcoal-roasted bone marrow is a proper showstopper – an enormous bone halved and roasted, its sumptuous marrow perfectly balanced by scatterings of toasted perilla seeds and slices of lemongrass shaved so thinly they’re rendered almost apparitional. Scoop it up, look for some bread, realise there’s no bread and tackle it with freshly steamed sticky rice instead.

Other must-tries include the playful Northerner’s Hot Dog, featuring a Chiang Mai-style sai ua sausage in a brioche bun with nahm prik noom jam. It’s an idea that’s been imitated many times and in many places since, both in Bangkok and back here in the UK, too. Though it’s the highest form of flattery, those chefs should’ve probably left it to Kader – the OG at Mahaseth is infinitely superior.

The addictive braised, dehydrated then deep-fried fried tripe make the perfect companion to a cold beer, and for those keen to dive deeper, the seasonal koi salad of ant larvae is a joy. Already naturally bursting (genuinely, bursting) with acidity, the larvae is seasoned with lime, toasted sticky rice and chilis. Roasted macadamia is shaved over the top to bolster the nuttiness of the toasted rice. Looking like drifts of parmesan across a risotto, it’s far more technicolour in its flavours; natural ingredients reinforced and amplified, the dish so much more than the sum of its parts.

On the flipside, those looking to eat only the exterior of the beast will find comfort in the Isaan complementary set, often featuring som tam and crispy pork skin with a Thai chimichurri, another item we keep seeing elsewhere lately. Further cold beers follow, perhaps with some skewers of beef liver and ox tongue, and the whole order repeats itself until you’re spilling out onto Charoenkrung Road, dazed, confused and feeling a little feral, thumbing Google for the best whiskey sodas in the immediate vicinity (psst; they were back there, where you left them). 

If Bang Rak is a stretch to get to, then you’ll be pleased to hear that there’s a second location in Ekkamai now, featuring a more casual bar set-up, complete with turntables and a vibe that often verges on the raucous. They’ve even recently opened a New York pizza spot opposite, called Across 100, proving chef Chalee’s culinary ambitions stretch far beyond offal.

  • When is 100 Mahaseth open? Tuesday to Sunday, 11:30am – 10:30pm. Closed on Mondays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Highly recommended; it’s a popular spot with limited seating.
  • How much should I expect to spend? Around ฿2000 per person, though this can vary with specials like aged steak and the amount of booze you consume. 
  • Closest BTS/MRT? It’s a little off the direct public transport lines. The closest MRT is Hua Lamphong, or BTS Saphan Taksin, followed by a short taxi ride.

Website: 100mahaseth.com

Address: 100 Maha Set Rd, Si Phraya, Bang Rak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand


Gaeng Pa Sriyan, Dusit

Ideal for fiery Northern Thai jungle curry in a no-frills setting…

For over four decades, this beloved local institution has served some of Bangkok’s most downright fiery Thai cuisine. Specialising in northern Thai jungle curry (gaeng pa) – from which the restaurant takes its name – this unassuming local hero has a formidable reputation amongst those in the know for its assertive, roundly spiced signature dish.

Located near Sriyan Market (been saying ‘Syrian’ for years, ffs) in a modern-ish renovated building, Gaeng Pa Sriyan features both an open ground floor dining area where fans blow with such gusto that it’s hard to keep hold of your napkin, and a second floor with air conditioning. Neither can cool the chilli heat of a seriously spicy signature dish. 

You don’t need to fear hushed tones or reverent vibes here; this is a busy, no-frills local joint that serves the neighbourhood and its workers far more than the city’s tourists. Sure, there are tablecloths, but they’re not of the starched white variety. Rather, the plastic, wipeable kind, which is kind of useful when you’re lashing back a whole host of addictive sauces, soups and curries with wild-eyed and clumsy-handed enthusiasm.

Gaeng Pa Sriyan, Dusit

It’s not a boisterous, boozy joint either. Popular with the lunchtime office crowd, the scene is convivial but calm, the food doing the talking, usually at a thrilling, chilli-induced crescendo. Despite its longevity and cult status among Bangkokians with a penchant for pain, the restaurant maintains a low profile. There’s no Insta or Facebook page. You won’t see many reels dispatched from the frontline.

In all honesty, we’re probably overdoing the whole ‘so spicy’ thing in the name of a narrative; the chilli isn’t so crushing that it’s all you can taste, all you can feel. Dishes are served at Bangkok room temperature, allowing the deft spicing and freshness of the aromatic ingredients to come to the fore. 

The star of the show is, of course, the jungle curry itself, a herbaceous, fierce thing that’s also complex and nuanced. Traditionally made with wild meats and foraged vegetables from the forest, at Gaeng Pa Sriyan you can choose your protein – options include wild boar, river fish, or frog. Whichever you go for, the supporting cast bring their A-game too; young bamboo shoots, pea eggplants, grachai (fingerroot), fresh green peppercorns, and a generous scattering of herbs, all swimming in that famously spicy, earthy broth, deliver waves of bitterness, astringency, and complexity. God, this curry is good.

Beyond the namesake, other dishes shine just as brightly. The minced quail stir-fried kee mao (drunken) style is sensational, an explosion of savoury bolstered by ground quail (bones included for a crunch), both fresh and dried chillies, and fried makrut lime leaves that bless the whole occasion with a certain floral suaveness.

Southern Thai classics get a good outing, too; the goong pad kapi sator (stir-fried shrimp with stink beans and shrimp paste) is pungent and beautiful, and the green curry of fish balls is a gold-standard version. We concede the latter really was spicy.

After the fire of the main courses, cool down with their excellent durian and coconut ice cream served with sticky rice, and perhaps another round of icy Singha. Then, go back in for round two – this is addictive, intoxicating food that you simply have to surrender to.

  • When is Gaeng Pa Sriyan open? Monday to Saturday, 09:30am – 8:30pm. Closed on Sundays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? We’re not actually sure you can. We’ve always just rocked up and been seated, though do be aware that it gets busy between midday and 1pm on weekdays.
  • How much should I expect to spend? Extremely reasonable. Dishes typically clock in at around THB 150. Expect to spend around ฿600 per person for a generous meal and a beer or two.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? The closest BTS station is Victory Monument. From there, a taxi (around THB 60) or bus #14 is needed. Alternatively, MRT Bang Phlat is about 1.5km away, and MRT Bang O is 2km away.

Address: 954 2 Thanon Nakhon Chaisi Rd, Thanon Nakhon Chai Si, Dusit District, Bangkok 10300, Thailand


Choen, Yaowarat (Chinatown)

Ideal for innovative wood-fire cooking in the heart of the hip part of Chinatown…

In a classic shophouse down Trok Panjit, one of the atmospheric alleyways of thriving Soi Nana in Yaowarat, Choen is a relative Bangkok newcomer that’s making serious waves (hmmm, perhaps not the right element here) with its singular focus on live-fire cooking. The name ‘Choen’ is derived from ‘blazing fire’ – a fitting moniker for a concept built around cooking food over charcoal flames. 

Opened in December 2023, this intimate 10-seat restaurant is the creation of Chef Geravich ‘Mew’ Mesaengrilverakul, who previously worked at Nahm in its glory days under David Thompson, and as one of the founding members of Charmgang (also on this list). 

His concept – ‘Contemporary Cuisine from Fire x Wood’ – might read like a weird modern classical playlist on TIDAL, but there’s nothing pretentious in chef Mew’s masterful control of of the grill. Clearly inspired by Etxebarri, he manages to coax a similar nuance (no higher compliment) in both flavour and texture from the smoke and flame. The main man even crisps up his pork belly – from start to finish – on the barbecue. It’s pure wizardry, and we’re not sure we’ve seen it done so well, so precision-perfectly, anywhere else on the planet.

There’s nothing brutish about the application of smoke at Choen. Nothing acrid or amaroidal. That’s all down to the use of five different types of wood in the cooking process, including eucalyptus, longan, and lychee, each imparting specific aromatic qualities to different dishes. Traditional Thai cooking equipment, including grills, smokers, and taos (traditional bucket-like clay burners), add further judicious complexity. It’s all admirably thought out and deliberate – an interesting counterpoint to the unpredictability of the medium.

The seasonal tasting menu changes regularly, showcasing Chef Mew’s skill at balancing traditional flavours with refined presentation. Signature dishes include the giant river prawn curry with coconut buds, flambadou river prawn and shampoo ginger salad, and smoked beef cheek with galangal and pickled lotus root. Even desserts receive the fire treatment, with the coconut ice cream featuring burning longan wood to add smoky notes, and a little crispy pork crackling for a little showmanship. That dessert is mind-blowingly good.

The setting itself is a study in contrasts, with the historic shophouse dramatically transformed into a modern, concrete-clad space within. Sometimes, when flames are licking high and there’s sweet smoke wafting about, you don’t want any more visual distraction. 

In many ways, Choen defines what’s best about Bangkok’s contemporary dining scene; modern and forward-thinking, sure, but also rooted in traditional, age-old techniques, with something of the elemental thrown in for good measure. It’s our favourite recent opening in the city, make no mistake.

  • When is Choen open? Open for dinner Wednesday to Sunday, 7pm to 10pm. Closed on Mondays and Tuesdays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Essential. Given the intimate setting and tasting menu format, reservations are a must.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The 9-course tasting menu is priced at ฿3500 (around £80).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? MRT Wat Mangkon is the nearest station, and is just a 5 minute walk from the restaurant.

Website: choenrestaurant.com

Address: 122, 124 Pradu Alley, Pom Prap, Pom Prap Sattru Phai, Bangkok 10100, Thailand


Khaan, Phloen Chit

Ideal for precise, Kingdom-spanning plates from one of Thailand’s most exciting young chefs…

Fresh from winning Tatler Best New Restaurant In Asia for 2024, Khaan represents the next step in chef Sujira ‘Aom’ Pongmorn’s impressively precocious culinary journey. Having earned her stripes (or should we say stars) with a Michelin-starred tenure at Saawaan, the Young Michelin Chef 2021 winner has created something rather special here: a Thai fine dining restaurant that feels both fresh and worthy of a special occasion.

While new Thai tasting menus that ‘elevate’ the world’s most satisfying street food dishes into fiddly little bites are ten-a-penny in Bangkok these days, Khaan is in a different class to the vast majority of them. There’s real skill and craft emanating from the glass-panelled kitchen, visible as you pitch up Soi Som Khit, a young team working away with both precision and beaming smiles. It looks like an agreeable place to work, which is always reassuring when you’re settling in for the evening.

The name ‘Khaan’ – meaning both ‘tiger’ and ‘proclaim’ in Thai – feels apt for a restaurant that roars with such confident delivery. In a sumptuous, red velvet-clad room, Chef Aom serves an 11-course tasting menu that changes regularly, but rather than focusing on one region, each dish aims to celebrate a different element of Thailand’s rich culinary diversity. It’s ambitious, but it pays off.

This is immediately apparent in the opening quartet of snacks that traverse the country, with South, Central Plains, North and East all represented. Though dainty, they pack a proper punch, particularly the genius crab and egg yolk curry that arrives as a single spoonable bite in an egg shell – assertive with chilli heat yet tempered by its decadence. It’s a fine way to start any meal.

Considering the variety of techniques and ingredients that span from northeast to deep south, the menu maintains admirable cohesion despite its geographical breadth – a testament to chef Aom’s delicate touch. 

The menu progresses thoughtfully, with an Andaman tiger prawn with homemade pickled lime and tomalley cracker setting the tone early. Designed to reflect familiar tom yam flavours in an interesting way (mission accomplished), it gives way to the meal’s highlight – rice paddy crab with sticky rice. Peel back the grilled banana leaf to reveal smoky rice within, perfect for swiping through a relish of paddy crab presented in its tiny shell. It’s a rich, luxurious, complex affair where rice somehow still manages to be the star of the show, just as it should be.

The tom kha with Barron point and Surat Thani oysters masterfully balances coconut cream’s (and the oyster’s) inherent richness with sharp, aromatic elements, whilst the headlining Khao Yai duck with Paka-Um-Pun rice and five spice curry arrives dexterously seasoned, its rectangle of blushing meat sporting perfectly lacquered skin. A sausage of the duck’s offal underscores chef Aom’s no-waste philosophy. It’s a triumph.

Indeed, sustainability and zero-waste practices are central here (keep an eye out for Plearn, Chef Aom’s casual eatery opening soon which will repurpose surplus ingredients from Khaan). In a neat bit of cyclical theatre, the petit fours revisit the opening snacks in another country-spanning quartet, again highlighting Thailand’s distinct, diverse (and delicious) regionality. It’s a difficult balance to strike, but one that’s achieved with real panache here.

For those keen to forgo any autonomy and just enough the ride, the thoughtfully curated wine pairings (available in both four and six-glass options) and the unique tea pairing programme offer well-judged accompaniments to this culinary sashay across the Kingdom.

  • When is Khaan open? Khaan is open exclusively for dinner service, from 5pm onwards, every day except Monday, when it’s closed.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Booking in advance is recommended.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The 11-course tasting menu is priced at ฿3,850 (around £85). 
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phloen Chit BTS is a short walk away.

Website: khaanbkk.com

Address: 14 3 Soi Somkid Lumphini, Pathum Wan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand


Tang Jai Yoo, Yaowarat (Chinatown)

Ideal for whole roast suckling pig, designed for sharing…

Right in the heart of Chinatown, just off Yarowat Road, is an old school institution that’s stood here for more than a century…

…I mean, there are probably hundreds of places that could follow-up that introductory sentence and feel perfectly at home doing so, such is the history and culinary clout of Bangkok’s most food-focused neighbourhood.

Not all of those century’s old institutions in Bangkok’s Chinatown are doing quite such an iconic, photogenic, banquet-worthy dish as Tang Jai Yoo, though. Specialising in Teochow cuisine and famed, more specifically, for its suckling pig, this is a dish (and restaurant) that it’s almost criminal not to try when visiting Yarowat. The fact it deserves a party of six to take it down shouldn’t be considered an obstacle; it’s a sociable place on the streets here, so crack open a beer, make some friends, and bring them along for the ride.

Or, you could simply tackle the whole piglet – splayed open, bronzed and burnished – solo, and then die happy. Either way, it’s one of Bangkok’s must-try dishes, and has a real sense of ceremony to it.

Once ordered (in the past a pre-order was necessary, but no longer), a suckling pig – splayed on a spit – is brought from the kitchen and out to the front of the restaurant, where the charcoal is already burning in a drum. A chef spins the spit frantically over raging hot charcoal, brushing it with oil using what looks like a rag on a stick. Even if you don’t eat here, it’s quite the spectacle to watch as it progressively crisps and crackles.

It’s then brought back inside palanquin-style to audible gasps from the dining room – each and every time. A skilled chef then proceeds to deftly remove the crackled skin with a cleaver before portioning it into bite sized pieces and adding it back onto the pig, like a comprehensive, successful skin graft. It’s all very theatrical and just a little bit macabre; we love it.

By Thiradech via Canva
By thaloengsak via Canva

The whole pig is then placed in the centre of circular banqueting tables, aboard a lazy susan alongside pancakes, cucumber, green onions and hoisin sauce, the harsh lighting of the dining room only serving to illuminate the main event and hammer home that this is an old school sort of place.

The idea is to wrap only the crisp skin and its suggested adornments in the pancakes. Once those pancakes have been eagerly dispensed with and the skin finished, the suckling pig is then taken back to the kitchen, where the flesh is chopped up into cubes and stir fried with chilli and garlic. 

What a glorious affair this all is, but there’s plenty of other bits on the menu to get excited about too, including oyster omelette (arguably better than that version), black olive fried rice, deep-fried mantis shrimp and an intriguing selection of complex, reviving soups. Singhas and whisky flow freely, as if the deal needed anymore sealing. 

  • Closest BTS/MRT? Tang Jai Yoo is a 3 minute walk from Wat Mangkon MRT.
  • When is Tang Jai Yoo open? Tang Jai Yoo is open from 11am to 2pm for lunch, and 4:30pm to 10pm for dinner.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You can make a reservation over the phone only, which requires Thai or Chinese to be spoken. Alternatively, you can pitch up and still get a table – the restaurant has rows of chairs set up outside for customers waiting their turn. Those tables, despite the convivial nature of the place, get turned fast.
  • How much should I expect to spend? Right now, the whole suckling pig and its accouterments is ฿2500 (just north of £50). It’s well worth the money. 

Address: 85 ถนน เยาวพานิช Samphanthawong, Bangkok 10100

Read: The best places to eat in Bangkok’s Chinatown


Baan Tepa, Bang Kapi

Ideal for an ultra-modern Thai dining experience anchored in tradition and family…

Close to the Rajamangala National Stadium in Bang Kapi, Baan Tepa is one of Bangkok’s most exciting – yet also comforting, soul-nourishing – restaurants. We say restaurant, but Baan Tepa is billed as a ‘culinary space’, home to a chef’s table, a larger dining room overlooked by an open kitchen, a tea experience, and an organic culinary garden of which much of the 9 course tasting menu is built around (ask for a tour; it’s a fascinating living library of herbs, flowers and spices).

Enough of the fluff. Under the pioneering stewardship of chef Chudaree “Tam” Debhakam, the world’s first Thai female chef to be awarded two Michelin Stars and fresh from just winning Asia’s Best Female Chef 2025, the menu at Baan Tepa is a celebration of organic, small batch Thai producers and the country’s rich biodiversity, an ethos inspired by chef Tam’s time spent at the legendary Blue Hill at Stone Barns.

Expect highly intricate but ultimately satisfying dishes, each telling a story of chef Tam’s extensive travels across Thailand and beyond. Highlights of our recent meal here included a reimagining of classic Issan chicken liver skewers and jaew, here presented as a smooth parfait but still boasting the heady, earthy flavours of white pepper, garlic and coriander root that makes up the traditional marinade. Alongside, an incredible sourdough brioche whose starter is made from wild rice was complex and crisp. Gorgeous.

Later on, a show-stealer; the signature ‘anatomy of a river prawn’ featuring a whopper sourced from Ayutthaya and its smoked head juices, which was brought back to the street with possibly the best nahm jim seafood we’ve ever encountered. It’s this anchoring of ultra-modern technique with recognisable, faithfully delivered elements that makes Baan Tepa so captivating.

As with several of the restaurants on our list, there’s a personal connection to the space, too; chef Tam’s family grew up here, with the space owned by Chef Tam’s grandmother, Lady Suwaree Debhakam. The space still retains many of its original features, and its warming, welcoming soul. When combined with some of the most innovative expressions of Thai food you’ll find anywhere on the planet, it’s a highly alluring experience.

  • When is Baan Tepa open? Baan Tepa’s tasting menu experience is dinner only, available from Wednesday to Sunday in two sittings each evening, one at 6pm to 9:30pm, and one at 7pm to 10:30pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You’ll likely need to book at least two weeks in advance.
  • How much should I expect to spend? A sprawling 7 course affair is ฿7300 (£170). This price is exclusive of service and VAT. You’ll have to pay for the tasting menu in advance, by way of a deposit.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? There are no BTS or underground stops close to Baan Tepa. Best get a taxi to this one!

Address: 561 Ramkhamhaeng Rd, Hua Mak, Bang Kapi District, Bangkok 10240

Website: baantepabkk.com


Methavalai Sorndaeng, Phra Nakhon (Old Town)

Ideal for iconic, old-school Thai fine dining…

Opposite Democracy Monument, step into the gently faded grandeur of Methavalai Sorndaeng and you’ll find the essence of traditional Thai fine dining celebrated with a grandiosity reminiscent of the nation’s royal heritage. 

An iconic restaurant if ever there was one, and now in its seventh decade, the dishes here are delicately presented but full of flavour, with the coconut curries particularly well balanced. Despite its luxurious ties to regal splendour and sophistication, Methavalai Sorndaeng offers an accessible dining experience.

Though once Michelin-starred (they inexplicably lost theirs in the 2024 edition of the guide) The prices are surprisingly modest, with most main courses not exceeding 500 THB (approximately £12), and a selection of others priced even more kindly. The wine is presented with an easy-going charm – a straightforward choice between red or white, always served by the glass – underscoring the exceptional value. The nightly live 80s Thai music seals the deal.

  • When is Methavalai Sorndaeng open? Methavalai Sorndaeng is open every day from 10:30am to 10pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Though the restaurant can usually squeeze you in, it’s wise to book a day in advance for this one.
  • How much should I expect to spend? You can eat very well here and drink very merrily, ordering from the a la carte menu, for around ฿3500 (£75) for two people.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Sam Yot MRT is a 15 minute walk from the restaurant. Alternatively, owing to the restaurant’s position close to the Chao Phraya river and canals (khlongs), you can shimmy up to the restaurant via Bangkok’s waterways. The closest canal stop is Panfa Leelard Pier. The closest ferry terminal (along the Chao Phraya) is Phra Arthit.

Address: 78/2 Ratchadamnoen Ave, Wat Bowon Niwet, Phra Nakhon, Bangkok 10200 

Instagram: @methavalaisorndaeng


Sorn, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for soigné Southern Thai cooking that doesn’t hold back…

The impossible-to-book restaurants keep on coming, but Sorn is probably – still – the most coveted table in town. Chef Supaksorn Jongsiri’s culinary love letter to the farmers, fishermen and producers of Southern Thailand was the first Thai restaurant in the world to win 3 Michelin stars at the tail end of last year, but that doesn’t mean you’ll find flavours tempered to suit an international clientele. 

Instead, ingredients and spice levels remain resolutely ‘Southern’ to their soul, with unfiltered fish sauce, premium quality shrimp paste and, yes, mouse-shit loads of chilli all present and correct on the expansive tasting menu. 

Though it’s a no-choice tasting menu, the dishes do evolve both with the seasons and following the team’s research trips to the South. The latest menu sees several new dishes added since the two-star days, all representing refinements that no doubt helped push the restaurant into three-star territory: an opening gambit of abalone and young mangosteen soup that’s so much more than its prosaic description; an extravagant crispy omelette – all puffed up and lacy like an Elizabethan ruff – that’s filled with poached lobster; and cockles grilled in the golae style were three recent highlights.

Fear not; the signature ‘gems on a stick’ is still here and better than ever, and still served with its accompanying complex soup of freshly pressed coconut milk and melinjo leaves and crab oil. And there’s still an exquisite curry and the flakiest of roti, all enjoyed in a sprawling, messy family style spread that feels almost subversive at this level. Yep, this latest iteration of Sorn is looking even better (and certainly more luxurious) than the last – and that’s saying something!

For those keen to try the team’s cooking at a fraction of the price, chef Supaksorn’s more casual Southern Thai eatery Baan Ice has several outposts across the city, and is ace.

  • When is Sorn open? Sorn is usually open for dinner only every day except Saturday, with service starting at 6pm, although right now it’s closed for research and renovation.
  • Do I need to book in advance? At Sorn, reservations can be made a month in advance as announced on our social media platforms. Getting a table requires precision planning and setting your alarm. Check their socials for more information.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The full tasting menu is currently priced at ฿7200 (£162), tax and service excluded. With the third star recently dropping, we expect prices to rise somewhat in the near future.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phrom Phong BTS is a 15 minute walk from Sorn.

Address: 56 Soi Sukhumvit 26, Klongton Khlong Toei, Bangkok 10110

Instagram: @sornfinesouthern

Read: Where to eat Southern Thai food in Bangkok


Appia, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for a faithful Roman trattoria experience in the heart of Bangkok’s business district…

Of course, modern day Bangkok’s culinary scene is also home to some of the region’s best international restaurants, and if you’re after Italian food in the Thai capital, then you should look no further than Appia.

Standing as a tribute to the authentic Roman trattoria experience, since opening in 2013 on the bustling Sukhumvit Soi 31 (where you’ll find a couple of the other restaurants on our list, incidentally), this heartfelt homage to Rome has been packed out every night of the week, with diners seeking solace in the iconic Big Four pasta dishes that are synonymous with the Eternal City, as well as the everpresent porchetta that turns slowly on a spit in the window, beckoning diners inside. You’ll find us thoroughly beckoned at the counter more often than we’re proud to admit.

  • When is Appia open? Appia is open everyday, for lunch and dinner, with the restaurant open all day on Saturdays and Sundays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Booking in advance is highly recommended, which can be done over phone, email or Line.
  • How much should I expect to spend? A bowl of pasta at Appia is ฿450 (£10), a glass of house wine is around ฿300 (£6.50).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phrom Phong BTS is a 15 minute walk from Sorn.

Address: 20/4 Soi Sukhumvit 31, Klongton Nua Watthana, Bangkok 10110

Instagram: @appiabkk


Chef Man, Sathorn

Ideal for one of Bangkok’s most acclaimed dim sum lunches…

Located in the Eastin Grand Hotel Sathorn Bangkok (and with two other outposts in the city), Chef Man is one of the city’s most popular joints for fans of the food of Southern China.

Master Chef Wai Yin Man, a Hong Kong native, brings his expertise and passion for Cantonese cuisine to the forefront here, his meticulous Peking duck preparation the restaurant’s obvious centrepiece (more than 30’000 have been served across the city since Chef Man pitched up in 2011) but certainly not the only reason you should head here. 

For us, the dim sum at Chef Man is the real highlight. Served from 11am every day, this is our favourite brunch spot in Bangkok. The ha kao shrimp dumplings are plump and squeaky fresh, and the signature yam cake – appearing looking a little like a deep-fried coronavirus – reveals an oozing salted egg yolk centre. It’s a real indulgence, with the frenetic energy of the broad open kitchen only adding to the fun. An extensive tea selection is also available.

Arguably the city’s most popular dim sum spot, you’ll want to book well in advance for this one.

For reservations, call Chef Man (the restaurant, not the actual fella) on 02 212 3789, 02 212 3741 or email [email protected]

  • When is Chef Man open? Chef Man is open everyday for lunch and dinner, from 11am to 2:30pm, and 6pm to 10pm, respectively.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Reservations a few days in advance are necessary, which can be made via phone or email.
  • How much should I expect to spend? A dim sum feast for two, with tea, will set you back around ฿1000 (£22) per person.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Surasak BTS is just a 2 minute walk from the restaurant.

Address: 33 1 S Sathon Rd, Yan Nawa, Sathon, Bangkok 10120

Instagram: @chefmanrestaurant 


Ojo, Silom

Ideal for Mexican haute cuisine on high…

Ojo is the crowning jewel of Bangkok’s tallest skyscraper, the King Power Mahanakhon, a Mexican restaurant that somehow lives up to its lofty billing with a fully-flavoured, tastefully opulent dining experience. Helmed by chef Francisco Paco Ruano from the acclaimed Restaurante Alcalde in Guadalajara, the restaurant takes its name from the word ‘eye’ in Spanish, and it’s an apt epithet, seeing as the dining room casts its gaze over Bangkok so seductively.

Drag your eyes away from the skyline and into the dining room, which straddles a real sense of glam with something more tastefully refined; the work of designer Ou Baholyodhin, whose sense of suave and drip seemingly knows no bounds. On the plate, things are equally beautiful, with dishes clearly crafted to taste as good as they look. All of this adds up to a sense of narrative and unity that manages to be totally satisfying rather than shallow. At 76 floors up, you’d certainly hope it wouldn’t be the latter.

You can read our full review of Ojo here.

  • When is Ojo open? Ojo is open everyday for lunch and dinner, from 11:30am to 2:30pm, and 5:30pm to 11:30pm, respectively. The sunset slot, around 6pm onwards, is highly recommended!
  • Do I need to book in advance? Reservations can usually be made on the day.
  • How much should I expect to spend? Ojo isn’t cheap, with starters between ฿500 (£11) and ฿1000 (£22), and main courses in the region of ฿2000 (£43). Wine is equally lofty.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Chong Nonsi BTS is just a 2 minute walk from the restaurant.

Address: 76th Floor, The Standard Bangkok, 114 Naradhiwas Rajanagarindra Rd, Silom, Bang Rak, Bangkok 10500

Website: ojobangkok.com


Aksorn, Bang Rak

Ideal for a bookish, beautifully rendered spread from ‘the godfather of Thai food’…

Inspired by the Thai cookbook authors of the 1940s and 1950s, Aksorn takes pride both in its location on Charoenkrung Road, an area that once buzzed with retail and entertainment and is now home to some of the best restaurants in Bangkok, and in its setting, once a former bookshop. 

The restaurant’s menu is a celebration of Thai culture and heritage, offering a regularly changing, single-set selection of dishes that reflect the remarkable transition from a rich Siamese past to modern Thailand. 

David Thompson, considered by many as the world’s leading authority on Thai cuisine, is at the stoves here (quite literally, on the night we visited last year), drawing inspiration from historical archives and his profound expertise for a menu that offers both comfort and a few surprises. See; the first bite of sardines on toast; heaving with white pepper and adorned with gossamer thin slices of shallot and coriander leaves, it seems to bridge the city and the chef’s disparate elements poetically. 

There are more recognisably Thai dishes, too. Expect expertly conceived, highly-seasoned curries that sing with freshly squeezed coconut cream and Thai aromatics at their peak, as well as sweet and salty desserts that are surely some of the very best in town. Thompson is known for his sweet tooth, and this is just the place to indulge in the glorious marriage and sweet and savoury that Thai food is so celebrated for. Pair it all with a chilled, slightly sweet (of course) Australian Riesling, and you’ve got yourself one of the most well-rounded spreads in the city.

  • When is Aksorn open? Aksorn is open everyday for dinner, from 6pm to 9:30pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Reservations can usually be made on the day, though you’ll want to book in advance for the weekend.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The set menu at Aksorn is currently priced at ฿4150 (£97) per person.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Saphan Taksin BTS is a 10 minute walk from the restaurant.

Address: The Original Store, Aksorn 1266 charoen krung rd 5th Floor, Central:, 1266 Charoen Krung Road, Bang Rak

Website: aksornbkk.com 


Err, Thonglor

Ideal for Thai drinking food and creative cocktails…

Err is the brainchild of the dynamic chef duo Duangporn ‘Bo’ Songvisava and her Australian-born husband Dylan Jones. Both chefs are renowned for their commitment to preserving Thai food heritage, with the pair’s globally renowned restaurant Bo.lan considered one of the world’s top Thai restaurants in its pomp.

The couple bring their expertise to Err in Thonglor, focusing on Thai drinking food classics and traditional dishes with a twist. The deep-fried whole chicken skin is unmissable, arriving still fully formed and needing nothing more than a little house sriracha sauce for dipping. It’s one for the ‘gram, sure, but it’s also bloody delicious.

Even more lip-smackingly good with a cold one is Err’s take on fermented pork, neam. A Northern Thai classic, here sticky rice-cured pork arrives wrapped around skewers, its gnarly edges grill-marked and caramelised, its body juicy, rich and full of savour. It’s a truly glorious take on one of our favourite foods in the world.

Of course, Thai drinking food needs drinks, and some serious thought has gone into Err’s. Go for The Laabtini, a unique cocktail blending tequila with laab spices. Created by the team’s no-waste cocktail bar Wasteland, it’s already a classic.

  • When is Err open? Err is open 11am until late On Saturdays, Sundays and Mondays, and 5pm until late on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays. The restaurant is closed on Wednesdays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Err is walk-in only.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The majority of snacks and dishes here are priced at around ฿250 (£5.50).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Thonglor BTS is a 5 minute walk from Err.

Address: 56 10 Thong Lo, Khlong Tan Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110

Website: errurbanrusticthai.co.th


Gaa, Thonglor

Ideal for Bangkok’s best modern Indian food…

Garima Arora, the Mumbai-born culinary genius behind Gaa, is the first Indian female chef to be awarded a Michelin star, with a historic second following in late 2024. 

Having already honed her skills at Copenhagen’s world famous Noma, in 2015 she moved to Bangkok to work as a sous chef at Gaggan, the highly creative Indian restaurant run by Gaggan Anand that has topped the Asia’s 50 Best Restaurants list several times, its most recent iteration once again occupying the number one spot for a record fifth time.

With the blessing of the big man, Arora struck out on her own, opening Gaa in Bangkok in 2017, with the aim of blending ingredients and cooking sensibilities from the Indian subcontinent with the odd Thai flourish, reflecting her diverse culinary experiences to dramatic, alluring effect. 

Having recently moved to a new location close to BTS Thonglor and just round the corner from the aforementioned Err, the restaurant is going from strength to strength, capped off by that second Michelin star in the 2024 Guide. We can’t wait to see where they go next.

  • When is Gaa open? Gaa is open daily, for both lunch and dinner.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You can usually book Gaa for the following day, though tables are a little more scarce at the weekend.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The Gaa experience is currently priced at ฿4900 (£115) per person.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Thonglor BTS is a 5 minute walk from Gaa.

Address: 46 Sukhumvit 53 Alley, Khlong Tan Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110

Website: gaabkk.com


Potong, Yaowarat (Chinatown)

Ideal for a thoughtful, forward-thinking reflection of Bangkok’s Chinatown…

Standing slap bang in the middle of Bangkok’s Chinatown, Potong pays homage to the city’s rich tapestry of Thai-Chinese heritage through its innovative cuisine. This avant-garde restaurant is the work of Chef Pam, just last month anointed The World’s Best Female Chef 2025, who has skillfully woven her family’s century-old recipes with a modern twist, creating an unforgettable gastronomic journey. 

The ambiance of Potong is a seamless blend of the past and present, with decor that reflects the elegance of Shanghai in the 1920s, yet pulses with the contemporary beat of Bangkok. It’s a match made in heaven.

You can read our full review of Potong here.

Exciting news for 2025: Chef Pam is expanding her culinary footprint with Khao San Sek. This new venture celebrates the five pillars of Thai cuisine – rice, chili, coconut, fish sauce, and palm sugar – reimagining these foundational ingredients with her signature precision. Following the success of her Michelin-starred POTONG, Chef Pam’s latest restaurant promises a fresh perspective on Thai culinary heritage.

  • When is Potong open? Potong is open Thursday to Monday, for dinner service only, 4pm to 11pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You will need to book a table for Potong, via Chope, several months in advance.
  • How much should I expect to spend? Potong’s new 5 senses, 5 elements ‘revolution’ tasting menu is priced at ฿6300 (£150) per person.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Wat Mangkon MRT is a 5 minute walk from Potong.

Address: 422 Vanich Road, Samphanthawong, Bangkok 10100

Website: restaurantpotong.com


No Name Noodle, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for elite soba noodles you’ll have to set your alarm for…

You better set your alarm bright and early if you want to sample a bowl of some of Bangkok’s best soba noodles. Not because No Name Noodle – suitably mysterious in its moniker – opens early doors, but because you have to pre-book your bowl (one of only 35 made each day) in a kind of Glastonbury T-day scramble for one of seven stools and a satisfied slurp. Only furthering that comparison, it happens to be 9am every Sunday that the chaos unfolds online.

It’s well worth hammering that F5 button; chef Shinichiro Kondo is a master of his craft, with every bowl given immaculate care and attention, a glorious blend of innovation (there’s some sous vide work here) and respect for tradition. 

There are only two menu options here; Tokusei Shio Soba, a noodle soup with a seafood base and various toppings including pork and chicken chashu, and Tokusei Kombusui Tsuke Soba, a dish with noodles dipped in kombu dashi and a side of shoyu tsuke soup. Both dishes are crafted with over 30 ingredients, and diners are invited to customise their bowls with additional condiments for that touch of the personal. 

Regardless of which bowl you go for, the soba noodles are the star of the show here, a labour of love that boast just the right amount of bounce, chew and earthy grounding. There are fewer more satisfying bowls in a city full of them.

  • When is No Name Noodle open? No Name Noodle is open every day except Monday for lunch, between 11am and 3pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Oh yes, and it’s one hell of a process.
  • How much should I expect to spend? A bowl of noodles at No Name Noodle clocks in at around ฿800 (£19).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phrom Phong BTS is a 20 minute walk away.

Address: 2 Soi Attha Kawi 1 Khlong Tan, Khlong Toei Bangkok 10110

Instagram: @no_name_noodle


Charmgang/Charmkrung, Talat Noi

Ideal for a modern curry and rice restaurant that’s really so much more than that…

Bangkok’s historic Talat Noi neighbourhood, sitting pretty on the outskirts of the city’s Chinatown, is one of the most thrusting in the city, where seemingly not a day goes by without a new cocktail bar opening or an art installation popping up.

Charmgang, now in its fifth year and the recent recipient of a Michelin Bib Gourmand, exemplifies this new sense of cool in the area, a restaurant that’s both traditional and forward-thinking in its approach, and one of, quite simply, the best places to eat in Bangkok.

Conceived by a trio of ultra-ambitious chefs – Geravich ‘Mew’ Mesaengnilverakul, Aruss ‘Jai’ Lerlerstkull, and Atcharaporn ‘Aew’ Kiatthanawat – who met at world renowned Nahm, the restaurant is nominally a ‘curry shop’, and true to this billing, the curries here are gorgeous, a skilful blend of Thai culinary tradition and the occasional modern technique, all to be enjoyed in a tastefully furnished, artistically minded dining room that shares its energy with the open kitchen which overlooks it. 

Yep, you’ll hear the clatter of the wok and the pok-pok of the pestle and mortar while you eat, the perfect seasoning for a graceful, elegant spread. Do not miss the beef cheek panang curry, a celebration of fresh coconut milk as much as it is of chilli and perfectly braised, surrendering beef. Desserts are fabulous, too, so do try to save room.

The team’s success with Charmgang led to the late 2023 opening of sister restaurant Charmkrung just up the road. Taking over the top floor of a nondescript office building (the night-time views of twinkling Bangkok on high are stirring), this natural wine bar and small plates restaurant sees chef Jai eschewing the by-the-book Thai cooking he champions so brilliantly at Charmgang for a more playful approach, focusing on small bites and medium-sized mains that riff on aaharn kap klaem (Thai drinking foods). As the chef himself puts the difference between his two restaurants; Charmkrung “goes with drinks,” Charmgang “goes with rice”.

Highlights on the menu include Jai’s take on kanom krok, here filled with a silky chicken liver pâté and topped with pomegranate seeds and a little wedge of boiled egg, and an exquisitely balanced smoked and pickled tomato salad, adorned with satisfyingly complete batons of crab leg and a load of crunchy stuff.

The fish curry with a pleasing slab of pomfret is served with raisin-studded roti, a nod to the chef’s Southern Thai heritage, while the deceptively simple but flavour-packed grilled cabbage follows a recipe taken from his school canteen. All are matched brilliantly with an inspired drink list, ranging from cocktails that incorporate Chinese herbs and spices to funky natural wines from small-scale labels that are hard to find elsewhere in Bangkok.

The space is playful and fun, with both tables and bar counters making the restaurant equally suited to large groups, dinner dates and solo diners perched at the counter watching the kitchen at work. A refreshingly undogmatic wine list completes the package, mixing both traditional styles and regions with more progressive and experimental wines, while always keeping a keen eye on the wines’ ability to match the complexity of contemporary Thai cuisine. 

A year and a half in from opening, and it’s clear Charmkrung is another winner from a team who have an inimitable grasp of what Bangkokians want from a modern Thai restaurant. Praise the lord, then, that the prolific team have this year opened a third restaurant, this time named Charmkok. We can’t wait to check it out!

  • When are Charmgang and Charmkrung open? Charmgang is open daily for dinner, from 6pm to 10:30pm. It opens for lunch, too, on Saturdays and Sundays. Charmkrung is open from 6pm to midnight daily. Do be aware that the kitchen closes at 11pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Reservations for Charmgang are highly recommended, and usually required for a week or two in advance. Charmkrung is a more sprawling, casual space, and bookings are less essential but certainly still recommended.
  • How much should I expect to spend? A full spread of curries, soups, salads, relishes and the rest at Charmgang will set you back around ฿3000 (£65), before booze is added. At Charmkrung, small plates range from ฿90-290 (£2-6.50), with larger dishes between ฿190-720 (£4-16). Genuinely interesting glasses of wine are available from around ฿300.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Hua Lamphong MRT is a 10 minute walk away from both. It’s just a couple of minutes walk between Charmgang and Charmkrung if you fancy tackling both in one indulgent night.

Charmgang: 14 Soi Nakhon Kasem 5 Bangkok

Charmkrung: 6th floor 839 ถ. เจริญกรุง Talat Noi, Samphanthawong, Bangkok

Instagram: @charmgangcurryshop 


Ms Maria & Mr Singh, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for perfectly poised marriage of Mexican-Indian cuisine from one of the world’s most recognisable chefs…

Even those not conversant in Bangkok’s culinary landscape might recognise chef Gaggan Anand, perhaps having seen him on Chef’s Table, or on a a TikTok reel traversing Bangkok via tuk tuk with Ed Sheeran or, you know, having read the entry on Gaa just a few paragraphs previously.

At Ms. Maria and Mr. Singh’s, chef Anand tells the culinary story of a ‘’love affair between a Mexican hometown girl and an Indian city boy’’ via a perfectly poised marriage of Mexican-Indian cuisine that the restaurant has dubbed ‘fantasy cuisine’, realised here by the two head chefs Hernán Crispín Villalva and Roshan Kumar. Trust us on this one; it works.

Here, diners can savour Anand’s signature crab curry, which is now ingeniously paired with Goan poee bread, ideal for pulling through the intricate sauce. The menu also features keema paneer quesadillas, bursting with the robust taste of mutton and toasted spices, followed by pork vindaloo tacos accompanied by a tart pineapple salsa, striking an intoxicating yet strangely comforting balance of flavour and texture.

Both are part of the latest tasting menu, offered at an attractive price of 6000 THB (£130) for two, and served in the fresh setting of the second floor of the eponymous Gaggan Anand restaurant. The atmosphere is laid-back and whimsical, with the interior design drawing inspiration from both Oaxaca and Jodhpur, creating a lively and colourful ambiance.

Echoing this playful spirit, guests are greeted by a bright neon sign as they step into the restaurant, boldly stating that “love should never be mild.” The dishes served here not only match this bold statement but also reflect Chef Anand’s continued passion for creating food that’s as spirited and joyous as ever.

  • When is Ms Maria and Mr Singh open? Ms Maria and Mr Singh is closed on Mondays, and open for just dinner (6pm to 11pm) from Tuesday to Fridays. The restaurant also opens for lunch at the weekend.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Reservations are highly recommended, and usually required for a week or two in advance.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The tasting menu for two here is priced at ฿6000 (£130)
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phrom Phong BTS is a 20 minute walk away.

Address: 8 Sukhumvit 63 Road (Soi Ekkamai 6) Phra Khanong Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110

Website: mariaandsinghbkk.com

Read: The best Mexican restaurants in Bangkok


Aunglo by Yangrak, Bang Rank

Ideal for immaculately conceived Thai izakaya …

Inspired by Japanese izakaya style dining, Aunglo by Yangrank is a paean to the grill (‘aunglo’ is a type of charcoal grill in Thai), expressed via a procession of blistered and burnished sticks of seafood, meat and root vegetable that are as delicious as any aunty’s moo ping you’ll find outside any BTS station. And that’s the highest praise we could bestow on a place…

The counter bar here faces an open kitchen where chefs glaze and rotate a series of skewers, all whilst maintaining a decent side of conversation and good cheer, the intermittent licking of flames the perfect clarion call that the glaze is doing its job. Not exactly harming things in the flavour department, that glaze is often a thick, reduced coconut curry, a massaman-coated, barbecued squash a delicious case in point that demands re-upping several times.

Sure, you’ll have to factor in leaving absolutely humming of smoke, but it’s well worth it for the delicate kiss of charcoal that every dish at Aunglo by Yangrak has received, even the desserts. 

  • When is Aunglo by Yangrak open? Aunglo by Yangrak is closed on Tuesdays, and open every other day for both lunch and dinner.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You can book a spot via direct message on their Instagram, but it’s not often full.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The big feast of skewers, sides and beers for two won’t top ฿3000 (£65)
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Saint Louis BTS is a 10 minute walk from Aunglo by Yangrak.

Website: 6, 8 Decho Rd, Suriya Wong, Bang Rak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand 

Instagram: @aunglo.by.yangrak


Haoma, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for neo-Indian fine dining with genuine green credentials…

Billed as Thailand’s first urban farm and zero-waste restaurant (a bold claim that’s a little tough to verify, perhaps), neo-Indian fine dining restaurant Haoma certainly wears its sustainability chops proudly on its sleeve, with a biophilic dining room that merges the outdoors and in succinctly, and a tasting menu built around on-site hydroponically grown produce (you’ll get a tour of the fish ponds and gardens when you arrive) and organic ingredients sourced from their sister farm in Chiang Mai.

It’s an approach where each discipline of the restaurant – the food, winelist, ambience and hospitality – feeds into the next, creating a homogeneous, self-sustaining feel that you can’t help but admire. Both a Michelin star and Michelin green star for sustainability have followed.

That’s not to say that this is purely branding; Chef Deepanker Khosla certainly puts his money where his mouth is. Following a hugely successful, altruistic pandemic project called the #NoOneHungry campaign that has given more than 500’000 meals to those most in need in Bangkok, the chef has now opened Bangkok’s first permanent soup kitchen. Legend.

On the menu back at Haoma, just two choices; a tasting menu of meat and seafood or a vegetarian version, and 15 courses or 11. In the lean, green spirit of the place (smells like green spirit?), we went for the shorter vegetarian option at Haoma, but certainly didn’t feel short changed. This is a precision procession of loosely Indian, pretty-as-a-picture plates that felt both clean and indulgent, avant garde but anchored, the storytelling behind each dish helped along by a series of postcards and artefacts that rest on your table as you eat. 

At 3500 THB (around £75) for the ten courser, Haoma also represents an absolute steal for a restaurant that’s surely due a second star in the coming years. 

  • When is Haoma open? Haoma is closed on Mondays, and open for dinner (5:30pm to 11pm) Tuesdays to Fridays. At the weekend, it’s open for lunch too, from midday to 2pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You can usually book a table at Haoma the day before.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The Chefs Tasting menu of 10 courses is currently priced at ฿5990 (£135).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Asok BTS and Sukhumvit MRT are a 15 minute walk from Haoma.

Address: 231, 3 Soi Sukhumvit 31, Khlong Toei Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110

Website: haoma.dk


Côte by Mauro Colagreco, Sathorn

Ideal for a meticulous meeting of the Med and the Chao Phraya…

When it was announced that a globally celebrated chef would open a fancy French restaurant in a 5 star hotel on the banks of the Chao Phraya River, Bangkok’s culinary cognoscenti could have been forgiven for wondering if another such place was really necessary.

But such is the quality of Côte by Mauro Colagreco, and the unique skills of head chef Davide Garavaglia, that those doubts died down almost as soon as the restaurant had finished its first service, with the spot now arguably the city’s destination fine-dining restaurant for those not in the mood for Thai (fools).

Of course, the pedigree here is undeniable. Mauro Colagreco, whose illustrious career’s highlight is the three Michelin-starred Mirazur on the French Riviera, has brought a slice of the Mediterranean to Bangkok, with a tasting menu that imbues traditional French technique with the odd Thai flourish to great effect. Here, it’s a nine course tasting menu (there’s also a shorter lunch affair) which see the diner put complete trust in the chef. 

Whilst we wouldn’t want to ruin the surprise here, the restaurant has a wicked way with seafood, a dish of local sea urchin and textures of cauliflower landing as one of the best dishes we’ve enjoyed in the city, a perfect marriage of sense of place and the chef’s own idiosyncrasies. The panoramic river views certainly do no harm.

In the 2025 Michelin Guide for Thailand announcement, the consistency and quality of Côte was further underscored by Michelin’s awarding of a second star. Whilst we hate to be ‘that guy’, a third feels kind of inevitable at this stage.

  • When is Côte open? Côte is closed on Mondays and Tuesdays, and open for both lunch and dinner Wednesday through Sunday.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You can usually book a table at Côte the day before.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The full nine course tasting menu is currently priced at ฿7800 (£184). The shorter four course lunch menu is ฿3300 (£78).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Saphan Taksin BTS is a 15 minute walk away.

Address: 300/2 Charoen Krung Road, Yan Nawa, Sathon, Bangkok 10120, Thailand 

Website: cotebkk.com 


Samlor, Bang Rak

Ideal for Thai comfort food given a respectful, ridiculously delicious reinvention…

The dynamic chef duo Napol ‘Joe’ Jantraget and Saki Hoshino are responsible for some of Bangkok’s most genuinely enjoyable upscale restaurants, from their work at the innovative 80/20 just up the road to their more recently opened celebration of Central Thai food at Nawa.

You’ll find that innate sense of hospitality at Samlor, too. Meaning ‘tricycle’ in Thai, it’s a name that hints at the more homely vibes this place exudes, complemented by its bare bricks interior and chalkboard specials menu. 

The signature dish here is without doubt the Samlor omlette, an obscene looking thing with a soufflé-like rise, crispy top and runny centre. Served simply with a little fish sauce and chilli, it’s no doubt a knockout, but certainly not the only dish that deserves your attention (of useful note; it can be ordered in a smaller, more manageable version for a third of its usual price).

Even better, we think, is the slow-cooked wagyu beef krapow. Perfumed with deep-fried holy basil leaves, it’s an absurdly satisfying riff on Thailand’s favourite comfort food, which pretty much sums up the restaurant’s strongest suit, we think. Pair it with that omelette in place of your usual frilly fried egg, and you’ve got yourself a pretty perfect meal. As long as there’s plenty of jasmine rice to hand, of course…

…but to order so conservatively would be to miss out on some of the other highlights, including smoked pork ribs with jaew and a genuinely exciting take on the Laotian salad naem khao tod.

With a local craft beer (of which Samlor has a fine selection) this order will give you change from 1000 THB (£21). That’s some serious value.

  • When is Samlor open? Samlor is closed on Tuesdays, and open for dinner only (6pm to 10:30pm) on Mondays, Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays. At the weekend, it’s open for lunch, too, between 11am and 1:30pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? You’ll want to book Samlor a week or two in advance, via their Instagram.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The omlette and pad grapao are priced at ฿300 (£6.50) and ฿400 (£9), respectively.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Saphan Taksin BTS is a 20 minute walk away.

Address: 1076 Charoen Krung Road, Bangrak, Bang Rak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand 

Facebook: samlor.bkk 


Sushi Masato, Central Sukhumvit

Ideal for Bangkok’s most acclaimed omakase experience…

This exclusive traditional omakase sushi bar is the work of Chef Masato Shimizu, a culinary virtuoso whose journey began in Japan and soared to new heights in New York City, where he became the youngest chef to be honoured with a Michelin star at the tender age of 29. 

Sushi Masato, tucked away off Soi Sukhumvit 31 (there it is again) behind an unmarked door, brings the chef’s meticulous craft from over 20 years of experience to the forefront, showcasing both his skills and his impeccable sourcing directly from the fish markets of Tokyo to a first-floor chef’s counter. Though that first floor is chef Shimizu’s domain, for a more laid back, languid experience, head upstairs to Raw Bar Masato, where you can order a la carte sushi of the same premium quality as the full experience below.

Securing a reservation at Sushi Masato requires some effort; seats are released on a month-by-month basis, precisely at 00:00 hrs on the 15th of every month for the following month. Amazingly for a restaurant of this pedigree and poise, there’s a takeaway menu of sorts at Sushi Masato; via their website, you can order a bespoke mini omakase box to be delivered to your door for the princely sum of 2500 THB.

  • When is Sushi Mataso open? Sushi Mataso is closed on Mondays and Tuesdays, and is open for both lunch (midday to 2pm) and dinner (5pm to 10pm) Wednesday through Sunday.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Yes, indeed, and it’s something of a scramble On the 15th of every month at midnight, new seat slots for the following month are released.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The lunch omakase is ฿4000 (£87), the dinner ฿6000 (£130).
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Phrom Phong BTS is a 10 minute walk away.

Address: 3/22 Soi Sukhumvit 31, Khlong Tan Nuea, Vadhana, Bangkok, 10110, Thailand

Website: sushimasato.com


Sühring, Yen Akat

Ideal for refined, contemporary German cuisine in a serene villa setting…

In a city so steeped in exceptional Thai food that fish sauce dapples your pores when you do finally come up for air, Sühring offers something a little different: a refined, contemporary exploration of German cuisine, masterfully executed by twin chefs Thomas and Mathias Sühring. Born in East Berlin and trained in three-starred kitchens across Europe, the twins bring an intoxicating mixture of technical mastery and nostalgia to each bite of their sprawling, 15-course tasting menu. 

Sühring opened in 2016 with the backing of renowned chef Gaggan Anand, who said soon after, when the accolades started shimmering: “It sounds capitalistic, but I actually bought my own competition.” 

That backing represented something of a risk as, interestingly, the brothers had never cooked German food professionally before, instead spending their formative years immersed in the rigid world of French classical cookery. But with memories of their grandmother’s cooking and a desire to show a different side of an often-maligned German cuisine to the world, the restaurant got famous fast, picking up a star at the inaugural Thailand Michelin Guide in 2017, and a second just a year later

Perhaps it shouldn’t come as such a surprise that a German fine dining restaurant was such a success from the off in Bangkok. In fact, Thailand represents something of a captive audience for the cuisine. As acclaimed chef Andy Ricker writes in his excellent book Pok Pok, when discussing the Thais love of pork knuckle: “this seemingly incongruous Thai dish is actually a fine example of sanctioned fusion food. Germans have been coming to Thailand for many years. Thais love to drink beer – matter of fact, much of the beer in Thailand is based on German brew… So the German beer garden concept has really taken hold here. German food, too.”

You won’t find any tough, over-salted pork knuckle at Sühring. Forget any preconceived notions of heavy, rustic fare; here, traditional German dishes are reimagined with elegance, precision, and a lightness of touch that transcends borders.

The tasting menu – or ‘Sühring Erlebnis’ – is a journey. Signature dishes like their spätzle (soft egg noodles), served with aged parmesan or seasonal truffles, were once the talk of the town, and are still just as delicious. The Brotzeit bread service showcases their dedication to craft and a sense of old school generosity – homemade sourdough and soft pretzel is served with spreads including Oldenburger butter, schmalz, and obatzda cheese dip, accompanied by pickles and dry-aged beef. You could leave happy after this course alone, quite frankly, but to do so would be to miss out on Grandma’s Eggnog, served in miniature bottles based on their grandmother’s recipe and just delightful.

That sense of the familial is peppered throughout an evening at Sühring. Set within a beautifully restored 1970s villa, dining here feels like being welcomed into a very stylish, food-loving German home (and one that charges you several hundred pounds just as you’re getting up to leave). The villa itself is actually an integral part of the experience, offering four distinct dining spaces. After something intimate? Get yourself in the Living Room. Something sun-drenched for you, sir? The Glass House is where you should head. Or, if you don’t like talking to your partner, the Kitchen offers counter seating where you can watch the chefs tweezering with studied silence.

Service is bright and knowledgeable, with dish explainers that you actually want to listen to rather than stab your eyes out with your knife. That knife is a serious business, it should said; a whole selection of blades is presented for your meat course, for diners to choose from. It’s a nice performative touch.

All in all, Sühring is quite possibly the best ‘European’ fine dining experience in the city, and that third star (that guy, again) doesn’t feel far away.

  • When is Sühring open? Sühring is open for dinner service from Wednesday to Sunday, 5:30pm to 10pm, with lunch available Thursday through Sunday from 12:30pm to 2:30pm. The restaurant remains closed on Mondays and Tuesdays.
  • Do I need to book in advance? Absolutely essential, this is one of Bangkok’s most sought-after reservations.
  • How much should I expect to spend? The tasting menu is priced from ฿4,800 for lunch and ฿7,800 for dinner.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Chong Nonsi BTS or Lumphini MRT are the nearest, but a taxi is recommended for the final leg into Yen Akat.

Website: restaurantsuhring.com

Address: 10 Soi Yen Akat 3, Chong Nonsi, Yan Nawa, Bangkok 10120, Thailand


Khua Kling Pak Sod, Thonglor

Ideal for consistently brilliant Southern Thai food…

‘Do you like spicy?’. The familiar question fired at a farang upon ordering. Sometimes it’s more of a warning: ’very spicy’, or words to that effect. Here, the waiter’s words of caution were conspicuous in their absence; when you come to Khua Kling Pak Sod, you know what you’re letting yourself in for. This is Southern Thai food and as such, unashamedly pungent, ferocious and, best of all, delicious.

The namesake khua kling – a dry pork curry – is unreal. And hot. Abundant ‘rat shit’ chillies are used as garnish and are as forthright as their nickname. All this bravado shouldn’t detract from how good the food is though – it’s brilliant. The blue swimmer crab yellow curry is just masterful. Make sure to order lots of rice to smooth out those rough edges, and you’re set. In a city with new Southern Thai restaurants seemingly opening daily, Khua Kling Pak Sod still stands out as one of the very best.

© City Foodsters
  • When is Khua Kling Pak Sod open? Khua Kling Pak Sod Thonglor is open daily from 9am to 9pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? For the Thonglor branch, it’s recommended you book in advance.
  • How much should I expect to spend? You can eat very well here (and drink merrily) for around ฿3000 (£65) for two.
  • Closest BTS/MRT? Thonglor BTS is a 10 minute walk away.

Website: khuaklingpaksod.com

Address: 98/1 Pai Di Ma Di Klang Alley, Khlong Tan Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110


Janhom, Wang Thonglang 

Ideal for unapologetically traditional Southern Thai cuisine…

In a city approaching Southern Thai saturation point (somewhat ironic to say so straight after Khua Kling), Janhom sets itself apart not through a ‘refined’, ‘elevated’, or any other neutering of the form, but rather through a sheer, unwavering dedication to the traditional way of doing things, both in technique and seasoning. 

For over two decades, chef Poonsri ‘Auntie Baew’ Sarikarn has been serving up some of Bangkok’s most uncompromising Southern food from this modest but totally perfect restaurant in Wang Thonglang. We’re loath to say there’s an ethos here, to ponder a ‘culinary philosophy’ as the Chef’s Table strings crank into life – just a commitment to doing things right. So, that’s absolutely no sweetening to accommodate what many Southerners might consider the more tentative tastes of the capital. Instead, Auntie Baew’s versions remain steadfastly true to their Surat Thani roots – bracingly sour, properly salty, and with a chilli heat that’s spicy, sure, but also fruity, exacting and invigorating.

Auntie Baew’s daily ritual of hand-pounding the restaurant’s curry pastes might look labour-intensive in a city increasingly predisposed to the blender or tub, but it provides a depth of flavour and ’roundness’ that simply can’t be replicated with commercial alternatives, forming the backbone of the restaurant’s signature dishes.

The gaeng leung (sour yellow curry) here is as good as it gets (both the dish and life). Have yours with chunks of barramundi, poached in the curry on the bone, and coconut shoots, which have the remarkable ability to soak up all that broth whilst retaining crunch and structural integrity. It’s one of the best curries in the city – assertive but complex, and with enough chilli heat to dust off the very worst of Bangkok hangovers.

The restaurant’s gaeng tai pla (fermented fish guts curry) serves as another benchmark dish, a heady, moody bowl that’s seasoned with the deftest of touches. Forget the fifth taste – Auntie Baew seems to have coaxed out a new form of flavour in her gaeng tai pla, somewhere between earthy and sweet that has my head spinning everytime I eat it.

Something neutral, a crisp counterpoint, is required here, and it comes in the form of the pla tod kamin (deep-fried fish with crispy turmeric and garlic) and the pak liang pad khai (stir-fried melinjo leaves with egg), both of which soothe the most bracing notes of the other dishes orbiting the rice. When all paired together, it’s such a harmonious spread, it grips you and pulls you in, not letting up until the final, gratis chilled watermelon hits the table to cleanse everything that’s just happened.

Do we even need to say that the dining room is fairly basic, or that the beers stand on one of those little stainless steel trolleys next to a bucket of ice, or that the menu is vast, laminated and wipeable? It’s that kind of place, and with all the turmeric involved, the stainless steel, the wipeable menus, and the laid back vibe, are all an absolute necessity. Need we say more?

  • When is Janhom open? Janhom is open every day from 10am to 9pm.
  • Do I need to book in advance? The restaurant is large enough and far enough from the city centre that bookings aren’t usually necessary. During weekend lunch service, you might want to, just to be safe.
  • How much should I expect to spend? ฿500 or so per person, representing exceptional value for such meticulously prepared food. 
  • Closest BTS/MRT? The nearest station is Airport Rail Link – Ramkhamhaeng Station, though not within walking distance. Janhom is somewhat out in the sticks (relatively speaking), so take the opportunity for a well-earned snooze in a taxi to wherever you’re going next.

Address: 273/4 Ramkhamhaeng 21 Alley, Phlabphla, Wang Thonglang, Bangkok 10310, Thailand

Left off any of your favourites on our list of Bangkok’s best restaurants? We have no comments section – goodbye!

The Best Restaurants In Brighton: The IDEAL 22

The south coast city of Brighton is many different things to many different people. A place for Pride, pebble skimming, thrift shopping, heavy partying, eccentricity, environmentalism, and a traditional British seaside holiday, all rolled into one, you can be anyone you want to be in this so-called London By Sea.

When it comes to the best restaurants in Brighton and Hove, they are thrilling places full of eclectic tastes, with just about every cuisine, price point and sense of occasion catered for. That said, with cafes and restaurants on just about every corner, separating the good from the great can be tough. 

Well, we’ve done the hard work, traversed the lanes and the beaches, and gained several (and lost hundreds of) pounds in the process, to bring you this; our IDEAL 22 rundown of the best restaurants in Brighton.

Bincho Yakitori, Preston Street

Ideal for some of the best yakitori this side of Okinawa…

A bright and lively Brighton road leading down to a pebble beach isn’t exactly the first place you’d expect to find a properly dark and grungy, backstreet Japanese izakaya. But then, this city never ceases to surprise you.

So, here we are; perched at a bar, sipping warm sake, and taking down plate after plate of grilled skewers. Whether the latter is Bincho’s moreish crispy chicken skins, the restaurant’s delectable cubes of pork belly, their chicken hearts, or a simple half cob of sweetcorn, you can be assured that everything off the yakitori section of the menu will have been kissed by coals. 

In fact, the restaurant’s name comes from the type of coals used here and in izakayas all over Japan, binchō-tan, which is famed for its ability to burn long and bright, keep temperatures consistent, and not give off any unwanted smoke or odours. 

Should you be keen to get stuck into some bits not off the grill, mind, then the specials board can always be relied upon for some treats; the tempura fried sea bream with a dollop of pert seaweed mayo is particularly good. 

And once you’re done, the good news is that just opposite Bincho you’ll find one of Brighton’s best cocktail bars, Gung Ho. Kanpai!

Address: 63 Preston St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 2HE

Website: binchoyakitori.com


The Chilli Pickle, Meeting House Lane

Ideal for inventive takes on the food of the Indian sub-continent…

Not your average neighbourhood curry house, that’s for certain, The Chilli Pickle certainly raises the bar when it comes to British interpretations of street food from the Indian sub-continent.

The cooking here is precise and assertive, with the manipulating of sharp notes (from, amongst others, that namesake pickle) bringing real freshness and vivacity. This is perhaps most apparent in the superb gol gapa from the starters and small plates section, which is lifted to dizzy heights by both tamarind and coriander chutneys. 

If you eat meat, you’d be a fool not to order the Nepali Chicken Wings; a cumin and salt rub gives the dish texture, Szechuan pepper creates a lingering, intriguing backnote, and the accompanying chilli sambal is nuanced and complex.

The menu here changes regularly, but if it’s on, a recent addition of beef keema is another must-order; the roasted bone marrow that arrives alongside (scoop, mix and groan) makes it impossibly hard to resist. The tandoori butter chicken, admittedly a safe bet, is, here, pleasingly nimble, with a good dose of lemon juice lightening things up.

We love this place, and judging by the queues, Brighton does too, as do the restaurant inspectors at Michelin, who awarded The Chilli Pickle a Bib Gourmand for several years on the bounce. More importantly, The Chilli Pickle has been part of our IDEAL 22 restaurants for just as long.

Please note that Christmas Eve 2024 saw the restaurant’s final service – cue Nick Cave voice – on Jubilee Street. As of the start of 2025, The Chilli Pickle returned to its original home on Meeting House Lane. The menu remains broadly the same, with many of the old favourites making the journey to the new restaurant intact.

Address: 6-8 Meeting House Ln, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1HB

Website: thechillipickle.com


Amari, Baker Street

Ideal for Spanish-inspired tapas with Michelin-recognised pedigree…

When former Michelin-starred chef Ian Swainson, once of The Samling and Amarillo (RIP), joined forces with Ali and Mo Razavi (the team behind Halisco and Anakuma) to open this intimate 20-cover Spanish restaurant in late 2024, Brighton’s food scene naturally took notice. So, it turns out, did the Big Red Guide. Just nine weeks after opening, Amari had already secured a coveted spot in the 2025 edition – a testament to the kitchen’s exacting standards and Swainson’s adaptability in hitting his stride quite so soon after landing here on Baker Street.

The menu here is a focused affair of Spanish-inspired small plates designed for sharing, executed with the technical precision you’d expect from Swainson’s fine dining background but delivered in a refreshingly unpretentious setting. This is what the team calls (to be honest, we’ve heard this one a little too often recently) “fun dining rather than fine dining” – a tired but still apt description for both food and vibe here.

The croquetas are a masterclass in the form – sublimely creamy with a delicate crisp shell – while the beetroot salad with Seville orange and sherry vinegar dressing showcases a deft balance of sweet, sharp and earthy notes. Don’t miss the Manchego stuffed manzanilla olives with quince purée, a kind of riff on a gilda that we’ll be stealing for our next dinner party. With that first round of dishes, you’ll want to order the house Botivo Spritz – a non-alcoholic aperitivo with elderflower, orange blossom and tonic (though you can add Cazcabel Reposado tequila if you fancy something stronger).

It’s not all tapas and sharing. Selfish diners who hate to see that roving fork approaching ‘their plate’ will find glory in dishes like the slow-braised Ibérico pork loin with truffled celeriac purée and Amontillado sherry sauce, or the red wine braised rib of beef with chickpeas. The fried Jerusalem artichoke hearts with lemon oil are perhaps are favourite thing on the menu, providing a vegetable-forward option that’s no less enjoyable, and a flatulence bordering on the troubling.

With Swainson’s partner Justyna Maria Ciurus, formerly of Hove’s renowned Little Fish Market (appearing a little later on this list, by the way), leading the front-of-house team, the service is pitch perfect, too. Book ahead – with just 20 covers and a rapidly growing reputation, Amari is set to be one of the city’s most sought-after tables for some time to come.

Address: 15 Baker St, Brighton BN1 4JN

Instagram: @amaribrighton


etch. by Steven Edwards, Church Road

Ideal for technique-driven tasting menus from a MasterChef champion…

In 2013, at just 26 years old, Steven Edwards became one of the youngest winners of MasterChef: The Professionals. After a few years running pop-ups at places like Blenheim Palace and Nyetimber Vineyard, he opened his flagship restaurant etch. (that damn full stop is going to get confusing) in March 2017, taking over a former bank on Church Road in Hove.

The space still has that institutional feel, admittedly – midnight-blue walls, brass-edged tables – but the open kitchen and the energy coming from it quickly make you forget you’re dining where someone once applied for a mortgage. Fortunately, after this meal, you won’t have to re-do yours – tasting menus start at just £55 for five courses, which is a steal in this economy.

Each dish at etch. features just two or three main ingredients, with no spices used – not even pepper (although that ethos has been loosened a little recently, we’ve noticed). This isn’t asceticism for its own sake; it’s a deliberate choice to let technique and the quality of British produce do the talking, and when Edwards is working with suppliers like this, that confidence pays off.

The descriptions on the menu are terse – just a few words, really – which means Edwards and his small team serve and explain each dish as it arrives. Anyway, when you taste the poached Newhaven monkfish with barbecued leek and caviar beurre blanc, or the South Downs venison saddle with walnut ketchup and locally foraged hen of the woods mushroom, the products speak for themselves.

The tasting menus change every couple of months, but certain dishes have become fixtures because people would riot (politely) if they disappeared. Edwards’ signature marmite buttermilk bread with seaweed butter is one such example. The sugar-glazed bread manages to be both light and intensely savoury, with the seaweed butter adding another layer without overpowering the Marmite (not a phrase we thought we’d be saying in a Michelin-recognised gaff). It’s the kind of course that converts even those who claim to hate the stuff.

Then there’s Edwards’ take on ‘dippy egg’. On the current autumn/winter menu, it’s a crispy Cacklebean hen yolk served with home smoked duck ham, duck fat crumpet and nasturtium. It’s clever; nostalgic, somehow, but completely contemporary too.

The wine list has some serious depth, particularly in the English sparkling section where Edwards has assembled one of the more comprehensive local collections you’ll see outside a dedicated wine bar. The list runs to several dozen Sussex and Kent producers, with some bottles showing serious age – there’s a 2003 Nyetimber Blanc de Blancs and a 2013 Westwell Blanc de Blancs for those interested in how English fizz develops with time. We weren’t even aware it had been around that long, so consider etch. an education, too.

The restaurant is open Wednesday to Saturday for dinner, with lunch added on Friday and Saturday. The five-course tasting menu is £55, with a six-course option at £80. For those conscious of time or budget, there’s now an etch. Edit menu – a streamlined version that hits the highlights without the full commitment.

Address: 214 Church Rd, Brighton and Hove, Hove BN3 2DJ

Website: etchfood.co.uk


Read: The best Sunday roasts in Brighton


Easy Tiger, Upper North Street

Ideal for Desi Pub nirvana…

Image via @easytigerbn1

Another hugely popular backstreet boozer/chef residency that makes our list of the best restaurants in Brighton is Easy Tiger at the Hampton, a pub that’s, incidentally, a one minute walk from the Windmill. Yep, Brightonians are getting seriously spoiled here!

Easy Tiger is a riff on the Great British tradition of the desi pub, where curries and pints combine to beautiful effect. The restaurant is helmed by Chef Sabu Joseph, who brings his extensive experience and passion for authentic Indian cuisine to the table. 

Originally from Kerala in southern India, Sabu has had a distinguished cooking career in both Brighton and London, doing time at Brighton’s two most acclaimed Indian restaurants The Chilli Pickle and The Curry Leaf Cafe (now sadly closed, RIP), as well as a stint at the five star Jumeirah Carlton Tower Hotel in central London. Yep, that’s some serious pedigree, and it shows in Easy Tiger’s enticing, easygoing rundown of Indian streetfood classics, the perfect accompaniment to one of the locally brewed IPA beers on tap at the Hampton, a proper local boozer that has been tastefully updated while retaining its authentic charm. 

Do not miss out on the Kerala Fried Chicken, a crispy boneless chicken thigh coated in garlic, ginger, spices and rice flour, before being hard fried ‘till crispy. Could there be a better combination in the world than a basket of these and a pint of Cloak and Dagger Hazy Pale? We certainly haven’t found it.

Address: 57 Upper N St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 3FH 

Website: easytigerbrighton.com


Fatto a Mano, North Laines 

Ideal for spot on Neapolitan pizzas…

Nine years after the inaugural Fatto a Mano opened on London Road, the team now boast two more pizzerias in Hove and the North Laines, and a further four in London, in Covent Garden, King’s Cross, Bethnal Green and Tower Bridge. With each branch (yep, we’ve visited them all) seemingly packed every day of the week, world domination seems the only next logical step. 

Wood fired within the requisite 90 seconds at the requisite 450°C, Fatto a Mano’s pizzas are pillowy affairs. Give that canotto a prod and watch it bounce back up at you. That response promises a beautifully digestible dough, and so the pizzas here deliver it. Toppings are – on the most part – refined and reverential, with just a handful of the freshest ingredients treated sympathetically. The margherita buffalo is the finest realisation of this humble vision; a light, natural pizza that sings of simplicity. 

We say ‘on the most part’ as there are a couple of more divisive pizzas in the lower reaches of Fatto’s menu. The lasagna pizza, it should be said, has split the Brighton crowd since its addition to the menu late last year. Some have cried heresy. Others have stuffed it into their faces with abandon. We fall very much in the latter camp, with the smattering of ragu well judged in its restraint, leading to a pizza that’s nowhere near as heavy as it sounds.

Image via @fattoamanopizza

The name translates as ‘handmade’ in Italian, and that’s certainly the vibe here; everything is made from scratch and with love, and it shows. Even if pizza isn’t your thing, Fatto has some excellent starters and sides to keep the picky eaters satisfied; their nduja arancini, in particular, truly hit the spot.

Though all three Brighton and Hove branches are excellent, we’ve chosen the North Laines outpost for our IDEAL 22, as it’s close to the station, and super convivial. Of course, the London Road and Hove versions are ace, too.

Address: 25 Gloucester Rd, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 4AQ

Website: fattoamanopizza.com 


Little Fish Market, Upper Market Street

Ideal for upmarket eats on Upper Market street…

Consistently named as Brighton’s best restaurant in local and national lists, though actually in Hove, chef and owner Duncan Ray has created a glorious homage to everything seafood in this small but sophisticated 20 cover restaurant. Be warned; it’s purely a dinner affair, Tuesday to Saturday, and you’ll need to book well in advance to secure a coveted seat, but the effort is well worth it. 

That’s because it’s only the finest, freshest fish, sourced as locally as possible and cooked with the respect it deserves. It’s a no choice tasting at around the £85 mark, but the price tag is fair; this is a set-menu, several hour affair offering a tour of some of Britain’s very finest seafood. And if you’d like to sample the cooking here at a more approachable price tag, then the LFM has recently announced a three course lunch menu, priced at an eminently reasonable £35 a head. A proud owner of 3 AA rosettes, a Michelin star still eludes them, much to the chagrin of regulars.

And though the restaurant specialises in fish, do keep your eye out for the occasional ‘Little Meat Market’ events, where chef Ray cooks a menu of – you guessed it – meat dishes with his usual elegance and precision.

Address: 10 Upper Market St, Brighton and Hove, Hove BN3 1AS

Website: thelittlefishmarket.co.uk

Read: Where to eat the best seafood in Brighton and Hove


Voya, North Road

The most hyped ticket in town right now is without doubt Voya, which sits on a corner of the always happening Brighton artery North Road, not far from the station, in the spot that used to be Oseta Cafe.

That hype, we should say, is not without good reason…

An always dutifully-soundtracked bar that just so happens to serve really, really great, globetrotting food, Voya comes from a trio of well-known local faces, Liam Cotter, JD and Elina Sellings, who are driven by a desire to create a neighbourhood spot that celebrates spontaneous live music and DJ sets, classic cocktails and classy drinks, and street food snacks, all with equal enthusiasm. 

Mission accomplished, we think. The vinyl, natural wines and the food menu all rotate regularly, and a sense of singular, idiosyncratic style is already firmly established. It’s just such a lovely space to settle into, the kind you forget to take any photos in because you’re having such a good time, and with an infectious energy almost physically that knocks you back as you sashay through the door like a pissed uncle entering the wedding dancefloor to Summer of ‘69.

Just us, then? Though those decks overlooking the dining room are certainly a welcome feature, we’re here for the food first and foremost. Each month the menu evolves, incorporating seasonal ingredients while maintaining a consistent thread of quality and innovation. Signature dishes like the sweetcorn ribs in fermented habanero butter and the saucy mushroom birria are (hopefully) menu mainstays, but there’s a restless energy to the place which means they might not stick around forever. Not to worry, February’s lamb sheesh with winter tomatoes and pistachio is the best thing we’ve eaten here yet. We’ve got our eye on the saffron arancini next.

The cocktail program at Voya is equally impressive, with top-quality drinks crafted by expert mixologist Cotter. If the paradox of choice isn’t your thing, you’ll be pleased to hear the cocktail list is a compact affair of just four or five carefully composed numbers. A recent Tokyo Collins, featuring gin, sake and a quartet of bittersweet fruits, was complex and invigorating. The second was even more invigorating. The third was…can’t actually recall. We’ve heard great things about the Rum Bread, too, a rich, warming affair given intrigue via miso. Next time, next time…

VOYA is open two long weekends (three nights a time) every month, from 5pm to 11pm, with last food orders at 10:30pm. Owing to its huge popularity, booking ahead is pretty much essential, although some space is left for walk-ins. Your best bet without a reservation is to wander in as late to those last orders as you’d feel comfortable doing so.

Address: 34 North Rd, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1YB

Instagram: @voya_brighton


Wild Flor, Church Road

Ideal for confident, classic French cookery in the heart of Hove…

Wild Flor is one of the most acclaimed (relatively) recent additions to Brighton and Hove’s thriving culinary scene. Settling into an evening with their confident, classic French cookery and superb wine list is one of Brighton’s biggest treats; you’ll always leave squiffy and extremely well-fed.

In a city somewhat in thrall to ‘casual’ dining, it’s so refreshing to settle into a more serious spot, which has recently changed to a straightforward a la carte offering, with starters keenly priced in the early teens, and mains not topping £30.

On our last visit, we were particularly enamoured with a dish of rabbit loin, wrapped in wild garlic and gently pink, which was served with a medley of spring veg that still had plenty of bite, its mustard and hogweed dressing pulling everything together. Even better, golden sweetbreads that pulled off the tricky balancing act of being both crisp and tender within, sat beautifully with a pool of glossy chicken jus and the first of the season’s asparagus (yes, it was a while ago!).

I don’t know about you, but spring has only truly arrived when the toilet smells of sulphur.

For the pescatarians around the table, gorgeously pert salt cod agnolotti with a sharp, lemon-spiked emulsion and sourdough pangrattato hit the high notes, too.

Wild Flor are also currently offering an winter set menu which is laughably good value at £22 for two or £25 for three courses. Treat yourself to the trio, as it would be criminal to miss out on the restaurant’s pastry work, the section cooking with a breezy conviction and generosity more in tune with a Paris patisserie or the bouchons of Lyon than a Hove thoroughfare. Emblematic of this sensibility and keeping with the seasonality of Wild Flor’s cooking, a spiced pear served with hazelnuts and a stout custard sounds absurdly good as that Brighton chill begins to blow.

Address: 42 Church Rd, Brighton and Hove, Hove BN3 2FN

Website: wildflor.com


Cin Cin, Western Road

Ideal for the best pasta in the city…

Though you can’t walk for more than the length of a fettuccine in London without stumbling into a pasta bar, in Brighton & Hove you’ll be much harder pressed to find a place slinging freshly rolled strands of the good stuff.

In fact, to our mind, Cin Cin are the premier pasta purveyors here, and a more than capable match for any of London’s top pasta restaurants (in 2021, Cin Cin decided to test this theory, and their Fitzrovia branch opened to immediate national acclaim). 

Though the restaurant’s original location in Brighton’s North Laines (and the London outpost) has now closed, the newer, the larger branch on Western Road, just seconds before you reach Church Road, is just as delicious. 

Here, a horseshoe counter and a handful of barstools overlook Cin Cin’s open kitchen, where seasonal small plates, fresh pasta dishes, and a couple of grilled bits are lovingly prepared in full view of the diners. This is dinner and a show, Hove style, and if your dinner starts with an order of the restaurant’s ever-changing, always-popular arancino (brown crab on our last visit), followed by a pasta dish from the special’s blackboard, you’re sure to be calling for an encore.

Fortunately, Cin Cin’s desserts are respondent to the seasons and always stellar – whether it’s a festive panettone bread and butter pudding with marmalade ice cream or a summery Amalfi lemon tart, there’s no chance you’re leaving disappointed. The restaurant retained their Bib Gourmand award at the 2025 Michelin ceremony, a testament to their continued class and consistency.

Address: 60 Western Rd, Brighton and Hove, Hove BN3 1JD

Website: cincin.co.uk

Read: The best Italian restaurants in Brighton


Furna, New Road

Ideal for precise, seasonal cooking from a Brighton veteran…

Dave Mothersill spent twenty years cooking in Brighton before opening Furna in late 2022. You might recognise his name from The Salt Room, The Gingerman, or way back, Terre à Terre. Now he’s got his own place in a Georgian building facing the Pavilion gardens, and won 2025’s Best Restaurant award at the Brighton Restaurant Awards, with Mothersill taking Best Chef for the second year running.

The curved glass frontage gives way to 37 covers split between leather banquettes and counter seats overlooking the kitchen. If you grab one of those counter spots, you’ll watch the team build dishes with the kind of focus you rarely see anymore. The Chef’s Selection tasting menu (£85, with wine pairing at £65) changes with what’s good, but expect the sort of cooking that knows when to show off and when to shut up. Recent highlights included Galician octopus with aubergine and XO, monkfish crudo brightened with jalapeño and toddii citrus, and a piece of chalk stream trout with courgette and shellfish velouté that made perfect sense of summer.

The bread and cultured butter that kicks things off has become a bit of a signature, and rightly so. Same goes for the snacks: smoked cods’ roe with radishes, a single BBQ’d oyster with tartare hollandaise, chickpea panisse with swee’ curd and spring vegetables. Small bites that set the tone for what follows.

For those not ready to commit to the full tasting experience, the set lunch menu at £35 offers a snapshot of Mothersill’s cooking. Three courses might bring bavette with green peppercorns and artichoke, or white asparagus with ajo blanco and black garlic. The milk ice cream with two fields olive oil and sea salt sounds simple on paper but makes complete sense when it lands on the table.

Where others might drown their ingredients in sauce, Mothersill knows restraint. That chalk stream trout needs only its courgette and shellfish accompaniment. The bavette gets green peppercorns and artichoke, nothing more. Even desserts follow this logic; the Amalfi lemon tart with burnt citrus and fennel lets each element speak clearly.

The team includes people Mothersill has worked with before: Isobel Humbey as sous, Jessica Elliott on pastry, Ross Truman running front of house. They’re closed Mondays and Tuesdays, which gives everyone proper time off. Wednesday to Saturday they’re dinner only, with lunch added on Fridays and Saturdays. The wine list, curated with Brunswick Fine Wines, skews interesting rather than safe, with plenty by the glass if you’re not going for the pairing.

Worth booking ahead, especially for those counter seats where you can watch the kitchen at work. This is cooking that respects both tradition and innovation without making a song and dance about either. In a city full of good restaurants, Furna stands out by simply being very, very good at what it does.

Address: 6 New Rd, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1UF

Website: furnarestaurant.co.uk


Plateau, Bartholomews

Ideal for natural wine, good times, and small plates of poise and precision…

xr:d:DAEuZsBax50:1493,j:5436247549290568520,t:23091315

Another belter with a blackboard, Plateau is all about pouring up the city’s best and most thoughtful selection of low-intervention wines. They just happen to serve some pretty special sharing plates made with seasonal ingredients from in and around Sussex of a largely French persuasion to complement their natty juice.

Their bread, pâté, rillettes, cheeses and pickles are particularly fine with a glass of the good stuff, but Plateau also have a light touch with fish, which is always welcome so close to the coast. On our last visit, a dish of hake, barbecued until the skin was pockmarked, came served austerely with leeks and hazelnuts; it was beautiful.

For something a little heartier but with a sense of playfulness in its soul, wild venison pierogi with fermented chilli is technically pitch-perfect, the dumplings having the much-sought after bounce, and the iron-rich venison’s flavour shining through. You also can’t go wrong with the unctuous beef tartare which is always on their ever changing seasonal menu for good reason. 

All in all, Plateau is an effortlessly stylish and hip place to hang out, and with the recent addition of a few tables spilling out onto the street, is now even closer in style to a classic Parisian wine bar. Last year, it was added to the Good Food Guide, with inspectors reporting that ”for more than a decade, Plateau has been the place in Brighton for natural wines and inventive cocktails. While that still holds true, it’s now firmly established as one of the best places for creative small plates too.”

We couldn’t agree more.

Address: 1 Bartholomews, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1HG

Website: plateaubrighton.co.uk

Read: Where to eat French food in Brighton


Burnt Orange, Middle Street

Ideal for savouring the flavour of the grill in every bite…

Pitched as a ‘a grownup hangout for Brighton’, Burnt Orange is the third restaurant from local restaurateur Razak Helala, who also presides over the Coal Shed and the Salt Room (also on this list). 

The restaurant has garnered many plaudits in its four years of trading, in the form of a glowing review from a national newspaper, a Bib Gourmand award from the Michelin Guide, which they retained for the 2025 edition, and, more recently, the title of Brighton’s Best Restaurant at the BRAVO Awards just last month.

The Michelin Bib bit indicates ‘good value and good quality’, and in terms of Burnt Orange, these rather prosaic, automated descriptors do the restaurant a disservice. The quality of the output, led by a huge wood fired oven and grill, is fantastic, with the menu taking on a vaguely Middle Eastern bent. Charred flatbreads, grilled prawns with herb Zhug, fire-roasted chermoula monkfish, smoked lamb shoulder cigars…. If there’s a word that indicates the wood-fired grill has been used, it’s on this menu.

The restaurant used to do a fine weekend brunch, too, further extending their welcome to the people of the city. And as everyone knows, the way to a Brightonian’s heart is through brunch. Though the dedicated brunch menu has now gone, Burnt Orange opens at midday and some of the flat bread and dip combos are decidedly brunch-y, if you’re keen to pretend it isn’t lunch.

Oh, and they mix a darn good cocktail, too…

Address: 59 Middle St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1AL

Website: burnt-orange.co.uk

Read: The best cocktail bars in Brighton


Embers, Meeting House Lane

Ideal for a menu seasoned skilfully with smoke…

A restaurant in the Lanes that specialises in wood fire cooking with a vaguely Middle Eastern bent to proceedings (Zhoug? Check. Labneh? Check. Dukhah? Check) and some truly excellent cocktails? With Burnt Orange just around the corner and only a paragraph previous, Brighton’s culinary cognoscenti might be forgiven for wondering whether this was all strictly necessary when Embers opened in 2023.

But scratch the surface just a little and you’ll find a very different proposition here, and one that’s refreshingly unique from its peers in close proximity. The work of two well known faces on the Brighton culinary scene, ex-terre à terre head chef Dave Marrow and former chef-patron of Isaac At, Isaac Bartlett-Copeland, here everything is cooked in a specially designed mutli-rack grill which sits pretty in the centre of the dining room, bringing a touch of theatre to proceedings as its glowing embers crackle and flare up as fat and glaze drip invitingly.

It’s one fiery hell of a statement, the grill’s racks constantly being manipulated by a soot-covered chef, all controlled by a pulley mechanism in the style of Etxebarri. The huge stack of logs under the pass only serve to hammer the point home.

All of this would be a little performative if the food didn’t taste thoroughly seasoned by wood, smoke and fire, but at Embers, there’s a genuinely masterful control of the flame, and this is reflected in some truly stunning dishes, the best of which are big sharers, billed ‘centrepiece dishes’. An apt epiphet, as the smoked spatchcock chicken (there’s grilled brill or mushroom parfait, too) arrives splayed and smouldering, very much making the table its bed whilst the phones come out for a photoshoot. Tear off a leg – properly blistered and burnished from those embers – drag it through the throbbing, fluorescent honey and mustard mayo, and get all caveman about things.

Embers is closed on Mondays and Tuesdays. 

Website: embersbrighton.co.uk

Address: 42 Meeting House Ln, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1HB


Terre à terre, East Street

Ideal for the best vegetarian food in the city…

It feels patronising – perverse, even – to spend a paragraph or two introducing the idea of terre à terre, such is the stalwart status of the restaurant in this city. A Brighton institution serving the good stuff since the early 90s, terre à terre is arguably the premier dining spot for vegetarians in Brighton, if not the country, its menu eclectic and its vibe lively.

Though the restaurant name translates as ‘down to earth’, the only thing grounding the menu here is the vegetarian part; inspiration is drawn from all corners of the globe, with plenty of heft and punch to the dishes. 

In fact, it sells terre à terre short to give it the ol’ ‘’you don’t even miss meat’’ line. You’ll eat very well here, however you define your dietary choices. Sure, the menu descriptors are pretty verbose, sometimes running into a paragraph of prose, but the flavours boast remarkable clarity and comfort. 

We’ve written more about terre à terre in our roundup of the best vegetarian and vegan restaurants in Brighton. Do check it out sometime.

Address: 71 East St, Brighton, Brighton and Hove

Website: terreaterre.co.uk


The Salt Room, Kings Road

Ideal for a taste of the sea in spirited, sophisticated surrounds…

The Salt Room’s website claims it as ‘Brighton’s best seafood restaurant’; a bold claim, indeed, but it’s not far off. Part of a group of four – The Coal Shed in Brighton and one of the same name in London, as well as the aforementioned Burnt Orange – this is a place which ticks all the boxes for great fish cookery; sustainable sourcing and simplicity. The menu resists the urge to globe-trot, and, this time, we think that’s welcome.

It’s a surprisingly cavernous space with a good buzz and young, enthusiastic staff. The restaurant is compartmentalised neatly and cleverly, with lots of different spaces and areas helping the buzz carry through the restaurant without being acoustically intrusive.

Anyway, we’re here to talk about fish, right? The grill is used liberally and it’s all the better for it; good news for the whole fish destined to be blistered and burnished on it. Saying that, perhaps the best thing on the menu is the fish tempura with a tartare sauce flecked with seaweed; as saline and savoury as it sounds. A shared surfboard comes brimming with grilled and steamed prawns, squid, scallops and more, and the aioli alongside, whilst a little loose, is seriously good.

Interestingly, The Salt Room are now doing BYOB Mondays, with corkage just £5. A fine excuse to indulge in some superb seafood cookery, we think!

Address: 106 Kings Rd, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 2FU

Website: saltroom-restaurant.co.uk


Nanninella, Preston Street

Ideal for ridiculously good Neapolitan pizza and the warmest of welcomes…

Nanninella has been through many guises in its 5 years on Preston Street. From authentic Neapolitan pizzeria to takeaway-only operation, then a post-COVID pannini peddler all the way to its current iteration, back to where it all started in a full 360 as cyclical as a pizza, to being a traditional trattoria that focused primarily on pizza.

What’s remained true and consistent this whole time is the quality of the food at Nanninella (not to mention the reliably warm welcome from Sergio and family), with premium, imported Italian ingredients shining through in everything they do.

The pizzas are gold-standard; blistered, burnished and traditional, just as it should be. The vibe inside, all brightly coloured tiles and a view into the hot glow of the pizza oven, frames a hospitable, enjoyable place to spend time. What’s more, the staff are lovely. Our favourite pizza here – and in the whole of Brighton, in fact – is the provola e pepe, which uses smoked mozzarella and freshly ground black pepper to great effect. Any pizza featuring their fresh burrata is equally wonderful. Put quite simply, Nanninella is our favourite pizza restaurant in Brighton.

Address: 26 Preston St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 2HN

Website: nanninellapizzeria.co.uk


Petit Pois, The Lanes

Ideal for a Gallic gastronomic getaway in Brighton…

Unashamedly Gallic, Petit Pois is arguably the number one purveyor of traditional French fare in the city, and one of Brighton’s best restaurants, period.

Expect, then, to be wowed by snails swimming in a pungent pool of garlic and parsley butter, followed by the famous fisherman’s stew bouillabaisse, here replete with fish, shellfish and even sea lettuce from surrounding Sussex waters. 

Whilst seafood certainly feels like the right thing to do considering Petit Pois is just a pebble’s skim away from Brighton beach, our favourite dish here comes from the ‘Légumes’ section of the menu, in the form of baked Crottin du Perigord. This mini-wheel of goat’s cheese is baked until gooey and served with a salad of beetroot and candied walnuts high on the sweet notes as a perfect counterpoint to the potent cheese. It’s a smartly judged, confident salad in keeping with the poise of the restaurant as a whole.

With a popular Sunday lunch menu and an extensive wine list, no wonder Petit Pois is one of Brighton’s best-loved neighbourhood French restaurants.

Address: 70 Ship St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1AE

Website: petitpoisbrighton.co.uk


Palmito, Western Road

Ideal for spice driven, continent spanning food…

To say that the opening of Palmito felt brave would be something of an understatement. Not content with setting up shop in the tough economic climate of mid-2022, the restaurant opted to do so in a space that estate agents would charitably call ‘cosy’, on a nondescript stretch of Brighton and Hove’s Western Road. They also elected to serve a menu not much tried and tested in this part of town; a kind of fusion between the coastal cuisines of India and Ecuador. 

To say the risk paid off would be something of an understatement. That shoebox dining room is packed out from the moment the doors swing open at 5pm on Tuesday until Saturday’s last orders at 11pm. 

Perhaps it should come as no surprise that Palmito has been a roaring success, the chef-owners here have both spent time at revered Brighton restaurants the Chilli Pickle (also on this list, of course) and Easy Tiger, and there’s a similar breezy charm to proceedings here, with the shellfish dishes particularly good.

For such a small restaurant, Palmito is already making big waves on the Brighton shore; the restaurant has already earned a glowing national review in The Times, and an entry in the most recent additions of both the Good Food and Michelin guides.

Interestingly, chef Kanthi, one of the main brains behind Palmito, has recently opened The Spice Circuit Kitchen in Hove, a small chef’s table that features homegrown recipes from South India and Sri Lanka. We can’t wait to check it out!

Address: 16 Western Rd, Brighton and Hove, Hove BN3 1AE

Website: palmito.co.uk


Tutto, Marlborough Place

Ideal for expertly cooked Italian food from everyone’s favourite Brighton restaurant group…

Tutto, the modern Italian restaurant that’s part of Brighton’s all conquering Black Rock restaurant group (Burnt Orange and the Salt Room from this list are also in that roster) felt like a sho-in for success from the start.

But things didn’t quite go according to plan, with building delays and issues with the overall vision of the restaurant leading to an opening that was more fits-and-starts than firing-on-all-cylinders.

Fortunately for the pasta-loving throngs of Brighton and Hove, things have picked up considerably since those early jitters, with Tutto now cooking a freshly configured menu with confidence and precision. Unsurprisingly for a place in such close proximity to the sea, the restaurant has a wicked way with fish, the woodfired gamberi rossi with paprika the kind of dish that feels so right in late summer, ditto the grilled sardines with fried bread and salsa verde. 

The theme continues into the pasta courses; a bowl of pert agnolotti filled with a keenly diced mix of lobster, crab and scallop, served swimming in a rusty bisque, is spectacularly good. 

Finish with Tutto’s chocolate and hazelnut torte, served with maraschino cherries and vanilla ice cream, which has become something of a signature dish here, and, in our view, is the ideal end to this – or any – meal.

Address: 20 – 22 Marlborough Pl, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 1UB

Website: tutto-restaurant.co.uk


Taquitos Casa Azul, Brighton Open Market, Marshall’s Row

Ideal for Brighton’s best tacos…

For great independent vibes in a city some fear is losing its soul to chains, a visit to Brighton’s Open Market, tucked away off London Road, is a must.

While you’re here, it’s pretty much obligatory to duck into Taquitos Casa Azul, a family-run joint led by local hero Gabriel Gutierrez, and tuck into some truly superlative tacos, freshly pressed and adorned with delicately spiced, deliciously spicy shredded pork cochinita or chicken tinga. Pull up a pew at their sole table outside the shopfront and get stuck in.

Oh, and before you settle that bill, do not miss out on Gutierrez’s Salsa Chipotle which is sold on the shelves directly to the left of the till. Heady with hibiscus and dried apricot – you’ll be hooked. We add it to everything now; incredible stuff, indeed.

Address: Open Market, 21 Marshalls Row, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 4JU

Website: casazul.co.uk


Bonsai Plant Kitchen, Baker Street

We end Brighton’s IDEAL 22 restaurants at Bonsai Plant Kitchen, the work of Dom Sheriff and Amy Bennett, who met while working at Brighton vegetarian institution Food for Friends. With Amy’s background as a head pastry chef and Dom’s experience as head chef, the pair decided to combine their culinary talents and passion for vegan cuisine to create Bonsai Plant Kitchen, an imaginative plant-based restaurant whose menu is broadly South East Asian inspired and always super exciting to eat. 

Rave reviews and accolades have followed, including a recent glowing write-up in the Guardian, and an award of The Best Vegan Food in the city at the BRAVOs, Brighton’s premier restaurant awards.

A huge part of the draw here is the cooking-over-coals philosophy that drives things forward, with several of the dishes cooked on a Binchotan grill. Accordingly, there’s a suave smokiness running through proceedings, whether that’s in the sweet potato skewers doused in miso butter, lime juice and wisps of parmesan, or the barbecued napa cabbage that arrives properly, comprehensively blackened. All of this would be overkill in the wrong hands, but here, those campfire flavours are perfectly poised. The restaurant’s excellent selection of pickles help things along and lighten the mood nicely.

The cocktails are fantastic here too, with all syrups and infusions created in house, a veritable celebration of ingredients preserved at their peak. We love it.

Address: 44-45 Baker St, Brighton and Hove, Brighton BN1 4JN 

Website: bonsaiplantkitchen.co.uk


And with that, we’re done exploring Brighton and Hove’s best restaurants. It might be time for a sit down after all that! Or, maybe an ice cream, seeing as we’re by the sea. Here’s a guide to the best ice cream in Brighton and Hove. Mine’s a blueberry and ricotta!

The Best Southern Thai Restaurants In Bangkok

Any Thai food fanatic worth their fish sauce should already be well versed in the unrestrained beauty of Southern Thailand’s culinary tradition. But for the layperson, here goes; owing to its location with the Gulf of Thailand to the east and Andaman Sea to the west, it’s a cuisine which makes use of the ocean’s bounty at every turn of the rod’s reel.

Expect crab, shrimp and its fermented paste, and both heavy use of fresh chilli and coconut cream, the latter growing abundantly down South. Non-glutinous rice is the staple here, and influences abound from nearby Malaysia and Indonesia.

Anyway, you could’ve just read all that on Wikipedia, right? Should you find yourself in Bangkok, then it won’t take you long to notice just how popular the region’s food has become in the Thai capital. The country’s foodierati just can’t get enough of this lip tingling cuisine, and if you’re keen to join them, then here are the best Southern Thai restaurants in Bangkok.

Sorn

The first Thai restaurant in the world to hold three Michelin stars, and proudly, resolutely Southern to their soul, we had to start here, at Sorn. Now open for seven years, this place has been the talk of the town – no, country – for nearly as long. Sourcing ‘99.9%’ of their ingredients from the south, and supporting countless farmers and fishermen in the process, as well as cooking most of the food in clay pots, you’d be forgiven for thinking this traditional ethos wouldn’t translate into a super-twenty course tasting menu of fine dining.

You’d be wrong; this, quite simply, is some of the finest Thai food in the world, period, Southern or otherwise. The restaurant’s commitment to the techniques and heritage of the region extends beyond recipes and sourcing, all the way to their use of specific cooking vessels and methods – their clay pots are sourced from traditional craftsmen in Nakhon Si Thammarat, while their charcoal grilling uses mangrove wood selected for its particular smoking properties. 

Each dish in their tasting menu represents a specific aspect of Southern Thai culinary heritage, from the coastal fishing communities to inland farming traditions. It’s immersive, respectful, celebratory, and utterly delicious.

While the menu of course moves with the south’s seasons somewhat, some killer classics remain (even after the recent revamp of the whole menu that arguably finally sealed the deal with Michelin); the famous ‘gems on crab stick’, the pretty-as-a-picture khao yam (rice salad), and the big, generous sharing spread complete with coconut curries and roti grilled to order are – thank the good lord – ever-presents.

Sure, you’ll have to run over hot coals to get a table, but if you’re lucky enough to do so, it’s worth burning your feet for. And mouth; the food is spicy, and all the better for it. Than hai im, na khrap!

Website: sornfinesouthern.com

Address: 56 Soi Sukhumvit 26, Klongton Khlong Toei, Bangkok 10110, Thailand


Khua Kling Pak Sod

Lovers of spicy Southern soul food in Bangkok have been raving about this hugely popular, increasingly ubiquitous Southern Thai restaurant group for years now. It’s safe to say that Khua Kling Pak Sod has certainly played a major part in the city’s love of the region’s cuisine, with its inclusive vibe, keen pricing, and faithfully rendered classics irresistible to Bangkokians of all stripes. 

It all started in one beloved family-run joint in downtown Sukhumvit, using family recipes and a faithful connection to the producers of the south, and the formula worked superbly; it has led to several more in Bangkok, the restaurant’s instantly recognisable yellow logo now a familiar sight in the sois and shopping malls on the city.

That’s not to say Khua Kling Pak Sod doesn’t keep things consistent; in every outpost, these classic Southern Thai dishes are unapologetically spicy. Each morning at Khua Kling Pak Sod begins before dawn with the preparation of curry pastes, following recipes that have been in the owner’s family for generations. A chorus of pok-pok’ing, just as much as the morning suat mon, reminds you exactly where you are.

Photos by City Foodsters

The chillies here come from specially chosen farms in the south that grow varieties known for their intense heat and fragrance. The restaurant maintains relationships with particular fishing communities in Chumphon, ensuring they receive the freshest seafood daily via overnight transport. 

The restaurant’s namesake dish – the khua kling; a minced pork curry, stir fried with red curry paste and served dry – throbs with local prik kee noo chillis to an almost nuclear level, and is all the better for it. Their yellow coconut milk curry of crab meat, served with thin kanom jeen fermented rice noodles is another belter; offering less respite from the heat than the name suggests and, though we may be repeating ourselves, is all the better for it.

Perhaps steer clear if spice isn’t your thing. Even with the South’s reputation for chilli addiction, this restaurant does things hot, hot, hot. But if it is your thing, you’ll find Khua Kling Pak Sod to be one of the best restaurants in Bangkok.

Website: khuaklingpaksod.com

Address: 98/1 Pai Di Ma Di Klang Alley, Khlong Tan Nuea, Watthana, Bangkok 10110, Thailand


Ruam Thai

If you’re seeking Southern Thai food at its most democratic, make your way over to the Thonburi side of town, and to Wang Lang street for this no-frills spot that’s been feeding hungry locals, medical students from nearby Siriraj Hospital, and the occasional wandering food obsessive, for decades. This is raan khao gaeng (rice and curry shop) dining at its finest – a row of stainless steel trays brimming with curries, stir-fries and soups that get ladled over rice with admirable efficiency.

The selection varies daily but is always resolutely Southern – expect to find the full firepower of the region represented in staples like gaeng tai pla (fish entrails curry) and the aforementioned khua kling. The gaeng som (sour curry) here deserves special mention, particularly when made with tender young taro stems which soak up the sauce just right.

Photos by Streets of Food

Indeed, the kitchen isn’t toning down the flavours for farang palates here (it’s not an area with many tourists) – locals queue from dawn onwards for their breakfast hit of spice, and you’d do well to join them, as the best dishes tend to sell out by early afternoon. Don’t miss their excellent stink beans with prawns when in season, and if you spot the salted fried fish topped with crispy shallots and bird’s eye chillies, make the appropriate enthusiastic gesture – it’s a perfect foil to the curries.

The beauty of Ruam Thai is in its accessible price point, with most dishes hovering around the 50 baht mark. It’s the kind of place that reminds you that some of Bangkok’s finest food isn’t found in fancy dining rooms but in shophouses that have been quietly going about their business for generations.

Perhaps best of all, just next door you’ll find Phensri, a traditional Thai dessert shop where jasmine-scented sweets provide the perfect ending to what can be an assertively spicy meal. Now that’s what we call thoughtful neighbourhood planning.

Word of warning – sometimes you’ll find this place closed without warning. Best to have a backup nearby.

Address: 375/4 Wang Lang Rd, Ban Chang Lo, Bangkok Noi, Bangkok 10700, Thailand


Prai Raya

Phuket is perhaps Thailand’s premier foodie destination outside of the capital, and in a country of such rich, varied and uniformly delicious food, that’s truly saying something. One of the leading Southern Thai restaurants in the city is Raya.

So popular, in fact, that it’s spawned sister restaurants in Phuket in the form of One Chun and Chomchan, and an outpost in Bangkok, named Prai Raya. We’ll pull up a chair here, then, rather than hopping on a flight to Phuket, ordering their wonderful, black pepper heavy (prominent in the South’s cuisine, and reflective of the historic spice trade through Phuket’s ports) moo hong, a dish of stewed pork which is the restaurant’s signature.

Another intriguing find here is the Phuket-style relish of roasted peanuts served in fresh coconut milk. Served with rice crackers for dipping and dredging, it’s a dish that confirms not all of the south’s food needs to have the spice-levels dialled up to 11.

Images via @PraiRaya

The nahm phrik gapi (shrimp paste relish) is perhaps even better, here infused with a real sense of the south through a variety of citrus fruits – both zest and juice – native to the region. It sings with vivacity, much like the region, and country, itself. 

While the restaurant’s Sino-Portuguese interiors might resemble a simulacrum of the original in Phuket, there’s no denying that the Sukhumvit rendition, complete with a garden ready for the brief Bangkok winters, is an agreeable place to unwind in.

Facebook: @PraiRayaPhuket

Address: 59 Soi Sukhumvit 8, Khlong Toei, Bangkok 10110, Thailand


Baan Ice

If you weren’t fortunate enough to secure a seat at Sorn, then firstly, join the club. But more importantly, don’t fret; you can still sample superstar chef Supaksorn Jongsiri’s take on the food of his childhood at Baan Ice, a more affordable, less exclusive sibling to Sorn.

This certainly doesn’t mean flavour has been compromised or that faithful sourcing of Southern ingredients sacrificed. Oh no, it’s all very much present and correct here. The restaurant maintains relationships with specific producers, including using budu (fermented fish sauce) from a particular producer in Pattani and dried fish from traditional fishing communities in Songkhla. Their curry pastes are made fresh daily using recipes passed down through Chef Ice’s family.

Their stir fried sator bean and shrimp is pungent and punchy in just the right way, whilst ‘grandpa’s’ khao yam is delicate, delicious and (whisper it) almost as good as the version found at their accolade accumulating sister restaurant. What’s more, the gaeng tai pla is as good – no, honestly – as it sounds, and steadfast to the uncompromising, relentless flavours of the south.

With 5 branches of Baan Ice open all day, from 11am to 10pm, seven days a week, you’ll have no trouble securing a seat here. Savour it.

Website: baanice.com

Central Bangkok Locations: Icon Siam, Thonglor, Siam Paragon


Janhom

In a city approaching Southern Thai banger saturation point, Janhom stands apart through a sheer, unwavering dedication to tradition. For over two decades, Chef Poonsri ‘Auntie Baew’ Sarikarn has been serving up some of Bangkok’s most uncompromising Southern fare from this modest but totally perfect restaurant in Wang Thonglang.

The gaeng luang (sour yellow curry) here is as good as it gets (both the dish and life). Somehow resist the temptation to order this one with big chunks of crab (defer that temptation for the yellow crab curry, which is ace) and instead have your gaeng luang with chunks of barramundi, poached in the curry on the bone, and coconut shoots, which have the remarkable ability to soak up all that broth whilst retaining crunch and structural integrity. It’s one of the best curries in the city – assertive but nuanced, and with enough chilli heart to dust off the very worst of Bangkok hangovers.

Thai food spread Janhom, Bangkok
Thai food spread Janhom, Bangkok

Indeed, unlike many Bangkok riffs on the region’s food that may sweeten their curries to appease local palates, Auntie Baew’s version remains steadfastly true to its Surat Thani roots – bracingly sour, properly salty, and carrying enough heat to remind you that you’re very much eating Southern Thai cuisine. The curry pastes, hand-pounded fresh daily in-house, provides a depth of flavour and ’roundness’ that simply can’t be replicated with commercial alternatives. Or, indeed, a blender…

Don’t miss the deep fried fish with crispy turmeric and garlic (pla tod kamin), a welcome, neutral, fatty counterpoint to all the chilli-forward dishes on the table. The flesh remains tender while the exterior crackles satisfyingly, the earthy notes of turmeric providing a perfect counterpoint to the delicate meat. If it’s on, the deep-fried frog version is even better. 

Another much-needed balancing dish that’s essential for your table is the stir fried melinjo leaves with egg (pak liang pad khai), which soothes the most bracing notes of those dishes orbiting the rice. When all paired together, it’s such a harmonious spread, which grips you and pulls you in, not letting up until the final, gratis chilled watermelon hits the table to cleanse everything that’s just happened.

Janhom is somewhat out in the sticks (relatively speaking) and isn’t reachable by BTS, so take the opportunity for a well-earned snooze in a Grab taxi to wherever you’re going next.

Address: 273/4 Ramkhamhaeng 21 Alley, Phlabphla, Wang Thonglang, Bangkok 10310, Thailand


Beer Hima Seafood

Tucked away beyond Chatuchak in Bangkok’s northern ‘burbs, in an area few farang make it to, Beer Hima Seafood presents a strong case for making the journey with its fish tanks and live crabs on display by the entrance, and the promise of fresh seafood within. 

Drawing on family recipes from Nakhon Si Thammarat province, the restaurant specialises in Southern Thai seafood preparations that showcase the region’s bold flavour combinations and love of anything that wears a shell as a jacket or house.

The stir-fried clams with chilli paste and sweet basil are beautifully balanced, a rare thing in a dish that often falls too far on the sweet side. The signature prawns with sator beans demonstrates why this often-misunderstood ingredient is so beloved in Southern Thai cuisine – when treated with respect, as it is here, the bean’s robust stank perfectly balances the sweetness of prawns and the rich undertones of roasted shrimp paste.

Many Bangkokians, however, make the journey for the mantis shrimp with crispy garlic alone. They stay for the restaurant’s creative take on frozen beer – served slushy-style – which provides welcome relief from the heat of the dishes. Sure, this isn’t the kind of place you just stumble across, but it’s certainly one you’ll stumble out of. 

Address: 12/12 Thetsaban Songkhro Rd, Lat Yao, Chatuchak, Bangkok 10900, Thailand


Phukej

If you’re looking for a fine dining take on Southern Thai food but you found Sorn’s prohibitively expensive (or, you know, prohibitively full), then Chinatown’s Phukej will see you right.

Sitting pretty in a renovated shophouse five minutes off Yaowarat Road, Phukej (no [sic] required here; that ‘j’ is simply styled after the island’s historical name) offers a contemporary take on Southern Thai cuisine that pays homage to the port city’s unique culinary heritage, weaving together influences from Thai, Chinese and Malay cooking traditions, reflecting Phuket’s history as a maritime trading hub. At the stoves, chef Thapakorn ‘Korn’ Lertviriyavit, formerly of Michelin-starred Nahm and Aksorn, exerts considerable command over the city’s classic dishes, bringing the finesse of those kitchens to the fore.

Image by @Phukej

All of that naturally leads to some seriously fine seafood dishes, perhaps best enjoyed in the signature 11 course set menu – available only at lunch and priced at an eminently reasonable ฿1990 (around £47) per person. A Hoikaddo scallop in a coconut cup (a kind of kueh pie tee/khanom krok mashup) kicks things off in some style, the whole, caramelised bivalve hiding a nugget of fresh pomelo that lightens and lifts the bite. Another early highlight is the golae style mussels, brought to the table mid-grill over individual tao burners and giving off the most enticing aroma of gently caramelising coconut cream. It’s impossible to resist, and worth burning both your fingers and your mouth for.

From the larger plates, the crab curry with betel leaf delivers all the complexity and heat you’ve come to love from the region’s cuisine, but it’s actually a meat dish that represents the restaurant’s signature. Phukej’s interpretation of moo hong (pork belly stew) is that signature – here, the cubes of pork belly are first stewed until tender, and then deep-fried to create an irresistible contrast of textures. It’s an interesting take on a classic, and this far down our roundup, a welcome change from resolutely authentic takes on the Southern Thai repertoire.

For dessert, don’t miss Phukej’s riff on a local favourite – a granita Aiyu jelly with lychee and rose that offers a refined conclusion to what was already an exceptional meal. There’s even a solid wine list for those seeking a break from Singhas on ice.

Address: 730, 732 Mangkon Rd, Pom Prap, Pom Prap Sattru Phai, Bangkok 10100, Thailand

Instagram: @Phukej

In a city blessed with so much excellent Southern Thai food, it can be hard to narrow it down to just a handful of places you should bless with your Baht. But we’ve eaten around the city, and endured (it’s a tough job) the fire, to bring you our favourites. Now, what are yours?

Closer to home, check out our list of the best Thai restaurants in London. Make mine a Thai spicy!

The Best Restaurants In Margate, Kent

Cast your mind back to 2011. We were all pretending to understand what planking was, Charlie Sheen was having a very public meltdown, and Margate? Well, Margate was still struggling to shake off decades of seaside decline. Then Turner Contemporary opened its doors, and something rather extraordinary began to happen.

Fast forward to 2025, and this once-fading Victorian resort has transformed into what food critics are calling Britain’s most exciting coastal food destination. London chefs are abandoning eye-watering rents to open ambitious restaurants overlooking golden beaches, day-boat fishermen deliver their catch directly to kitchens, and getting a table at the town’s hottest spots requires a quite tedious level of planning. 

Drumming home a point, the inaugural Margate Restaurant Week in February sold out faster than Glastonbury tickets tend to, which tells you everything about the town’s burgeoning culinary credentials. And, indeed, how cursed those bloody spreadsheet syndicates have made getting a ticket to the Big G in recent years…

What makes Margate special isn’t just the quality of cooking (though that’s undeniably brilliant) but the spirit of the place. This is a town where Michelin-recognised sophistication sits comfortably alongside seaside fish and chips, where ageing hipsters and retired party animals serve natural wine next to fourth-generation cockle sellers, and where a meal might cost you £3 or £300 depending on your mood. It’s gloriously unpretentious, fiercely creative, and utterly addictive.

We’ve eaten our way through the Old Town’s narrow streets, queued for tables at harbour-side shacks, had our polystyrene cup of prawns nicked by seagulls, and discovered some true gems in Cliftonville’s Victorian terraces, all in the name of this guide. From sustainable seafood champions to pasta perfectionists, Vietnamese street food to LA-inspired tacos, here are the best restaurants in Margate.

Bottega Caruso

Ideal for dogmatic, delicious pasta perfection…

Grace Dent called Bottega Caruso ‘heroically wondrous’, and whilst we don’t agree with the adverb and adjective combination, we’re in complete agreement with the sentiment. This tiny Campanian osteria on Broad Street is genuinely one of the UK’s best Italian restaurants, so much better than the thousand cacio e pepe purveyors in the bigger cities, with a regional focus that keeps things really interesting rather than restrains them.

Owners Simona Di Dio and Harry Ryder aren’t messing about. Alongside head chef Thom Eagle (whose Substack is ace, by the way), they make fresh pasta every morning using Di Dio’s grandmother’s recipes, import artisanal products from her beloved Sannio region, and maintain standards that are reassuringly dogmatic. The converted pub seats barely 20 people (only 6 or so tables), creating an atmosphere so intimate you’ll know your neighbours’ life stories by dessert. Or, perhaps, your neighbour will be feeding you their dessert…

The menu changes with the seasons and what’s good at the market, but certain dishes are regulars. A mainstay is the polpette di pane al sugo – ‘meatballs’ made using bread instead and served with Simona’s family recipe for slow cooked tomato sauce. It’s absolutely incredible, the polpette boasting the most satisfying bounce, the sugo rich but still tasting vital rather than rusty. 

Of course, the fresh pasta dishes are the highlight, and we’ve had a few seafood versions in our time at Bottega Caruso that have made a mark; a version of pasta con le sarde using mackerel, and a spaghetti con la spigola with locally caught wild sea bass and imported Datterini tomatoes both live long in the memory. The latter dish perfectly exemplifies the approach here; use local, seasonal ingredients when they are at their very best, and complement it with imported Italian products that are simply too good to leave behind in Bel Paese.

Here’s the catch: booking opens 60 days in advance and reservations are essential weeks in advance, as tables vanish faster than limoncello at an Italian wedding. Open Wednesday to Saturday only.

Website: bottegacaruso.com

Address: 2-4 Broad Street, Margate CT9 1EW


Angela’s

Ideal for when sustainability meets sublime seafood…

There’s always a moment at Angela’s when you realise you’re experiencing something rather special, whether it’s your first or your fiftieth time in the intimate, unassuming dining room. Perhaps it’s when chef Rob Cooper emerges from the kitchen to explain why today’s turbot was caught using a specific technique to preserve its texture. Or maybe it’s when you taste that turbot, served simply with white beans and green sauce, and understand why less really can be more.

This compact 26-seat bistro on The Parade has become Margate’s most difficult reservation since earning the town’s first Michelin Green Star for sustainability. Owners Lee Coad and Charlotte Forsdike, who took over in 2017, operate with a philosophy that’s refreshingly straightforward: source the best possible ingredients from local waters, then “don’t mess them up.” 

The daily-changing blackboard menu depends entirely on what fishermen land each morning, meaning you might find gurnard one day, john dory the next. What is guaranteed is the restaurant’s commitment to sustainability, which goes beyond sourcing. Everything from the natural wines to the sourdough (from local bakery Oast) reflects an ethos of supporting small producers and minimising waste. Even the simple interior, all white walls and tables made using recycled plastic waste that somehow look like marble, keeps focus firmly on the plate.

Prices reflect the quality of the product – starters average around £10, while mains push £30. But when you’re savouring perfectly cooked brill with samphire that was growing on Thanet’s marshes yesterday morning, a sense of good value still presents itself. Book weeks ahead and pray for calm seas – rough weather means slim pickings on that blackboard. But that’s all part of the fun.

Open Tuesday to Saturday, with lunch from 12pm and dinner from 6pm.

Website: angelasofmargate.com

Address: 21 The Parade, Margate CT9 1EX


Dory’s

Ideal for casual seafood excellence with a seasoning sea breeze…

If Angela’s is the sophisticated older sibling, Dory’s is the fun-loving younger brother who knows how to party. This seafood bar on the High Street puts you right in the action with counter seating overlooking Margate’s main sands – close enough to hear the waves, far enough to keep your chips dry when pitched up at the handful of tables outside the restaurant.

In 2019, the same team behind Angela’s opened this more casual spot to showcase a different side of their seafood obsession. Here, small plates rule supreme, designed for grazing while working through the wine list. Smoked prawns arrive with a ramekin of daffodil-yellow aioli, a crab tart is as pretty as a petal, prawn cocktail uses smoked prawn oil in the dressing, and the daily crudo features whatever pristine fish caught the chef’s eye that morning. On a recent visit, that was slices of raw bream dressed with gooseberries. Delicious.

What we love about Dory’s is their generous accommodation for walk-ins, particularly on the bar stools. Unlike its reservation-dependent sibling, you can rock up here on a Thursday lunchtime or Saturday evening and snag a counter seat (though weekend evenings do get busy). The kitchen stays open until 10:30pm (last orders 9pm, mind), making it perfect for those long summer evenings when you can’t quite tear yourself away from the beach’s orbit.

The wine selection – chiefly, but not stubbornly, organic – focuses on small producers making interesting bottles that pair brilliantly with seafood. There’s always a couple of intriguing by-the-glass organic numbers scrawled on a wall mirror, for those keen to be told what to do. Staff know their stuff too, happy to guide you toward something crisp and mineral to cut through the richness of those smoked prawns. 

Be warned that Dory’s is closed on Tuesdays and Wednesdays – a common Margate quirk that catches out many visitors.

Website: angelasofmargate.com

Address: 24 High Street, Margate CT9 1DS


Sargasso

Ideal for harbour-side dining that lives up to the hype…

When Ed Wilson and Josie Stead of critically-acclaimed Hackney restaurant Brawn announced they were opening a place in Margate, interest was certainly piqued in London’s food scene. When that place turned out to be Sargasso, positioned dramatically on the harbour wall, everyone understood why.

A quick-as-a-flash recipient of a Michelin Bib Gourmand confirmed that Wilson and Stead were onto a winner, and then, in March 2025, things were kicked up several notches further when chef William Gleave was appointed as chef patron

Yes, that William Gleave of P. Franco, Bright and Hill and Szrok fame, one of the UK’s most gifted chefs, with a natural touch that gives you absolute confidence in just about anything listed on the Provençal-leaning menu. If you do need to direct that confidence, start with the Cantabarian anchovies and pickled boquerones on toast – a double-header of the good stuff that’s umami-heavy but beautifully balanced. The squid sandwich is an absolute showstopper, too; a pillowy bun that can barely contain a generous handful of deep-fried tentacles and aioli.

Dip deeper with a plate of boiled asparagus with chunky romesco sauce, or grilled scallops served in their shell and dressed in a particularly assertive green sauce. Yep, as we said, basically anything you order is going to be on point here, such is the inherent skill and good taste that Gleave wields.

The setting provides the perfect seasoning. Housed in a former boat shed, diners watch fishing boats bob past while tucking into some of the finest seafood from the North Sea. Sargasso has attracted rave reviews in several nationals but don’t let that intimidate you – the atmosphere remains refreshingly unstuffy. 

The winelist follows that theme, with a bright and breezy approach in keeping with the location and fish-forward menu. Wine on tap – including a Loire Muscadet and Domaine Plaisance rosé – keeps things refreshingly casual (and affordable), while the wider selection leans heavily into natural producers with a particular fondness for volcanic wines from Mount Etna and playful bottlings like Calvez Bobinot’s ‘PIAK!’ rosé, which is an absolute banger of a bottle (at £55, you would hope so). 

Summer sees the outdoor seating area come into its own, effectively doubling capacity and offering some of the best views in town. Even on blustery days, there’s something romantic about being this close to the elements – just bring a jacket. 

Open seven days a week, Sargasso has become the anchor (sorry) of Margate’s harbour dining scene, spawning several neighbours but remaining the destination that started it all.

Website: sargassomargate.com

Address: Stone Pier, Margate CT9 1AP


Buoy & Oyster

Ideal for special occasion slurping with a view…

Buoy & Oyster, occupying prime real estate on the High Street with gorgeous views of sand and water, could easily coast (ahem) on location alone. Instead, this two AA Rosette winner delivers on every front, from the open theatre kitchen to sunny beachfront pergola, all the way to the excellent food.

Head chef Craig Edgell has created a menu that somehow satisfies both the sustainable seafood crowd and Sunday roast traditionalists, the Bloody Mary nursers and the champagne special occasionalists.

The signature Buoy Bowl – a generous compilation of king prawns, calamari, and battered fish with chips and garlicky aioli – feeds two very happy people for a reasonable sum (right now, £28, but subject to change upon the whims of the tide). There are also whole grilled lobsters, local oysters that get the respect they deserve, bottomless mussels on Wednesdays and, yes, there are even excellent options for vegans.

The interior works perfectly – special-occasion smart yet beach-casual comfortable. Huge windows frame the view (book a window table if you can), while the buzz from the open kitchen adds a gentle bustle of activity without drowning out conversation. 

What really impresses us is the consistency. Whether you’re here for a milestone birthday dinner or a casual Tuesday lunch, the standard never drops. Open daily from noon to 9pm, it’s become our go-to recommendation for visitors wanting a ‘restaurant’ experience with that essential Margate personality.

Website: buoyandoyster.com

Address: 44 High Street, Margate CT9 1DS


Manning’s Seafood Stall

Ideal for keeping it real with cockles and whelks…

You can keep your tweezers and your tasting menus – sometimes what the soul craves is a pot of bracing cockles eaten while watching the tide roll in. Manning’s has been fulfilling this precise need since 1962, making it as much a part of Margate’s DNA as candy floss, questionable tattoos and Carl Barat.

This isn’t a restaurant; it’s barely even a stall. What it is, though, is seaside eating at its most pure. Maldon oysters for £1 each (yes, really), cockles doused in malt vinegar, whelks for the slightly more adventurous, and those glorious pots of hot garlicky mussels that make your breath unsuitable for polite company.

The beauty of Manning’s lies in its complete lack of pretension. No Instagram-baiting décor, no artfully arranged microgreens, just honest seafood served by people who’ve been doing this longer than most of us have been alive. Stand there with your little wooden fork, prodding at shellfish while seagulls eye your pot optimistically, and tell us this isn’t exactly what a seaside holiday should taste like.

Find them on The Parade near the clock tower and just seconds from the Turner Contemporary, though honestly, you could probably just follow your nose. Cash only, no seating, zero glamour – and absolutely essential Margate eating. Bring a few cans or even a bottle of something fizzy and sit on the three picnic tables opposite. Or even better, on the seawall, your legs dangling down and swinging like a kid.

Open daily 10:30am-6pm.

Facebook: @ManningsSeafoodStall

Address: The Parade, Margate CT9 1DD


Peter’s Fish Factory

Ideal for fish and chips without the tourist tax…

In a town whose tide is rising with natural wine bars and small plates concepts (not that we’re complaining, some are excellent), Peter’s Fish Factory stands as a beacon of deep-fried democracy. This family-run chippy has been serving what locals (and we) consider the best fish and chips in Margate, all for the price of a pint in that there London. 

You read that right; a medium cod and chips here (medium is pretty fucking massive, it should be said) costs just £7.50 and is of sparkling, spanking quality.

© Dave Collier

The secret? Well, there isn’t one really. Just squeaky fresh fish, beef dripping for the chips, and a batter recipe that achieves a gorgeously copper colour when cooked and a pretty impressive shatter on first bite. This is democratic dining at its finest, where everyone from Turner Prize winners to actual turners queue at the same counter, and jostle for a spot on the ragtag collection of garden furniture just outside the restaurant.

What we particularly appreciate is how Peter’s has resisted the urge to gentrify. While restaurants around them add sourdough and sriracha to everything, they’ve stuck to their guns, with the only accoutrements pickled onions, pickled eggs, and, er, pickled gherkins, just as it should be. 

Open daily 11am-11pm, takeaway only.

Instagram:@petersfishfactory

Address: 12 The Parade, Margate CT9 1DS


Thao Thao

Ideal for Vietnamese street food classics in a pretty Margate side street…

Nathalie Nguyen’s Vietnamese café might be tiny – we’re talking eight tables and knocking-elbows-with-strangers tiny – but what it lacks in space it makes up for in sheer deliciousness, serving up the kind of food that makes you close your eyes on the first bite and start planning your return visit. Or, indeed, a flight to Vietnam, depending on your ambition…

The bánh mì are legendary, and at £11 for one stuffed with five-spice pork belly, they represent one of the best value lunches in Margate (yes, we know you can get one for a fraction of the price in Hanoi, but that’s beside the point). That pork has been marinated for hours, the pickled vegetables provide the perfect acidic counterpoint to all that lovely fat, and the baguette (from a secret supplier Nathalie won’t reveal) achieves that distinctive parched-earth crust; essential to a proper banh mi. Yes indeed, there’s no French baguettes subbed in here lazily, thank the lord.

The sweet, fragrant vegetable curry is gorgeous, too; heady from dried spice and luxurious from coconut cream, it’s enough to lift the spirits on one of Margate’s surprisingly frequent dreary days. There is, of course, Vietnamese coffee, served ‘phin’ style for those with the patience to watch it drip through. It’s worth the wait.

Décor is largely utilitarian, just as it should be, because who wants to eat noodles in an armchair anyway? There is some snake-themed artwork (Nathalie was born in the year of the snake), to be fair, and the irresistible aroma of star anise and cinnamon that wafts out of the open door like a come hither finger made of white steam on a cartoon. It’s enough.

Open Thursday to Monday for lunch, with dinner service added on Fridays only. Fair warning: that bijou size means waits are common, but as they say in Vietnam; “Kiên nhẫn là mẹ thành công”. Patience is the mother of success.

Website: thaothao-kitchen.com

Address: 18 King Street, Margate CT9 1DA


High Dive

Ideal for Los Angeles glamour meets Margate grit…

High Dive wants you to know it’s not trying too hard, which is exactly how you know it is. Opened December 2023 on the High Street, the restaurant name is taken from ‘high end dive bar’ apparently. Fortunately, the interior by Vacuum Studio doesn’t do things by similarly confusing halves. Instead, it’s full-throttle in here; think Miami Beach meets Memphis Group, with highly pigmented colours that shouldn’t work but absolutely do, and 1980s brass bamboo cutlery that makes every meal feel like a celebration. It’s the kind of space that makes you want to dress up, order cocktails you can’t pronounce, and pretend you’re infinitely more interesting than you actually are.

The Los Angeles-inspired menu brings sophisticated Mexican vitality to Margate’s oft grey skies. You know you’re in good hands when the tortilla chips arrive in various shades of masa harina, just out of the fryer and puffed in all the right places. A delicate dice of pico de gallo is all you need to affirm High Dive is the real deal.

The hits continue apace. Crab tostadas feature a brown crab mousse and picked white crab salad that balances funk with freshness. The tacos here (the tortillas use heirloom corn imported from Mexico which is nixtamalized, milled and baked by Masafina in London) are outstanding. The fish taco might be billed as ‘classic’ but this isn’t your usual Baja California situation. Instead, griddled hake is dressed in red adobo – a marinade that walks the tightrope between smoky and spicy without tumbling into either extreme. Guacasalsa (the portmanteau game is strong here) and pickled citrus onions provide the acidic counterpoint every good taco needs.

The bar seats offer the best people-watching, particularly when Margate’s creative crowd descends for weekend sessions. From that bar, the team keeps things tight with just three cocktails, but what a trio they are, including a Dirty Horchata that tastes like dessert with a tequila kick, and a Spicy Old Fashioned that swaps bourbon for Jameson with chili liqueur. 

The whole thing – food, drinks, vibe – feels playful without being cloying, and carefully executed without losing the essential sense of fun that makes Mexican food so life-affirming. Do be warned, opening hours at High Dive are less loose; only Thursday and Friday evenings and Saturday midday ‘till late.

Website: divemargate.com

Address: 121 High Street, Margate CT9 1TJ


Sète

Ideal for Parisian cave à manger culture, at the coast…

Natalia Ribbe set out to “take the wank out of wine” (more oenophile than onanist, then) and succeeded so thoroughly that Sète has become our favourite place to drink in Margate. This wine bar-restaurant-bottle shop hybrid in a former sweet shop brings Parisian cave à manger culture to Northdown Road, just with a ferocious sea breeze blowing you through the door, rather than the aroma of freshly baked bread beckoning you in.

The focus on female winemakers isn’t a gimmick but a genuine passion, resulting in a list that surprises even seasoned wine connoisseurs. Can’t decide? The team guides without condescending, finding bottles to match both your palate and pocket. The ‘Apéro Hour’ runs 4-6pm Monday-Saturday with all (yes, all) wines by the glass at £5. We regularly adjust our schedules – and, indeed, our next day’s schedule – accordingly.

The set menu offers genuinely silly value, too: £20 for two courses, £23 for three. That might buy you pâté en croûte that’d make a Lyonnais grandmother proud, Toulouse sausage over braised green lentils, or onion tart with comté mousse that has us still trying to recreate it at home many months later.

The space itself charms without trying too hard – original features retained, simple furniture, walls lined with bottles begging to come home with you. Garden seating expands capacity in summer, though winter has its own appeal when you’re inside with candlelight and something robust in your glass. 

Sète is closed on Sundays.

Website: setemargate.com

Address: 238 Northdown Rd, Cliftonville, Margate CT9 2QD


Forts Café

Ideal for trying the UK Latte Art Champion’s take on breakfast…

Will Pitts won the 2019 UK Latte Art Championship, which might seem like niche boasting until you taste his coffee. Try it at Forts Café on Cliff Terrace (a steep climb but with gorgeous sea views as your reward), which has become Margate’s caffeine headquarters.

But dismissing it as just a coffee shop would be criminal negligence. The food earns equal billing, in our minds at least. Korean fried chicken is as crispy as you’d hope, with that sweet-spicy glaze that triggers endorphins. Sadly, the plate hasn’t been given the same artistic treatment as the coffee; the accompanying gochujang mayo is just a boring ol’ perfunctory zig zag. Guys, with your talent, you’re missing a trick here!

© Bex Walton

Nduja fried eggs on sourdough provide the kind of breakfast that sets you up for whatever Margate throws at you, and the sandwiches – oh, the sandwiches. These aren’t sad triangles in plastic boxes, but doorstops stuffed with ingredients that taste fresh and alive.

The space offers a particular kind of Margate magic – unfinished in parts, comfortable in others, with mismatched furniture that, when you zoom out, feels harmonious and whole. Local artists’ work adorns the walls (and yes, it’s for sale), laptops compete for plug sockets, and the coffee machine hisses like an angry dragon.

Open every day until 4pm, Forts provides reliable service in a town where opening hours can be… creative. It’s become our default meeting spot, morning fuel stop, and afternoon refuge.

Instagram: @fortscafe

Address: 8 Cliff Terrace, Cliftonville, Margate CT9 1RU


Oast

Ideal for the UK’s best cinnamon buns…

Yes, we realise we’ve done this all topsy-turvy by ending with two breakfast spots, but we don’t make the rules. Actually, we do make the rules here, but anyway…

We don’t hand out any baking awards either, but we’re calling it all the same: Oast makes the best cinnamon buns in Britain. This Northdown Road bakery is known across town and beyond for these burnished spirals of joy – spiced, generously glazed, with that perfect pull-apart texture that has you reaching for another before finishing the first.

That’s not to say Oast is a one-bake-wonder. The sourdough loaves have that tang and structure that comes from long fermentation and bakers who actually give a damn. Saucisson-gouda croissants shouldn’t necessarily make sense but absolutely do, while seasonal specials keep regulars guessing what delicious madness emerges from the stone ovens next.

But even more than that, what really confirms the quality here is how Oast has become part of Margate’s food ecosystem. Their bread appears on restaurant tables across town (Sète uses theirs exclusively, Angela’s and Dory’s too), creating a web of quality that raises standards everywhere. That’s the thing about Margate’s food scene – it’s collaborative rather than cutthroat, with everyone understanding that better neighbours mean better business. We love it.

Open Thursday through Sunday only, 8:30am-2:30pm, queues form early and items sell out fast. 

Website: oastmargate.com

Address: 68 Northdown Rd, Cliftonville, Margate CT9 2RL

From one seaside town to another, we’re now off to Deal, Kent, for our next feed. You can come along if you like…

The Best Places To Eat In Deptford, London

Pull into Deptford station, and you immediately get the sense that this is a fine place to be fed. You’ll get the smell of fresh fish from the string of fishmongers along the High Street, “second only to Billingsgate” in the words of one local blogger. You’ll see the smoke signals wafting from the jerk pans of Deptford Market Yard. You’ll sense the palpable hunger in your fellow passengers who are pitching up in Deptford today for the same reason you are; to eat.

Once a dockyard of significant importance during the reign of Henry VIII, Deptford has long been a place of comings and goings, its identity continuously shaped by the ebb and flow of people and cultures even before the opening of the Deptford Station on the London and Greenwich Railway in 1836, which heralded a new era of connectivity, making it the oldest railway station in London. 

This development paved the way for waves of migration that have enriched the area with a kaleidoscope of cultures and cuisines. Today, Deptford’s food scene is a reflection of its ethnic diversity, with its various communities contributing to the local palate in myriad, delicious ways.

The opening of the overground train line in 2009 marked a new chapter in Deptford’s story. This vital link to the rest of London has not only made the area more accessible but has also played a pivotal role in its growth. Regenerated but fortunately perhaps not quite yet gentrified, this modern connectivity has fostered a burgeoning food scene where the area’s historic comings and goings mingle with contemporary gastronomy and budding entrepreneurism. 

Not to be overshadowed by neighbour Peckham’s much hyped dining scene, Deptford has been making some serious statements recently, with the area pushing the envelope with a string of delicious restaurant openings. With all that in mind, here are the best places to eat in Deptford.


Jerk Yard

Ideal for jerk chicken in a convivial, communal space…

If you’re the kind of person who needs a bite where they alight, then you’ll be pleased to hear that just seconds from Deptford Station you’ll find Deptford Market Yard, its 14 arches occupied by independent traders selling plenty of delicious bits, and the adjacent yard a buzzing, sociable space to settle into. 

Under those arches, Jerk Yard does a range of takeaway boxes and wraps for under a tenner, mainly centred around their properly smoky, damn delicious chicken legs, all blistered and burnished from the grill and finished with a viscous, piquant jerk sauce. Get it over rice and peas, as a wrap, or in a sandwich. A side of sweet fried plantain soothes those spicier notes. 

Though there are only a couple of tables belonging to Jerk Yard out front, there are plenty of communal benches in this lively, thriving space.

Jerk Yard is open daily from 11am to 10pm.

Website: jerkyard.uk

Address: Arch 10, 4 Deptford Market Yard, London SE8 4BX


Taca Tacos

Ideal for trying one of the best lamb birria of your life…

Also tucked away in the arches, you can’t miss Taca Tacos, its yellow and purple neon sign illuminating the Market Yard and drawing the punters in. They’re all here for one thing; the signature beef birria. 

Here, a quesataco (a folded, grilled taco with melted cheese) is filled with slow-cooked, gently spiced beef, its caramelised edges calling to mind those gorgeous, bubbling parts that your cheese toastie leaves behind in the Breville. Served alongside for dipping is an intensely salty, gelatinous beef broth, spiked with chilli and lime. What a dish this is. 

With long communal tables outfront available on a walk-in only basis, you might have to wait a little during peak times, but the food comes out fast, so why not pitch up at one of the adjacent bars and luxuriate in the whole Deptford Market Yard experience?

Tacas Tacos is closed on Mondays and Tuesdays, open in the evenings on Wednesdays and Thursdays, open for lunch and dinner on Fridays and Saturdays, and open for lunch only on Sundays.

Website: tacatacos.co.uk

Address: Deptford Market Yard, London SE8 4BX


Kekaki Izakaya

Ideal for an alfresco izakaya experience…

It might feel perverse to be enjoying a finely tuned, expertly executed izakaya meal whilst basking in the sunshine and glow of Deptford Market Yard’s alfresco conviviality, but Kekaki is not ordinary izakaya.

The restaurant, run by the talented chef Ping, a Vietnam War refugee who has since set up shop in Deptford, offers a light, bright and breezy Japanese culinary concept far removed from the grungy backstreet dive bars of Tokyo traditionally associated with the izakaya dining experience. 

And what a joy it is to be catching some rays in anticipation of a procession of gnarly, blistered bits and deep fried delights. Onwards, then, and into some teeth-shatteringly crisp chicken karaage. And how about a plate of yaki sakana alongside – here, bream that’s just the right side of bitterness from the binchotan, and blessed only with a few flakes of sea salt? Don’t mind if we do. Plenty of yakitori skewers and some ethereally light seasonal vegetable tempura are pretty much obligatory too, regardless of whether you decide to bill them as side dishes or the main event.

None of this gets in the least bit cloying. Indeed, there’s plenty of flair on display on the rectangle plates here, with chef Ping’s stints at globally renowned Nobu and the much-maligned Sexy Fish in Miami and London respectively coming through. He brings a few touches of each to Deptford, whether it’s in the Nobu-inspired jalapeno spiked kewpie mayo that appears dotted across several dishes, or the tight, taut tuna maki rolls that are something of a signature on Berkeley Square. 

It’s light, glorious stuff that feels just right in the summer sun. A chilled glass of sake or a refreshing highball seals the deal.

Instagram: @kekaki.eats 

Website: Arch 9, Deptford Market Yard, London SE8 4BX 


Klose & Soan

Matt Klose and Sam Soan have been feeding South East London through their catering company for years, but since taking over the kitchen at 209 Deptford High Street (formerly Winemakers) in 2019, they’ve given the area’s residents a permanent space to experience their cooking. The restaurant, split between a zinc-topped bar area up front and a dining room painted in deep teal at the back, feels like the kind of place locals come to multiple times a week, and there’s a convivial atmosphere bouncing around the room as a result.

The weekly-changing menu leans Mediterranean, with small plates and larger sharing dishes built around what’s good right now. Their chickpea panisse has become something of a calling card since the Winemakers days – bronzed, crunchy cubes of chickpea paste with a blizzard of grated Grana Padano and fermented chilli sauce that disappears from plates faster than seems physically possible. Cantabrian anchovies come glistening and salty, the kind that need nothing but good bread and a glass of something cold.

Not perhaps; they definitely benefit from something cold, and the largely low-intervention, biodynamic wine list delivers. The Muscadet cuts through the richer dishes beautifully, whilst the Gruner Veltliner brings some Austrian crispness to proceedings (both are available by the glass for under a tenner). The latter paired beautifully with a recent autumn menu addition of burrata with shaved fennel, fragola grapes and crisp, pleasingly bitter raddicchio.

It’s not all dainty and delicate. When it comes to the bigger plates, the onglet with homemade chimichurri, frites and salad (the most expensive single plate on the menu at £26.50) keeps things simple and does it with a breezy confidence that’s endearing. The steak gets a robust char that suits this gnarlier cut so well, and the chimichurri is a well made, not-too-vinegary version of the now ubiquitous, oft-murdered sauce. There’s usually a vegetarian main too – fried polenta with Taleggio, pumpkin, chestnut and sage wowed a plant-leaning dining companion on a recent visit. All in all, it’s all good at this Deptford High Street favourite.

Klose & Soan opens Wednesday through Saturday for dinner, though it’s worth checking their website for any changes or special opening times.

Website: kloseandsoan.co.uk

Address: 209 Deptford High St, London SE8 3NT


Cafe Mama Pho

Ideal for an elegant, silky bowl of pho…

Cafe Mama Pho is a beacon of warmth on a dreary London day. Or, it’s a revitalising place to rehydrate on a bowl of electrolyte-filled soup on a particularly balmy day in the capital. Choose your poison…

…not that we’re saying the pho here is virulent. Anything but; the chicken pho here, in particular, is a vital, restorative bowl that will transport you right to the ngõs of Hanoi, minus the soundtrack of incessant motorbike beeping. All gentle aniseed notes and a graceful silkiness from the poached, skin-on chicken thighs, it’s one of our favourite bowls of pho in London. The pho tai (a version using raw slices of beef that cook gently in the broth) is excellent too. So much so, in fact, that we’ve written all about it here.

Website: cafemamapho.co.uk

Address: 24 Evelyn St, London SE8 5DG


Eat Vietnam Bar-B-Grill

Ideal for a flavour of crowdpleasing Vietnamese classics…

Deptford is arguably the epicentre of some of the most downright delicious Vietnamese food in the country, with historic migration from Vietnam to this corner of south east London beginning in the early 1980s and continuing to this day.

Perhaps our favourite Vietnamese restaurant in Deptford is Eat Vietnam, a family run joint with a keen sense of community, a killer menu of crowdpleasers, and a thriving, throbbing atmosphere every night of the week (11:30am to 3pm, and 5pm to 11pm, every day).

Whilst the beef pho here is some of the best we’ve had in the city, the national dish certainly isn’t the only showstopper on this extensive, country-spanning menu. Perhaps even better is the bun bo hue – a spicy rice noodle soup from Vietnam’s imperial city and former capital. Inside that gorgeous chilli-spiked broth, you’ll find various pork and beef bones and bits bobbing about. Raise one to your mouth as elegantly as possible and have a gnaw. As with all the best versions of this cracking dish, the unmistakable thrum of shrimp paste is ever present. It’s fortifying stuff.

For something lighter, Eat Vietnam does a fine selection of banh mi, too. And if you need any further reason to visit, the restaurant donates 10% of its tips to charities in Vietnam. 

Website: eat-vietnam.co.uk

Address: 234 Evelyn St, London SE8 5BZ


Chaconia

Ideal for vegetarians seeking spice…

Another gem on Deptford High Street, Chaconia is just the ticket if you’re looking for freshly slapped Trini roti, richly spiced curry goat, and a warm welcome from the owner and chef. It’s a no-frills spot that delivers big on flavour and hospitality.

It’s also a superb place for vegetarians to eat really well in Deptford, with the roti flakey and moreish, and the spinach and pumpkin chana gorgeously spiced. Do not miss out on a side order of the bracing kuchela, a spicy pickle-cum-relish that is a fantastic foil to the heady, rich dry-spicing on that chana.

Again, whilst primarily a takeaway operation, there are three four-tops in the barebones restaurant if you fancy a sitdown.

Website: chaconia.net

Address: 26 Deptford High St, London SE8 4AF


Buster Mantis

Ideal for Jamaican dining, drinking and dancing…

Buster Mantis is one of Deptford’s most famous hospitality spaces, a bar, restaurant and nightclub that gets busy late with those looking to dine and dance, equally.

Named after Sir Alexander Bustamante, Jamaica’s first prime minister, Buster Mantis is more than just a restaurant; it’s a creative space that reflects McGowan’s own experiences growing up in Mandeville, Jamaica. 

Ackee and saltfish, boneless jerk chicken thigh, and fried plantain are among the classic Jamaican staples available, while dishes like red kidney bean and thyme hummus or jerk jackfruit roti wrap cater to those seeking a modern twist on traditional flavours. On that note, the ‘Jamaican Sunday Roast’ here is a real treat. McGowan’s mother, Janet, is credited with the creation of each dish, ensuring that the food served is not only delicious but also steeped in genuine Jamaican culinary tradition.

Buster Mantis is not just about the food; it’s also a place where the drinks menu tells a story. Cocktails inspired by life in Mandeville, such as the Bishop Gibson and the Cecil Charlton, offer patrons a taste of McGowan’s Jamaican childhood in boozy form.

In an ever-evolving Deptford, Buster Mantis bridges the gap between old and new Deptford, attracting a diverse range of customers in love with the place’s faithful approach to Jamaican cuisine and culture.

Website: bustermantis.com

Address: 3-4 Resolution Way, London SE8 4NT


Likkle ‘d’

Ideal for Caribbean takeaway that keeps the locals queuing…

There’s almost always a queue outside Likkle ‘d’ on Deptford High Street, which makes sense once you’ve eaten here. Behind the counter, the open kitchen boxes up orders at speed, turning out jerk chicken, curry goat and fried chicken for a steady stream of regulars who clearly know what they’re coming for.

The jerk chicken doesn’t rely on heavy smoke for flavour. Instead, it’s cooked until beautifully tender whilst staying moist, which is harder to achieve than it sounds. Their fried chicken comes with a thick, well-seasoned crust that suggests care rather than speed. Both are standouts.

Despite the name suggesting otherwise, portions here are generous and the pricing won’t sting. Barbecue chicken, oxtail, curry goat, mac and cheese, and rice and peas are all available, with their house sweet sauce worth adding. Homemade punches – Guinness or Magnum – sits in the fridge alongside the usual Tropical Rhythm and Supermalt – the former pack and punch.

The setup is simple: order at the counter, collect your box, then either head out or grab a seat if you’re staying. Most people seem to be regulars, which speaks to the consistency. Likkle may be in the name, but there’s nothing small about the appeal here.

Likkle ‘d’ is open 11am to 9pm every day except Sunday, when they take a well-earned break.

Instagram: @1likkle.d

Address: 45 Deptford High St, London SE8 4AD


Marcella

Ideal for simple, elegant Italian cooking at an affordable pricepoint…

We end our tour of the best places to eat in Deptford at Marcella, an elegant Italian restaurant on the high street whose approach is all about quality seasonal ingredients cooked with a simple, respectful touch.

Named after the matriarch of modern Italian cuisine, Marcella Hazan, the restaurant is the second act from the guys behind the beloved Artusi in Peckham. Here, the proposition is the same, from the clinical, canteen-like dining room all the way to the laughably good value Sunday set menu, which is just £29 for three courses.

That sense of sparsity extends to the ever changing menu, where you’ll find just three starters, a couple of pasta dishes, three mains, and a couple of desserts. That’s not to say that the plates aren’t generous. On a recent visit, a starter of blushing mutton chop and winter tomato salad was a knockout, as was a pumpkin ravioli with sage butter (available in small or large for £9 or £17, respectively). In early summer, there are few plates better in London than Marcella’s spaghetti alle vongole. Not long now!

For many, that would be a more than satisfying spread, but the bigger plates (only available in the evenings) are hard to resist here. Arriving fully formed and roundly conceived, rather than a single protein in need of several supplementary sides, these are hearty, well-balanced mains. A case in point was a recent plate of cod loin, baked until pearlescent and flaking, and served with a nutty Jerusalem artichoke puree and strident salsa verde. Each component brought the best out of its plate-fellow, which made finishing this one much easier than it should have been after the two pasta courses that preceded it!

Bottles from the all-Italian winelist start at £29, though there are several available by the glass too.

Marcella is closed on Mondays.

Website: marcella.london

Address: 165A Deptford High St, London SE8 3NU


The Bottom Line

Deptford’s dining scene is a testament to London’s and the area’s culinary diversity, offering something for every palate. Whether you’re craving a hearty British classic or a true taste of Jamaica, these spots are sure to satisfy your hunger and leave you planning your next visit.

The Best Restaurants In Norwich

With its medieval lanes and soaring cathedral spire, Norwich wears its heritage lightly whilst punching well above its weight in the culinary stakes. England’s most complete medieval city has become something of a foodie destination in recent years, with a dining scene that celebrates Norfolk’s exceptional produce whilst embracing international flavours with open arms.

The Fine City benefits from being surrounded by some of Britain’s most fertile farmland, with the North Sea delivering fresh catches to its doorstep. This abundance of local ingredients has attracted chefs who’ve swapped London’s bright lights for Norfolk’s quieter charms, bringing serious cooking credentials to bear on superb raw materials.

Norwich’s dining scene radiates out from the historic Lanes, a warren of medieval streets now home to independent cafés, wine bars and restaurants that wouldn’t look out of place in Shoreditch. Meanwhile, the bohemian stretch of St Benedicts Street has evolved into the city’s restaurant row, where you’ll find everything from Michelin Guide-listed fine dining to classic French bistros.

The city’s food credentials were given a significant boost when Richard Bainbridge won the Great British Menu , putting Norwich on the national culinary map. Since then, a wave of ambitious openings has transformed the local scene, with young chefs choosing Norfolk over London and bringing restaurant-quality cooking to neighbourhood prices.

That’s not to say Norwich has abandoned its traditional roots. You’ll still find excellent fish and chips cooked to perfection, alongside Indian restaurants that bring genuine street food flavours. It’s this mix of serious ambition and local character that makes Norwich such a rewarding place to eat.

Here’s where to eat brilliantly in Norwich right now.

Benedicts, St Benedicts Street

Ideal for experiencing Norwich’s finest cooking in relaxed surroundings…

Richard Bainbridge’s neighbourhood restaurant has become Norwich’s foodie calling card, and for good reason. The Great British Menu winner has created something special here: serious cooking without an ounce of stuffiness, served in a dining room that feels more like an extension of someone’s particularly stylish front room than a formal restaurant.

Bainbridge earned his stripes in some serious kitchens before returning to his native Norfolk, and his experience shows in cooking that’s both technically accomplished and deeply satisfying. The menu changes with the seasons but always showcases the best of local produce. You might find Norfolk quail with pickled grapes and walnut, or Cromer crab dressed simply with cucumber and dill oil, the sweet crab meat singing against the clean, green notes of the garnish.

The famous Nanny Bush’s trifle remains a constant on the menu, and rightly so. This is Bainbridge’s grandmother’s recipe, the very dessert that won him television glory on the Great British Menu. Layers of elderflower jelly, rich custard and light sponge create something that’s both nostalgic and sophisticated, the kind of pudding that makes you understand why British desserts were once the envy of Europe.

Service strikes just the right note, knowledgeable without being pompous, friendly without being overfamiliar. The wine list celebrates both local producers and classic regions, with markup that won’t make you wince. Lunch menus start at £42 for three courses, whilst evening brings tasting menus from £65. Given the quality on offer and the local prices, this represents remarkable value for cooking of this calibre.

The 40-cover restaurant fills fast, particularly at weekends, so booking well in advance is essential. They close for a fortnight each summer whilst Bainbridge sources new ingredients and develops menus, so check before making special journey plans. This is destination dining that happens to be on your doorstep if you live in Norwich.

Website: restaurantbenedicts.com

Address: 9 St Benedicts Street, Norwich NR2 4PE


Benoli, Timber Hill

Ideal for pasta perfectionists seeking Italian soul in Norfolk…

Oliver Boon’s Italian restaurant occupies a lovely spot at the bottom of Timber Hill, and from the moment you walk through the door, you know you’re in for something special. Boon cut his teeth in Gordon Ramsay and Michel Roux Jr’s kitchens before deciding to bring exceptional Italian cooking to Norwich, and the result is a restaurant that feels both polished and personal.

Everything here revolves around the pasta, and watching the chefs rolling out sheets of dough through the open kitchen pass becomes part of the entertainment. This is the real deal: Italian technique at its finest applied to the best ingredients, with results that would make a nonna weep tears of joy. The 24-month aged Parmesan croquettes arrive as golden orbs that give way to molten, intensely savoury centres. They’re just fabulous with a crisp, cold beer.

But it’s the pasta that really sets pulses racing. The cacio e pepe demonstrates how three simple ingredients can create something transcendent when handled with skill and respect. Tonnarelli arrives perfectly al dente, tossed with aged Pecorino Romano and freshly cracked black pepper, the starchy pasta water creating a glossy emulsion that clings to each strand. It’s a dish that shows why humble Italian cooking conquered the world.

Boon’s cooking earned a spot in the Good Food Guide’s 100 Best Local Restaurants within just two years of opening, recognition that reflects both the quality of the food and the warmth of the welcome. The wine list leans heavily Italian, naturally, with some crackling bottles from lesser-known regions that show real knowledge and passion. Staff know their wines and aren’t shy about making recommendations that might expand your horizons.

Pastas and mains courses hover around £25, which isn’t exactly cheap, but it’s not an outrage either in this economy. The atmosphere strikes that perfect balance between smart enough for a special occasion and relaxed enough for a Tuesday night supper. And that’s what it’s all about, don’t you think?

Website: benolirestaurant.com

Address: 5 Orford St, Norwich NR1 3LE


Brix & Bones, London Street

Ideal for fire fanatics and anyone who takes their steak seriously…

Hidden above Gonzo’s Tea Room on London Street, Brix and Bones feels like a brilliant secret that’s just waiting to be discovered. This 30-seater revolves around a custom-built two-metre fire pit where chef George Wood, who honed his skills at London’s Temper, works genuine magic with flame and smoke.

The theatre begins the moment you climb the stairs and catch your first whiff of that distinctive charcoal smoke. The open kitchen dominates the space, with the fire pit as its beating heart, and watching the chefs work over the flames becomes part of the evening’s entertainment. This isn’t style over substance though; the cooking here is serious business, with every element carefully considered and expertly executed.

The dry-aged beef comes from Norfolk farms and gets the full treatment here. The 85-day aged steaks are things of beauty, developing the kind of deep, complex flavours that make you understand why people get obsessive about beef. Arriving perfectly charred on the outside and blushingly pink within, the smoke adds another layer of complexity to meat that’s already singing with flavour. 

But this isn’t just a temple to meat worship. The Brancaster mussels with ‘nduja show equal finesse, the sweet molluscs playing beautifully against the spicy Calabrian sausage, while foraged mushrooms reveal the kind of umami depth that only comes from careful sourcing and skillful cooking. Even vegetables get the star treatment here, emerging from the flames with appealing char marks and concentrated flavours.

Save room for the bone marrow fudge doughnuts, which sound completely bonkers but turn out to be utterly delicious. The rich, savoury marrow works surprisingly well in a sweet context, creating something that’s both playful and deeply satisfying. It’s exactly the kind of creative thinking that makes Brix and Bones such a thrilling place to eat.

Grab one of the bar seats if you can; watching the kitchen theatre unfold adds immeasurably to the experience. Smaller plates start from around £8, making it possible to graze your way through the menu without breaking the bank.

Website: brixandbones.com

Address: 68-72 London St, Norwich NR2 1JT


L’Hexagone, Lower Goat Lane

Ideal for Francophiles seeking bistro classics cooked with genuine conviction…

Thomas Aubrit’s intimate French bistro occupies a charming spot in the Norwich Lanes, and stepping inside feels like being in a neighbourhood joint in provincial France. Aubrit cooks the food of his French childhood here, and his obvious passion for the classics shines through in every dish.

This is bistro cooking at its most forthright and satisfying, free from modern reinterpretations or unnecessary embellishments. The French onion soup arrives under a blanket of molten Gruyère, the rich beef stock beneath speaking of hours of patient simmering. The steak frites comes with a pitch perfect béarnaise, the sauce glossy and perfectly emulsified, with just enough acid to cut through the richness of the meat. It tastes and feels like it’s been made to order, which is impressive stuff, even if it’s been held at just the right heat for service.

Save room for the crème brûlée, which seems to be hitting every table, and rightly so. The custard beneath the caramelised sugar is silk-smooth and intensely vanilla-scented, whilst the sugar top cracks with satisfying precision. It’s the kind of dessert that reminds you why French patisserie conquered the world, executed with the kind of care that comes from a deepheld respect for tradition.

The steak tartare provides another highlight, mixed tableside with appropriate ceremony. Aubrit knows his way around raw beef, seasoning it with just the right balance of capers, shallots and egg yolk to enhance rather than mask the quality of the meat. Served with golden frites and a small salad, it makes for a transportive lunch.

The French-only wine list reflects Aubrit’s personal passion, with bottles chosen for their character and story rather than their fame. Staff are happy to guide you through the selections, and you’ll often discover something new and exciting. Lunch can be as simple as a croque monsieur for around £10, whilst evening brings heartier options like bavette and duck confit. The upstairs tables offer a more intimate setting if you’re planning something romantic.

Website: hexagonebistrofrancais.com

Address: 22 Lower Goat Lane, Norwich NR2 1EL


The Assembly House, Theatre Street

Ideal for afternoon tea with Georgian grandeur…

Built in 1754, this Grade I listed Georgian mansion brings a touch of Jane Austen to Norwich dining. The glittering chandeliers, ornate ceiling roses and period furnishings create an atmosphere of faded grandeur that makes afternoon tea here feel like a special event rather than just another meal.

Following the recent passing of beloved Chef Director Richard Hughes, The Assembly House continues under the careful stewardship of his family, maintaining the same high standards that made it a Norwich institution. The themed afternoon teas change regularly, offering everything from literary inspirations to seasonal celebrations, but the standards remain consistently high. Finger sandwiches arrive with carefully trimmed crusts and generous fillings, whilst the scones emerge warm from the oven with the kind of light, fluffy texture that shows real skill in the baking.

The selection of delicate cakes demonstrates genuine patisserie technique, each one a small work of art that tastes as good as it looks. The ‘Beforenoon Tea’ flips the traditional concept for early risers, serving the full works between 8 and 11am for those who prefer their indulgence with their morning coffee. Meanwhile, the Afternoon Cheese option provides a savoury alternative for those who find traditional afternoon tea a bit too sweet for their tastes.

At £32.50 for the full afternoon tea experience, it’s not exactly cheap, but you’re paying for the setting as much as the food. The Music Room, with its soaring ceiling and period details, provides the most theatrical backdrop, whilst the smaller rooms offer more intimate settings for special occasions.

The breakfast menu offers everything from full English to lighter continental options in surroundings that make even a simple bowl of porridge feel special. It’s the kind of place that makes you want to dress up a bit, if only to match the elegance of your surroundings. Booking is essential, particularly for weekend afternoon teas when the Assembly House fills with birthday celebrations and hen parties.

Website: assemblyhousenorwich.co.uk

Address: Theatre Street, Norwich NR1 2DP


Dhaba at Fifteen, Magdalen Street

Ideal for Indian street food flavours…

This family-run restaurant brings Indian street food to Norwich, focusing on the kind of vibrant, spicy food you’d find on the streets of Mumbai or Delhi. The vibrance (oh, the vibrance) is apparent from the moment you walk through the door, with bright lighting and Indian street photography creating a curated backdrop for dhaba-style cooking.

The masala fries alone justify the journey here, taking the humble chip and transforming it into something genuinely exciting with a blend of spices that builds heat gradually whilst adding layers of complexity. Meanwhile, the gol guppa provide a masterclass in textural contrast, the crispy puffed shells giving way to an explosion of spiced filling that hits every taste bud simultaneously.

The Kashmiri lamb shank showcases the kitchen’s skill with slow-cooked dishes, the meat falling off the bone after hours of gentle braising with mild red chillies and aromatic spices. It’s the kind of dish that demonstrates how good Indian cooking can be when it’s not dumbed down for Western palates, complex and deeply satisfying without relying on excessive heat.

The restaurant doesn’t serve alcohol due to the owners’ religious beliefs, but the food more than compensates for any disappointment. The fresh chutneys and pickles provide palate-cleansing acidity, whilst the various breads, from fluffy naan to crispy papadums, offer perfect vehicles for sopping up the various sauces.

Most main courses clock in at under £15, making this some of the best-value dining in Norwich. The generous portions mean you’ll leave feeling satisfied, whilst the assertive, complex flavours ensure you’ll be planning your return visit before you’ve even finished your meal. The family service adds to the atmosphere, with staff happy to guide you through the menu and adjust spice levels according to your tolerance.

Website: dhaba15.co.uk

Address: 15 Magdalen Street, Norwich NR3 1LE


The Last, St Georges Street

Ideal for Ritz-trained fine dining in a Victorian shoe factory…

Sebastian Taylor’s return to Norwich after a decade at The Ritz has given The Last a new lease of life. This 30-year-old institution occupies a former Victorian shoe factory, and whilst the preserved shoe lasts throughout the space remind you of its industrial past, the stripped brick and vaulted ceilings now frame white tablecloths and silver service rather than factory machinery.

Taylor works alongside Head Chef Mortimer Fraser to deliver what they call ‘relaxed fine dining’, which turns out to be an accurate description. The Menu du Jour offers three courses for £32-38, bringing restaurant-quality cooking to prices that won’t require a second mortgage. The seasonal menus change frequently, showcasing Norfolk’s agricultural abundance with the kind of technical skill that comes from serious training.

The venue divides into three distinct areas: Taylors at The Last handles afternoon tea and formal dining, the Bar & Bistro offers a more casual atmosphere, whilst the Jazz Cellar provides live music on ‘First Thursdays’. Despite these separate spaces, the same menu runs throughout, meaning you can enjoy the same cooking whether you’re perched at the bar or settled into the white-tablecloth dining room.

The wine list lives up to Taylor’s promise of ‘probably the widest selection of carefully picked wines in the city’, with an extensive by-the-glass selection that makes exploring different bottles far less financially ruinous. The cocktails earned wins at Norwich Cocktail Week in both 2024 and 2025, whilst the craft beer selection will satisfy those who pack Gaviscon for every sip of SB.

The restaurant earned its 2 AA Rosettes in August 2024, recognition that reflects the consistent quality emerging from Fraser’s kitchen. The afternoon tea draws on Taylor’s Ritz experience, offering finger sandwiches, warm scones and delicate patisserie in surroundings that feel more London hotel than Norfolk city centre.

Sunday roasts draw particular praise, with reviewers getting evangelical about the crispy potatoes. The Jazz Cellar events bring live music to accompany your meal, creating an atmosphere that feels celebratory without tipping into formal stuffiness. Dogs are welcome in the bar area, making this a rare fine dining option where your four-legged friend can join you.

The location in Norwich’s creative quarter, near the University of the Arts and Norwich Playhouse, means you’re well-placed for a pre-theatre dinner or post-gallery lunch. Opening hours run Wednesday to Saturday noon to 11:30pm, with shorter Sunday hours of noon to 6pm. They’re closed Mondays and Tuesdays.

Website: thelastnorwich.co.uk

Address: 70-76 St Georges St, Norwich NR3 1AB


Blue Joanna, Unthank Road

Ideal for Asian fusion adventurers and vinyl enthusiasts…

Part restaurant, part vinyl bar, Blue Joanna occupies its own unique niche in Norwich’s dining scene. This Unthank Road favourite mashes up Asian and Latin American flavours with gleeful abandon, creating a menu that reads like a stoner’s fever dream but somehow makes perfect sense when you start eating. Even Alan Partridge might find himself won over by the Korean tofu tacos, though he’d probably still ask if they serve mini Kievs.

Korean tofu tacos share menu space with crispy banana blossom ‘fish’ tacos and pork belly with sriracha slaw, each dish bringing different influences together in ways that shouldn’t work but absolutely do. The whole approach is designed for sharing, encouraging diners to order multiple small plates and graze their way through the evening whilst discovering new flavour combinations.

The fact that the entire menu happens to be gluten-free comes as a pleasant surprise, though you’d never guess from the way the food tastes. The kitchen clearly knows how to coax maximum flavour from every ingredient, whether that’s achieving the perfect texture on the banana blossom or nailing the heat level on the sriracha slaw.

The vinyl collection provides the soundtrack to your meal, with everything from classic soul to contemporary electronic setting the mood. Live music and DJ sets keep things lively at weekends, creating an atmosphere that’s part restaurant, part neighbourhood hangout. The blue piano isn’t just for show either; expect impromptu performances when the mood takes hold.

With no dish tipping the tenner point, and drinks following a similar pricing structure, bills remain reasonable even after multiple rounds of ordering. It’s the kind of place where you can easily spend an entire evening, starting with early drinks and light snacks before progressing to more substantial dishes as the night develops. The laid back vibes attract a diverse crowd, from students stretching their budgets to young professionals who’ve recently moved to the area – estate agents in Norwich often mention Blue Joanna as one of Unthank Road’s draws.

Website: bluejoanna.co.uk

Address: 103 Unthank Road, Norwich NR2 2PE


Grosvenor Fish Bar, Norwich Lanes

Ideal for fish and chips with nearly a century of perfection…

This isn’t your average chippy. Operating for nearly a century, the Grosvenor hides a remarkable secret beneath its traditional shopfront: a basement dining area that seats 70 in what feels like a cross between an Anderson shelter and a seafood speakeasy. The downstairs space creates quite the atmosphere when busy, with the acoustics adding to the sense of being part of something special.

The fish and chips live up to the theatrical setting, with the Grosvenor Special arriving skinless and boneless for those who prefer their cod without any fuss. The batter achieves that perfect balance between crispy exterior and light, fluffy interior, whilst the chips demonstrate the kind of fluffy-centred perfection that comes from quality potatoes and experienced hands.

Beyond the traditional offerings, the menu ventures into more adventurous territory with softshell crab po’boys and Maine lobster rolls making summer appearances. It’s an unusual combination of chippy classics and American seafood, but it works brilliantly in this unique setting. 

The basement location means you’ll want to dress warmly in winter, but the atmosphere more than compensates for any temperature concerns. There’s something wonderfully convivial about sharing this subterranean space with fellow fish and chips enthusiasts, creating connections with strangers over shared plates of perfectly cooked seafood.

Website: fshshop.com

Address: 28 Lower Goat Ln, Norwich NR2 1EL


Brick Pizza, Market Place

Ideal for Neapolitan pizza purists…

This tiny pizzeria near the market proves that you don’t need fancy surroundings to produce world-class food. The wood-fired oven hits blistering temperatures, allowing the pizzaiolos to produce authentic Neapolitan pizza in just 90 seconds, with the kind of charred, pillowy bases that have made it the world’s favourite food.

The toppings stay resolutely traditional, with San Marzano tomatoes providing the sweet, acidic base for bufala mozzarella that melts into creamy pools across the surface. Fresh basil adds its distinctive perfume, whilst a drizzle of good olive oil brings everything together. At £8 for a margherita, it represents exceptional value for pizza of this quality.

The limited seating means takeaway is often the easier option, though watching the pizzaiolos work their magic over the flames adds considerably to the experience. Norfolk vegetables get their moment to shine on seasonal specials, with local producers providing ingredients that show off the county’s agricultural abundance. Whether that’s asparagus in spring or squash in autumn, the seasonal touches demonstrate a commitment to local sourcing that elevates already excellent pizza.

The Market Place location makes it perfect for a quick lunch whilst exploring Norwich’s shopping areas, though the quality means it’s worth seeking out even if you’re coming from further afield. The 90-second cooking time means you won’t be waiting long, even when they’re busy.

Website: Find them on social media for current hours

Address: 39 Market Place, Norwich NR2 1ND

Website: brick.pizza


Figbar, St John Maddermarket

Ideal for pudding fanatics and anyone who believes life’s too short for boring desserts…

Norwich’s first dedicated dessert bar proves there’s life beyond sticky toffee pudding, with executive pastry chef Jaime Garbutt bringing serious fine dining skills to bear on the sweet side of the menu. Garbutt earned his stripes at Pétrus and under Marcus Wareing, and his technical ability shows in every beautifully plated creation.

The Jaffa cake reimagining provides a perfect example of the kitchen’s approach, taking a beloved British classic and elevating it to restaurant standard. Layers of orange sponge mingle with bitter chocolate ganache and candied peel, creating something that’s both nostalgic and sophisticated. It’s the kind of dessert that makes you reassess what British puddings can achieve when treated with real respect.

The banoffee receives similar fine dining treatment, with maple candied pecans adding textural interest and excellent toffee sauce providing the kind of deep, complex sweetness that only comes from careful caramelisation. Even the banana element shows thought and technique, whether that’s in the form of a perfectly ripe garnish or a more complex preparation that concentrates the flavours.

At £10 per plate, you’re getting restaurant-quality desserts without the commitment of a full three-course meal. Although, if you do want to commit to a full, very sweet meal, then there’s  a dessert tasting menu for £30. Wine and champagne pairings are available for those who want to push the boat out, with selections that show real understanding of how sweet wines can complement rather than compete with dessert flavours.

The intimate 14-seat space creates a genuine sense of occasion, whilst the Thursday to Saturday opening hours add to the exclusive feel. Given that last part, booking is absolutely essential.

Website: figbarnorwich.com

Address: 23 St John Maddermarket, Norwich NR2 1DN

The Best Restaurants In Shepherd’s Bush

Shepherd’s Bush… Does that sound obscene? Silly? Just a name? Who knows…

What we do know is that Shepherd’s Bush occupies a curious position in West London neighbourhood hierarchy. Not as polished as neighbouring Notting Hill, as musical as Maida Vale, nor as determinedly bohemian as Ladbroke Grove, it exists in a state of perpetual transition that somehow suits it perfectly. The area’s character comes from this very refusal to be pinned down – one street offers Lebanese bakeries that have served the same families for forty years, the next harbours a Michelin-starred sushi counter floating eight floors above the former BBC Television Centre.

This slow and steady transformation arguably began in earnest when Westfield opened in 2008, bringing international chains and food courts that threatened to homogenise the area’s dining scene. Instead, something more interesting happened. The influx of new money and footfall created space for ambitious restaurants to thrive alongside the kebab shops and corner cafés that give Shepherd’s Bush its soul. Wood Lane now hosts world-class omakase, whilst family-run Persian restaurants continue serving the stews their grandmothers taught them.

Indeed, the Shepherd’s Bush dining scene reflects the neighbourhood itself – unpretentious but not unambitious, international by default rather than design, shaped more by immigration patterns than Instagram trends.

We’ve spent months eating our way through W12 (it’s a hard life, etc., etc.), from the market stalls to the mall restaurants, the hidden Syrian gems to the headline-grabbing openings to bring you these; our eight favourite restaurants in Shepherd’s Bush, the ones that capture what makes the neighbourhood one of London’s most exciting places to eat right now.

Giulia, Askew Road

Ideal for neighbourhood Italian that punches well above its weight…

Albanian-Italian chef Endris Kerbizi met Roman partner Giulia Quaglia whilst both worked at the Bvlgari Hotel, and the residents of Shepherd’s Bush must be so grateful love was in the air in the hallowed halls of that prestigious establishment… 

Fast forward a few years, and their 30-cover trattoria on Askew Road is accumulating serious accolades (The Good Food Guide’s Best 100 Local Restaurants earlier this year, two AA Rosettes awarded July 2025, a Michelin Guide listing) through focused menus where morning-baked focaccia and fresh pasta emerge from a compact kitchen with a verve and vivacity that speaks of the handmade.

The seasonal monthly menu showcases Italy’s rhythms – come colder months, the traditional Ossobuco alla Milanese arrives slow-cooked to perfection alongside saffron-infused risotto. Perhaps a pumpkin risotto with veal ragu might appear, too. The fried Veal Cotoletta alla Milanese, more than 300 grams of hefty, golden, crispy joy, has become something of a signature for good reason. Spring brings artichokes aplenty, when dishes like charred artichoke with mint and baked ricotta or Carciofi alla Romana with pecorino and saffron land on nearly every table. And don’t get us started on porcini season, where mushrooms bring earthy grandeur to the restaurant. That season is just around the corner by the way.

The wine list favours Italian producers without defaulting to obvious choices, several interesting orange wines sitting alongside classics from, primarily, Tuscany. Don’t know how to play it, plonk wise? Giulia herself provides Roman warmth front-of-house, conversing in rapid Italian with regulars whilst ensuring newcomers feel equally welcomed, all the while dropping wine recommendations. Exposed brick and simple wooden tables keep focus on the food rather than décor. 

Booking ahead is generally recommended, though we’ve had success rocking up and walking in before.

Website: giuliarestaurant.co.uk

Address: 77 Askew Road, W12 9AH


Shikumen, Shepherd’s Bush Green

Ideal for dim sum and duck that rivals Chinatown’s finest…

Inside the Dorsett Hotel overlooking Shepherd’s Bush Green, Shikumen was once a Michelin Bib Gourmand holder, and for good reason; there’s quality, intricate dumpling preparation at work here, the loss of that recognition inexplicable, in our eyes at least.

Indeed, the kitchen’s ability with xiao long bao, where thin skins contain scalding soup that burns the impatient, or scallop siu mai topped with bright orange tobiko that pops against sweet shellfish, continues to impress diners, even if the inspectors have gone cold on the restaurant.

Perhaps they missed out on the two-stage Peking duck service the last time they dropped in. Here, it’s all about the traditional technique – air-dried for hours, lacquered with maltose, its crispy skin wrapped in paper-thin pancakes and its meat stir-fried alongside seasonal vegetables. God it’s good, and for £88 a duck, you’d hope so. You do get a beautiful duck bone soup thrown in for good measure, too. Not ‘thrown in’, come to think of it; that would scald and scar. Perhaps ‘placed down gently’ for good measure might be more appropriate…

On the more affordable side of the spectrum, dim sum service runs until 5pm daily, and averages around £10 for a four piece tǐ, making lunch surprisingly accessible for high-end hotel dining. Hand-pleated har gau and wok-fired ho fun with house-made XO sauce demonstrate the kitchen’s commitment to traditional preparation, and are certain highlights.

Mahogany accents and red lanterns create a familiar, opulent Cantonese atmosphere and service maintains a certain hotel polish without stuffiness. Perhaps most importantly, friends from Hong Kong regularly praise the accuracy of flavours and techniques, which perhaps speaks louder than any Michelin award does. 

Website: shikumen.co.uk

Address: 58 Shepherd’s Bush Green, W12 8QE


Chet’s, The Hoxton

Ideal for Thai-American fusion that actually makes sense…

Legendary LA chef Kris Yenbamroong’s first venture into London occupies The Hoxton’s ground floor, its pink ceilings and caramel booths channeling retro California diner aesthetics. Open from 7am to midnight, it’s pitched as an all-day, all-things-to-all-people kind of place, as long as you’re the kind of person who likes their tuna melt stuffed with larb, or your fried chicken waffles dressed with tom yum sauce.

If that all sounds like overkill, fear not; the James Beard-nominated chef behind LA’s NIGHT + MARKET maintains a kind of skewed, chaotic rock’n’roll logic here, the whole thing tied together by flavour, whether it’s avocado toast and pert nahm jim seafood in the morning, or the signature Tingling Onion (a Thai-spiced blooming onion) just before close as you see off your final Lychee Martini.

The predominantly natural wine list and playful cocktails that don’t top £15 suit the dialled-up-to-eleven menu. Fittingly, Chet’s is massively popular with pre-gig crowds heading to Shepherd’s Bush Empire. This is spicy stuff, so mano cornutas at the ready, even if you’re not in town for a show!

Website: chetsrestaurant.co.uk

Address: 65 Shepherds Bush Green, W12 8QE


Sufi, Askew Road

Ideal for Persian home cooking at neighbourhood prices…

Since 2007, this family-run Persian restaurant’s clay tandoor has produced fresh seeded naan for every table, the embers always glowing, the smoke always rising. It’s there in traditional recipes like kashk-e bademjan (smoky aubergine with fermented yogurt and fried onions) too, and mixed grills where marinated meats char over open flames. 

That said, it’s the stews at Sufi that are the headliners, to our mind at least. Give us a bowl of the khoresh gheimeh (lamb and split pea stew) any day of the week and we’ll be happy, as long as there’s a pile of that naan for dredging. 

The intimate space resembles dining in someone’s home, which essentially you are. The BYOB policy helps keep costs down for regulars who return weekly (count us among them). Those devoted patrons know to order the house-churned saffron ice cream regardless of season – it’s such an indulgent yet impossibly light finish.

The visible tandoor and wafts of aromatic spices set the scene, flickers of candlelit and effortless service ensures that scene is carried through to its natural conclusion. As in, paying the bill and bidding Sufi a cheery goodbye and see you next time.  

Website: sufirestaurant.com

Address: 70 Askew Road, W12 9BJ


Abu Zaad, Uxbridge Road

Ideal for Syrian mezze near the Market…

This bustling Syrian restaurant near the north end of Shepherd’s Bush Market has become a neighbourhood institution through sheer consistency, quality and value. Sometimes, that’s all you want from your local restaurant. And if you don’t want that, then what exactly are you looking for?

Back inside, and tiled interiors evoke Damascus souks whilst the kitchen delivers faithfully rendered Levantine cooking that attracts a diverse, enthusiastic crowd.

The mezze selection showcases dogmatic, devoted technique – baba ganoush with deeply charred aubergine creating genuine smoky depth, fresh-fried falafel that maintains its crunch whilst revealing vivid green herbs within, and muhammara where walnuts and red peppers balance perfectly. Mixed platters encourage exploration, though the lamb kofta with spicy tomato sauce and lamb kibbeh deserve individual attention – you won’t want to share either. 

Famously massive mains don’t top £15, and the comically generous mixed grill for two is just £30 – this would be good value even if the food itself was several notches less delicious. The fact it’s so fresh, so vital, so clearly made with devotion, makes the prices even more astonishingly reasonable. 

The strict no-alcohol policy (no BYOB allowed) puts the focus on fresh juices that deserve it: pomegranate, tamarind, and jallab (date and rose) that complement the food better than wine might. Sahha to that!

Website: abuzaad.co.uk

Address: 29 Uxbridge Road, W12 8LH


Shepherd’s Bush Market

Ideal for cheap, fast and delicious market food…

Since 1914, Shepherd’s Bush Market has sat between Uxbridge Road and Goldhawk Road, a covered stretch of stalls selling fabric, fresh produce, household goods and some genuinely excellent street food. The market runs Monday to Saturday, 9am to 6pm, accessible from both Shepherd’s Bush Market and Goldhawk Road tube stations. The market operates on cash, speed and value.

Sam Sandwiches (Shop 9) has become something of a cult favourite since setting up here. This Algerian street food kitchen serves six types of meat sandwiches – lamb’s liver, merguez, marinated chicken, fish fillet, minced meat, and a special two meat version – all fried to order and stuffed into thick grilled pita with chips, a fried egg, harissa, mayo, and salad. The merguez is the move here, though regulars swear by the minced meat version. Everything costs between £7 except the double-meat number which is £8, portions are hefty, and Sam (the owner) runs the whole operation himself with genuine warmth. Open 11:45am to 6:45pm Monday to Saturday. Cash only.

Falafel Hut (Shop 49) has been slinging aubergine-packed falafel wraps for years, building a loyal following among locals and even earning a recommendation from chef Avinash Shashidhara of Pahli Hill Bandra Bhai. The wraps (£4-6) come loaded with still-warm falafels, tahini, chilli sauce, garlic sauce, salad and crucially, gooey slices of aubergine that melt into everything else. The structural integrity is questionable – these pittas are messy affairs – but that’s part of the appeal. Their fried fish falafel wrap offers an unusual but successful twist on the standard formula. The chilli sauce packs proper heat, so approach with caution. Open 11:30am to 6pm Tuesday to Saturday.

For those building a proper market day, Brothers & Cousins (Shop 53B) supplies fresh wild fish to locals and chefs alike, whilst The Hawk’s Nest in one of the converted railway arches serves Birdhouse Brewery beers and what chef Shashidhara calls “phenomenal” pizzas under skylights that brighten the whole space.


Endo at the Rotunda, White City *currently closed*

Ideal for Michelin-starred sushi with views across West London…

*Sadly, in September a fire in the building means Endo is closed until further notice. Fortunately, there were no reported casualties. As of the start of November, the restaurant remains closed.*

Eight floors above the former BBC Television Centre, third-generation Yokohama sushi master Endo Kazutoshi presides over just 16 counter seats where an 18-or-so-course omakase journey costs £290. The space earned its Michelin star within six months of opening and has maintained it through 2025, combining premium British ingredients with those that simply cannot be replicated without importing from Japan. So, that’s Cornish tuna, Orkney scallops and Irish oysters with rice from Yamagata and water flown in from Fukuoka.

The signature ‘business card’ consists of multiple varieties of tuna layered with seaweed, each piece pressed, seasoned and garnished at the 200-year-old Hinoki wood counter. West London spreads out through floor-to-ceiling windows, adding drama to what already feels like theatre. Though you’ll pay just shy of £300 for the privilege (and that’s before you consider your sake splurge), the sky high prices don’t put off the punters; securing any reservation means joining monthly online scrambles where tables disappear within 30 minutes.

Blonde wood and clean lines channel Tokyo’s high-end sushi-yas whilst maintaining those eighth-floor views. Service operates at the precision level you’d expect, each course timed for the necessary appreciation without feeling either rushed or stagnant. Fortunately, the much-feared hushed tones and reverence of the traditional high-end sushi experience are punctuated by chef Endo’s flamboyant, playful delivery, which provides a welcome juxtaposition to the intricacy on the plate.

Website: endoattherotunda.com

Address: 8th Floor, The Helios, Television Centre, 101 Wood Lane, W12 7FR

Got time? It’s a cool 48 hours in Notting Hill eating and drinking for us next. Care to join us?

The Best Restaurants In Bristol: The IDEAL 22

Bristol’s food scene, it should bear repeating, has a lot going for it. Named as only the UK’s second gold sustainable food city back in 2021 and as the world’s number one vegan city a year earlier, this south west culinary powerhouse also boasts a healthy, stacked Michelin Guide and plenty more acclaimed eateries besides.

Narrowing those restaurants down into a singular, definitive list, then, is something of a thankless task. But we’ve taken on that task, begrudgingly eating the finest food from across Bristol, from Korean grilled chicken to bowls of pasta that reached triple figures, to bring you this; our guide on where to eat in Bristol. Here are the IDEAL 22 restaurants in Bristol.

Bokman, Cotham

Ideal for a reviving, exciting Korean spread centred around grilled chicken…

Tucked away at the end of a steep cul-de-sac off Bristol’s loose and lively Stokes Croft neighbourhood, you’ll find Bokman, a small Korean restaurant with a big reputation. 

The work of Duncan Robertson and Kyu Jeon, who met at Paris’s L’Atelier de Joël Robuchon and have since got married, this is a unique dining experience that is both intimate and exhilarating, the tightly spaced dining room on the ground floor a buzzing, belying centrepiece to the grill work going on out back.

On that upright, rotating charcoal spit you’ll find the star of Bokman’s blistered show; the Tongdak. Featuring crisp-skinned rotisserie chicken stuffed with sticky rice and slow-cooked until tender, it’s served with ssam style, with lettuce leaves for wrapping and a selection of dipping sauces and pickles. A bowl of the house kimchi is, of course, obligatory. It’s got to be the most celebratory, all-in sharing plate in the city.

Bokman’s menu doesn’t stop at the Tongdak, though. Seasonal vegetable bibimbap makes the ideal dinner for one, the famous stone bowl rice dish given lift-off with gratings of cured pollock roe and an oozing egg yolk, whilst the seolleongtang – a wibbly, wobbly beef stew topped with spring onions and spicy dadaegi condiment – is one winter warmer and a half, and could be peddled as a health food were it not so damn indulgent tasting. Whole bream bathing happily under a rusty gochujang-heavy sauce is yet another knockout. Yep, you’ll want to bring friends for this one. 

All you need alongside is a bottle of room temperature soju and consider your cockles thoroughly warmed (can you tell we’re writing this on a particularly chilly day?). 

Cool things right back down with Bokman’s signature soft-serve, perfect even in winter, and you’ve got yourself one of the most peerless, joyful dining experiences in Bristol.

Excitingly, in late 2024 the team behind Bokman opened a follow-up restaurant over on Chandos Road. Named Dongnae, we can’t wait to check it out soon.

Instagram@bokmanbristol

Address3 Nine Tree Hill, Cotham, Bristol BS1 3SB


Caper & Cure, Stokes Croft

There’s something rather fitting about Caper & Cure occupying a former ‘cash chemists’ on Stokes Croft – after all, their negroni sbagliato might just be the remedy you need after a particularly trying Tuesday. 

The 1920s mosaic tiling at the entrance still proudly proclaims its pharmaceutical past, a charming reminder of when Bristolians could pop in for their ‘remedies and cures’ without prescription. The modern version is probably just round the corner on Hepburn Road, but that’s closed now, too

Anyway, enough of the tenuous introductions, let’s stride into Caper and Cure and get across it. Here, owner Giles Coram has created a bijou shabby-chic success story, transforming what was most recently an arts café into one of Bristol’s most cherished neighbourhood bistros. The space has seen more incarnations than a method actor – from that original chemist to electrical supplier, internet café, and music venue. But it’s the basement that holds the real intrigue, having apparently hosted ‘shenanigans, japes and capers’ throughout its entire history. Some things, it seems, never change – though these days it houses a rather smart private dining room next to the kitchen that can still get pretty boisterous.

The transformation of Stokes Croft from its grittier past to artisan food destination makes Caper & Cure feel particularly symbolic of the area’s evolution. The restaurant has featured in The Good Food Guide as one of Britain’s 100 Best Local Restaurants twice in the last three years, a testament to how this compact corner spot has captured hearts well beyond BS1.

Start with spanking fresh Maldon oysters, taking pride of place at £3.75 a pop (or a very civilised six for £18), each one to be dressed simply with a classic mignonette that lets their briny sweetness sing. Continue on a theme with the cured wild sea bass. Slices are laid gently in a crystal-clear tomato and olive consommé that’s savoury and delicate, the inherent richness of the fish allowed to shine through. This kind of dish is often butchered by an overt acidity that crudo simply can’t take, but here, the consommé is expertly judged, a pleasing backnote rather than the main event.

Whilst not nominally a fish restaurant, we continued with a more robust plate of monkfish that really shows off the kitchen’s chops at the stoves, the meaty fish given heft and smoke from its sobrasada sauce (that spreadable Balearic sausage that makes everything better).  Confit Jersey Royals provided the perfect creamy counterpoint. 

To ensure the wrong impression wasn’t given, a meaty plate next. From the specials board, if the rabbit with Coco de Paimpol beans is there, don’t sleep on it. Served as a whole saddle on the bone, it was superb, and the accompanying French heirloom beans from Brittany were as creamy as butter, viscous and earthy, those latter notes only amplified further by a few carefully placed girolles. What a gorgeous dish this was.

That negroni sbagliato we mentioned? It’s a beauty – all bitter-sweet sophistication with a playful prosecco fizz that somehow makes day drinking feel entirely acceptable. Given the basement’s history of capers and japes, we suspect the team here wouldn’t judge you for settling in for the long haul and ordering several. With the sun streaming in on a warm Bristol early evening, it all felt so right.

Website: caperandcure.co.uk 

Address: 108a Stokes Croft, Bristol BS1 3RU


Gullu’s Kitchen, Fishponds

Ideal for some of Bristol’s most celebrated Jamaican food…

You can’t come to Bristol and not have some Jamaican food, the city having a large Jamaican population stemming from the UK’s efforts to rebuild after World War II. The British Nationality Act of 1948 gave citizens of the Commonwealth the right to settle in the UK, leading to the arrival of the Windrush generation, many of whom were Jamaican and made Bristol their home.

As more Jamaicans settled in Bristol, they formed communities and support networks which, in turn, attracted further migration from Jamaica. Over time, the Jamaican community in Bristol has made significant cultural contributions to the city, particularly in music, food, and festivals like the annual St Pauls Carnival, which celebrates African-Caribbean culture. 

Images via @GullusKitchen

And so we wind up at Gullu’s Kitchen in Bristol’s Fishponds suburb, getting thoroughly seasoned with jerk smoke as we await arguably the city’s finest dose of grilled chicken, Caribbean or otherwise. A takeaway only joint (pedants, look away from the ‘best restaurants part of the title), you’ll see the jerk pan – an oil drum that’s blackened from years of expert barbecuing – standing proudly outside Gullu’s, with several blistered legs being thoroughly doted on by a be-gloved, sometimes be-goggled cook.

God this is good chicken – nicely piquant from the house jerk sauce and charred beautifully. But don’t stop there; the brown stew chicken is phenomenal and arguably the most popular dish here. We’re also fans of the tender oxtail stew with butter beans. Loaded with big, bold Caribbean flavours, this rich, aromatic stew is meltingly tender and heady in its spicing. Have it over both chips and rice, and take your haul over to Coombe Brook Nature Reserve (a five minute walk) for a seriously elite picnic.

Websitegulluskitchen.co.uk

Address: 282 Lodge Causeway, Fishponds, Bristol BS16 3RD 


Wilson’s, Redland

Ideal for thoughtful, produce-driven tasting menus from the restaurant’s own market garden…

This intimate 24-cover restaurant in Redland, helmed by chef-patron Jan Ostle and his partner Mary Wilson, offers one of Bristol’s most compelling farm-to-table experiences.

The menu here changes not just with the seasons but with each harvest, transformed daily based on what’s been pulled from the soil that morning. A six-course tasting menu (£73) showcases this bounty with remarkable finesse. The restaurant cultivates its own two-acre market garden in nearby Barrow Gurney, where the vast majority of vegetables, herbs and flowers that grace your plate are grown using regenerative farming techniques.

A recent visit in November brought with it a real treat of snails and wild garlic capers, a seasonally on-brand plate of blushing venison, beetroot and radicchio that was just about every shade of autumn you could imagine, and, best of all, a showstopping dessert of parsnip, apple and burnt cream, each dish speaking clearly of its origins.

Indeed, the cooking at Wilson’s strikes that rare balance between technical excellence (Ostle’s CV includes stints at The Square and The Hand & Flowers) and a deep respect for ingredients. The wine pairings (£50) are thoughtfully selected and, alongside that £73 tasting menu, the whole offering represents remarkably, laughably good value for all the quality that’s on show. It came as no surprise that the restaurant was awarded a Michelin star in the 2025 Guide.

That might have you making assumptions about the style of the place, but what’s particularly refreshing about Wilsons is how it manages to deliver fine dining without any of the stuffiness – the whitewashed dining room is understated, the service warm and knowledgeable. For those seeking a more accessible entry point, their three-course lunch menu (£35) offered Wednesday to Friday is another display of the excellent value here.

In 2021, the team expanded their operation by opening The Bread Shop just a few doors down, where you can sample their excellent sourdough and house-cured bacon milk buns. It’s also home to their fermentation and preserving projects, ensuring nothing from the market garden goes to waste.

This commitment to sustainability hasn’t gone unnoticed – Wilsons holds a Green Star too, recognition of their exceptional commitment to sustainable gastronomy. Yet perhaps more telling than any accolade is how beloved this place is by Bristol’s other chefs – always a good sign.

Booking in advance has been essential since the Michelin star, but it could be pretty much obligatory following the restaurant’s appearance on Apple TV’s Knife Edge.

Website: wilsonsbristol.co.uk

Address: 24 Chandos Rd, Redland, Bristol BS6 6PF


Cotto Wine Bar & Kitchen, Old City

Ideal for Italian small plates and interesting wines…

This wine bar and kitchen, part of the esteemed Bianchis Group whose growing presence in the city can only be a good thing, only emerged in early 2022 but has already firmly found its feet in Bristol’s Old City.

Transforming from its previous incarnations as La Sorella, a deli and aperitivo bar, and then Bar Ripiena, the pandemic thwarted plans to reimagine the space as a lasagne bar (how good does that sound?), leading to the birth of Cotto, a cosy bolthole known for its chilled out vibe and homestyle Italian cooking.

During the day, the tight room exudes a serene atmosphere with its muted, tactile terracotta walls and framed cartoons, while in the evenings, it transforms into a lively space with a convivial glow that you notice from the road. Trust us; it beckons you in. 

Patrons can choose to sit up at the bar, overlooking St Stephen’s Street, enjoying a glass of wine and a small plate, though the enticing menu might make settling for just that feel like a missed opportunity. From that menu, the beef shin lasagne is superb; cakey and upright, just as it should be, and positively humming from its rich, pastoral ragu and aged parmesan-spiked bechamel. For good measure, it sits atop a little pool of tomato compote, which brings a welcome jolt of acidity.

Before that (because it will finish you off), make sure you order the artichoke fritti, a beautiful big pile of the bastards that have been drizzled with hot honey and showered with a few cooling leaves of mint. Popping in for just a plate of these and a glass of something cloudy and funky is very much the vibe of the place.

Or, go larger from the ever changing lineup of pasta; a bowl of fregola with clams and datterini or bucatini alla nerano, if you like.

With a generous selection of wines (many biodynamic) available by the glass, Cotto is a thoroughly agreeable place to spend an evening, or even an hour.

Website: cottowinebarandkitchen.co.uk

Address: 29-31 St Stephen’s St, Bristol BS1 1JX


The Blaise Inn, Henbury

Ideal for a country pub escape close to the city…

Not all of Bristol’s very best dining goes down in the centre of town. Indeed, venture just a little further afield, and you’ll be rewarded with some truly excellent options for your supper. 

Perhaps our favourite slightly out-of-town spot sits in the peaceful residential suburb of Henbury, around a half hour’s drive from the city centre. It’s the kind of mission you need to make to enjoy a truly ‘country pub’ experience so close to a major urban centre. And the Blaise Inn offers just that, with a side of order of culinary excellence thrown in for good measure.

This Michelin Bib Gourmand-awarded gastropub has quickly become a beloved fixture in the local dining scene since its opening in 2021, the work of Louise McCrimmon, a celebrated chef with previous as executive chef at Harvey Nichols back in central Bristol. Alongside her husband Ian and their neighbours Nicola and Peter Gilbert, McCrimmon has crafted a dining experience that feels like a glorious break from the hustle and bustle of the UK’s sixth largest city, even if it’s just for an afternoon.

That perception of escape certainly isn’t harmed by the Blaise Inn’s enviable vantage point just a mere stone’s throw from the picturesque Blaise Castle Estate, a sprawling 650-acre park owned by Bristol City Council. This proximity not only provides diners with a scenic backdrop but also imbues the inn with a sense of historical significance, as the estate itself was laid out by the renowned landscape designer Humphry Repton in the early 19th century. 

The scene is well and truly set for a proper pub lunch, then, and the Blaise Inn duly delivers, with chef McCrimmon drawing on her classic French training and a steadfast commitment to seasonality to breathe new life into traditional pub dishes. So, that’s a half pint of gorgeously sweet, juicy prawns, served with a bracing but beautifully judged lemon aioli. Or, a perfect puck of ham hock terrine given lift off with a celeriac remoulade which was fresh and nutty, rather than cloying. A main course of slow cooked pork belly with radicchio and a nectarine and fennel dressing recently felt so succinct for a season just about to turn colder, and an on-point creme caramel with honey roast figs sealed the deal.

It pretty much goes without saying that the Sunday roast here is one of Bristol’s most celebrated. In the kegs, local favourite Fortitude, beautifully amber and supremely drinkable, flows with gusto. What’s not to love about the Blaise Inn?

Website: theblaiseinn.co.uk

Address: 260 Henbury Rd, Henbury, Bristol BS10 7QR


Read: The best Sunday roasts in Bristol


Lido, Clifton

Ideal for Middle Eastern sharing plates with the most singular of dinner views…

Lido is one of Bristol’s most unique venues for a meal, combining the charm of a restored Victorian swimming pool with the culinary delights of a top-tier restaurant. It’s a match made in heaven.

Sitting pretty in the heart of Clifton, one of Bristol’s most picturesque quarters, Lido offers more than just a place to swim; it’s an urban oasis where you can indulge in a spa treatment, relax in the sauna or hot tub, and then treat your taste buds to an exquisite meal. Or, do it the other way round, of course, leaving a little time for your food to go down before diving in.

Indigestion be damned; Lido’s history dates back to 1850 when it first opened its doors as a public swimming bath. After changing hands several times and even facing the threat of redevelopment into flats, it was finally purchased by Arne Ringer in 2004. Since then, it has been transformed into a place for Bristolians to relax and to gorge, equally.

The poolside menu at Lido takes on a Middle Eastern inflection – light, fresh and lively, and kinda perfect if you’re taking a dip after – with wood-fired flatbreads forming the anchor around which the seasonal small plates revolve. 

Though not strictly vegetarian by any means, this is without doubt one of the best restaurants in the city for veggies, with some truly superlative vegetable-led cooking on show. Don’t pass over the beetroot and ajo blanco dish, the root vegetable ember roasted until close to collapse, propped up by a rich, tart emulsion of almonds and garlic. Just incredible. Some of that superb flatbread for dredging seals the deal.

All that said, when protein hits the grill here, magic happens. On a visit in the summer, charcoal-grilled onglet dressed in an anchovy, garlic-and chilli butter was gnarly in all the right places and as tender as you like in others, proving once again that this type of cut is so much more satisfying than a clinical fillet. Sea ass, given a similar rough and ready treatment on the grill, ends up being just as good as that onglet. 

Appropriate for dining next to a shimmering, summery body of water, Lido’s selection of ice creams and sorbets always hit the spot, too. The Pedro Ximenez and raisin affair is particularly indulgent, and moody enough to feel suitable even in the depths of winter. 

Lido offers a range of packages that include swimming, eating and massages, the most popular being the ‘Swim and Lunch’ package that includes use of the pool and spa, followed by a two-course lunch. What a lovely way to spend a rest day. 

Websitelidobristol.com

AddressOakfield Pl, Clifton, Bristol BS8 2BJ


Littlefrench, Westbury Park

Ideal for indulgent escapism in butter, garlic and cream…

Bristol’s Westbury Park is the very definition of leafy, laid back suburb, all Victorian terraces, premium prams, and the chatter of folk who don’t have much place to be. If there’s not a GAIL’s somewhere, there should be.

It should come as no surprise, then, that Westbury Park boasts one of the most celebrated neighbourhood bistros in the city. Scrap that; the country. At chef Freddy Bird’s Littlefrench, the vibe is all about unpretentious, flavour-packed French country cooking and quality bottles of quaffable wine whose prices are similarly easy to swallow. Some are even sub £30, which, in today’s economy, is becoming increasingly unheard of.

Indeed, slipping into the banquette seating for a cosy, candlelit evening is one of our guiltiest midweek treats; escapism in its purest form. Lose yourself in the roast queen scallops, five of them served in the shell, anointed with an opulent sauternes butter sauce. A supplement of Sturia Oscietra caviar is an indulgence, sure, but that’s why you’re here, right?

From the mains, an indulgent and elegant bowl of hake, clams and monks beard, with a rich emulsion of cider and crème fraîche sauce swirling around them, pulls together a happy collection of briny ingredients. On a more recent visit (yep, we’ve been here a few times), the whole roast partridge with bone marrow bread sauce is all tied together with a mouth-coating, caramel-like armagnac jus. Yep, your cardiologist isn’t going to thank Freddy Bird, but who gives a fuck when the food is this good.  

As you reel from the fat in every form and the casual swearing, don’t forget to save room for dessert. For another dependable dose of fat, Littlefrench’s extraordinarily elegant creme brulee is a sensuous, light and lovely dream. The chocolate mousse is dark and properly rich, sure, but it’s also almost cleansing in its simplicity. The fact it’s served in a puddle of cream does no harm. You might need stretching out at the end of all this, but as you stare at the chilly night sky from your prone position, you’ll feel very satisfied indeed. 

Interestingly, in 2024 the team behind Little French opened a new restaurant; the enthusiastically reviewed second act 1 York Place, a restaurant that places a keener focus on pan-European dishes and seafood.

Website: littlefrench.co.uk

Address2 North View, Westbury Park, Bristol BS6 7QB


BOX-E, Wapping Wharf

Ideal for beautifully big-hearted plates in the most intimate of dining spaces…

Nabbing a booking in this compact, 14-cover shipping container restaurant in Bristol’s Wapping Wharf certainly isn’t easy. But spare a thought for the man behind the stoves; there’s even less room out back. How he manages to coax such flavour and finesse from such a small space is a wonder. 

That man is Elliott Lidstone, a former head chef of L’Ortolan and The Empress pub in Hackney, BOX-E exudes a quiet ambition that feels quintessentially Bristolian – the minimalist, utilitarian interiors and sparse menu descriptors belying the complexity found on the plate. Sure, a dish of hake, butter beans and cauliflower may sound simple – beige, even – but really, was anything but. Decadent and lively, and with the fillet of hake cooked just under, as it should be, this was a sublime bit of fish cookery, bolstered by a caramelised cauliflower puree that brought depth to the plate.

Images via @Box-E

Desserts at BOX-E are simple yet satisfying, with chef Lidstone’s panna cotta always a winner. So much so, in fact, that there are often two on the menu – right now, one is centred around vanilla, the other black treacle. Order one each and you’ve got yourself some ying and yang vibes right there. Indeed, while the restaurant may not have the capacity for intricate pastry work, the desserts are still crafted with care and attention, ensuring a delightful end to your meal. 

BOX-E is more than just a restaurant; it’s a testament to the spirit of Bristol – innovative, ambitious, and unafraid to do things differently. 

Websiteboxebristol.com

AddressUnit 10 Cargo 1, Bristol BS1 6WP


Root, Wapping Wharf

Ideal for superb vegetable-led – rather than solely vegetarian – cooking in a shipping container…

We’re sticking around in Wapping Wharf for a feast of vegetable-centric dishes next, at Root, one of the South West’s most celebrated restaurants. Root’s ethos revolves around promoting sustainable food and fostering direct trade between local producers, suppliers, and chefs. This commitment to sustainability and local sourcing is not just a marketing gimmick but a core principle that shapes the menu and wider operations, particularly their celebration of seasonal vegetables.  

Here, prettily presented plates which vibrate with the colour of fresh produce and don’t sacrifice anything on flavour that just keep coming. We particularly love their wicked way with barbecued leaves and greens; right now, a charred hispi cabbage is served dressed Caesar salad-style, and the results are (predictably) magnificent. Perhaps even better, and singing with the season, is a mushroom and lentil kiev, giving new meaning to the Come Dine With Me favourite of garlic butter mushrooms. It sits on a pillowy cloud of celeriac puree, and sits under a tumble of piquant pickled shiitake. The balance of this one is perfect.

If the weather’s looking good (yep, we realise we’re feasting on late autumnal bits here), try to nab a seat out on the small terrace area; it boasts fantastic views of the harbourside.

Websiterootbristol.co.uk

AddressUnit 9 Cargo 1, Gaol Ferry Steps, Bristol BS1 6WP


Gambas, Wapping Wharf

Ideal for shelling, sucking and slurping your way through Spanish prawns in a variety of preparations…

Please; just one more meal in a shipping container before we leave this shimmering corner of Bristol. And so it is to Gambas, another of Wapping Wharf’s heavy-hitters.

A tapas bar (well, shipping container) that puts all things prawn on a pedestal, there are a few better ways to spend an evening than here, with your sleeves rolled up and your inhibitions down, sucking the head juice out of some salty, blistered wild red prawns.

Keep that blistered, off-bitter vibe going with stunning Cornish sardines that are tossed on the plancha and served with a simple dressing of garlic, parsley and lemon.

For those not in thrall to the rusty flavours of the sea, there’s still plenty to enjoy from Gambas’ De La Tierra (‘of the earth’) section of the menu, which despite its rather lofty subheader, is essentially a catalogue of tapas bar classics. The fried aubergine with molasses is exceptional. 

It’s also great to see Idiazabal – the smoky, gamey Basque soft cheese – on the menu here. It represents a fine way to finish a meal that’s been all about luxuriating in shellfish.

Websitegambasbristol.co.uk

Address : Unit 12, Cargo 2, Museum St, Bristol BS1 6ZA


Bulrush, Cotham

Ideal for trying Bristol’s most enduring Michelin-star…

Weirdly for a city which, until recently, was decorated with several, Bristol now only boasts two Michelin stars. One of those (and certainly of of Bristol’s best restaurants) is here, at Bulrush.

The brainchild of chef George Livesey, whose natural talent and innovative approach to cooking have earned him widespread acclaim, it’s a joyous affair. His classical training with the Roux brothers and stints at L’Enclume and St John is evident in the elegant nine-course menu here (clocking in at an eminently reasonable £90, incidentally), which showcases his mastery of precision technique and refined, defined flavour. 

The restaurant’s name, Bulrush, is intriguingly derived from a type of marsh plant, Scirpus lacustris, traditionally used for making mats and chair seats. This reflects the restaurant’s ethos of simplicity, authenticity, and a reverence for nature, an outlook highlighted further still in the whitewashed brick dining room. 

There’s no bells and whistles here, that’s for certain, with all eyes falling on the plate and its celebration of just one or two bang-in-season ingredients. That’s not to say that flavour combinations here aren’t innovative and, occasionally, thought-provoking; an amuse bouche of crab paired with chamomile-adjacent pineappleweed is a wonderful case in point. Ditto the current headliner course of duck breast cooked to a perfect blushing pink cuisson and sitting beside a fermented peach, giving the most beautiful balance is umami richness and complex acidity.

The wine flight is just as carefully composed, and well worth the £65 for a raft of interesting, intricate primarily new world offerings. For us, Bulrush is the best fine dining experience in Bristol, and one we keep going back to time and time again.

Websitebulrushrestaurant.co.uk

Address21 Cotham Rd S, Cotham, Bristol BS6 5TZ


Read8 IDEAL steps to the perfect steak


Noah’s, Spike Island

Ideal for some of the country’s best fish and chips, enjoyed next to a shimmering body of water…

This newly-opened, family-run establishment, sitting by the Cumberland Basin and enjoying fantastic views of the water, is the brainchild (not their actual child – he’s the eponymous Noah) of dynamic husband-and-wife duo Dan and Joie Rosser. Their passion for showcasing the best of British seafood is palpable in every dish they serve, whether it’s the exemplary fish and chips that is Noah’s signature or the Cornish lemon sole, grilled whole on the bone.

Either way, rest assured that this is as fresh as fish comes, sourced from day boats from Devon and Cornwall and cooked sympathetically and with maximum respect. All you need now is a bowl of fluffy, thick cut chips and a beer or two. Aaaah; I think we might just stay here awhile.

Websitenoahsbristol.co.uk

Address1 Brunel Lock Rd, Bristol BS1 6XS


Sonny Stores, Southville

Ideal for an expertly conceived ‘Britalian’ dining experience…

Another family-run operation named after the co-owners’ son; Sonny Stores.

Here, River Cafe alumnus Pegs Quinn and his wife Mary Glynn run one of the city’s most cherished recent openings, with a broadly ‘Britalian’ menu showcasing fantastic local produce cooked with reverence in a tightly-packed, always busy dining room.

Though the building itself may be intimate, it houses a genuinely excellent dining experience. Not perhaps as pasta heavy as some of the other great Italian restaurants in Bristol, here the vibe is fresh, light and largely vegetable-led. All that said, perhaps our favourite dish in recent memory was an offal-based pasta dish; the superlative chicken liver ragu served over freshly made, perfectly al dente pappardelle and sitting under wafts of 24 month aged parmesan. What a gently funky, immensely satisfying dish. 

Vegetarians will eat very well here, though, with the farinata (chickpea pancake) and charred friggitelli peppers particularly good, and the perfect accompaniment to a cold one, just as it’s done in Bel Paese. 

The pizzettas are quite rightly the stuff of legend, too. If the taleggio with burnt onion, sage and hot honey, and a cheeky chilli bedded into the cheese, is on the menu, order it. 

End with an affogato, just as we’re going to do (here the espresso is poured over creamy stracciatella ice cream), and you’ve got yourself one of the most gratifying meals in Bristol. So gratifying, in fact, that we might just need a minute…

Websitesonnystores.com

Address47 Raleigh Rd, Southville, Bristol BS3 1QS


Bravas, Redland

Ideal for late night tapas…

Authenticity is the name of the game at this Redland institution, where the owners cite regular staff trips to Spain as the inspiration for their steadfast takes on classic tapas dishes. 

If you’re hoping to simply swan in off the street like you were on a merry bar crawl in Seville, be warned; Bravas is reliably packed like Ortiz sardines pretty much every evening, except on Sundays, when it’s closed to recover from the week’s hangover. Fortunately, the place opens at midday and runs until midnight without pause for the remaining six days, so there’s always room if you arrive at a traditionally ‘off peak’ hour (4:47pm, if you’re asking). You can, of course, book ahead, but that rather kills the romance, don’t you think?

Anyway, the wait is richly rewarded, with highlights like cod bronzed from the plancha and served with a properly bracing mojo verde, or a really lovely little cazuela of chorizo braised in cider, the juices, as always, the best part. The patatas bravas from which the restaurant takes its names are a faithful rendition of a classic, too. A signature sherry negroni or two seals the deal, and has us still propping up the bar at close (sorry guys!).

Website: bravas.co.uk

Address: 7 Cotham Hill, Redland, Bristol BS6 6LD 


The Saigon Kitchen, Redland

Ideal for soul-nourishing plates of Northern Vietnamese food…

Image via @thesaigonkitchen_in_bristol

Vietnamese food feels criminally underrepresented in Bristol, with many lovers of pho, banh mi and the rest often heading out of town and to the acclaimed Noya’s Kitchen in Bath for their fix of the good stuff.

The Saigon Kitchen is changing all that. Chef Trung, originally from a small fishing village close to Halong Bay in Vietnam’s north, is the man at the stoves here, delivering time-honoured, broadly Northern Vietnamese recipes to the Redland faithful. 

Indeed, despite the restaurant’s name, it’s Hanoi’s streetfood that is most well represented here, with a very welcome, very delicious appearance of the iconic cha ca la vong a menu highlight. Here, chunks of white fish are marinated in galangal and turmeric before being fried in a tangle of spring onions and dill, the marinade turning the oil a delicious shade of brass. Enjoy with fresh rice noodles and heaps of herbs for one of Hanoi’s most lauded bites. The version here is superb.

Of course, there’s pho too, here the savoury, sparse Northern version that has the miraculous ability of dusting off even the most brutal of Walking Whirlwind hangovers. Even better is the bun cha, the essential Hanoi lunch dish of beautifully sweet and caramelised barbecued pork patties and slices of belly, fresh rice noodles and herbs, all brought together with a sweet and sour fish sauce dressing. Banging.

If it’s a hair of the dog kind of situation (not sure why we’re suddenly assuming it is), then the Saigon Kitchen is open from midday on Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays, with bottles of Saigon and Hanoi beer (the former trumps the latter) available for £6.

Website: thesaigonkitchen.co.uk

Address: 25 Zetland Rd, Redland, Bristol BS6 7AH 


Marmo, Old City

Ideal for Italian small plates and interesting wines (hang on, haven’t we already said that? Bristol is that kind of place)…

Back in the older part of the city, close to the Hippodrome Theatre, Marmo is a hip (do hip people say ‘hip’?) osteria-cum-wine-bar that has quickly become a favourite among locals and national restaurant reviewers alike.

The kitchen, led by Cosmo Sterck, focuses on a concise seasonal menu of Italian dishes that are both flavourful and beautifully presented. The wine selection, curated by Lily Sterck, has some interesting, sometimes exclusive drops, with several available by the glass. 

Whilst Jay Rayner was certainly right to call Marmo ‘an absolute corker’ (not a comment on their inept opening of those interesting drops, we hope), you might need a second opinion. Find it in our roundup of Bristol’s best Italian restaurants, if the mood takes you.

Website: marmo.restaurant

Address: 31 Baldwin St, Bristol BS1 1RG


Caribbean Croft, Stokes Croft

Ideal for serious Jamaican cooking and a rum list that’ll make your head spin…

Sitting pretty at the livelier end of Stokes Croft, Caribbean Croft has been doing things its own way since 2017. Every dish here comes from Ms Cat’s recipe book – family secrets passed down through generations that you won’t find anywhere else in Bristol. And yes, we have been coming here so much lately that we’re now on first name terms with the owner…

The curry goat is exceptional – tender meat that’s had hours on the stove, in a sauce that’s more about warmth and depth than raw heat. Still, that chilli heat does undulate, bringing about a gentle sweat on the brow rather than making your actual hair follicles hurt. A plate of peppered Appleton coconut steak shows similar patience in the kitchen, the meat given time to properly take on the rum and coconut milk it’s cooked in. The gravy alone is worth the admission fee (there’s isn’t one, and we don’t know why we said that).

For smaller appetites, the saltfish fritters are spot on – crisp, light, and lifted by red onion and scotch bonnet. Follow those with ackee and saltfish, Jamaica’s national dish done proper here with seasoned callaloo and green banana on the side.

What sets Caribbean Croft apart, though, is that rum collection. We’re talking over 100 bottles, ranging from easy-sipping standards to serious aged stuff that climbs past £40 a shot. The bar team knows their stuff – let them guide you through it. Their signature Caribbean Croft cocktail blends three different rums with grapefruit and cranberry, while the Guinness punch is a proper taste of Jamaica.

They’re open late (11pm most nights), but the kitchen closes at 9:30pm except Sundays when everything winds down at 7pm. Book ahead for dinner – this place fills up fast, especially on weekends when they open from noon.

Website: caribbeancroft.co.uk

Address: 30 Stokes Croft, St Paul’s, Bristol BS1 3QD


COR, Bedminster

Ideal for attentive service and plates of Mediterranean love and lightness…

We’re massive fans of Bristol’s premier prawn purveyors over at Gambas in Wapping Wharf, as we’ve made clear in this article already. So, when we heard that Mark Chapman, a man with a significant tenure as Gambas executive chef under his belt, and wife Karen had opened COR in Bemmy in late 2022, our interest wasn’t just piqued; it was aroused.

To say that COR found its feet fast would be an understatement. It was recognised by the Michelin Guide with a Bib Gourmand only a few months after opening, the red book rightly remarking on the restaurant’s ‘contagious positivity’. This bright, breezy outlook is found both in the room and on the plate, with tender, perceptive service a hallmark here, and dishes that represent something of a love letter to the Mediterranean, seen through a British lens and delivered with flair and creativity. 

The seasonal canelé is a signature, and a lovely, anchoring way of checking in with where Bristol produce is currently at. Right now, that burnished, striated pastry cylinder has been filled with whipped goat’s cheese and wild thyme. It sits in a pool of vivid magenta-hued beetroot, and it’s one perfectly poised mouthful.

You could order one of these, a plate of Wye Valley asparagus with lemon butter sauce, and some Roman-style artichokes, and be very happy indeed, luxuriating in just how perfectly Spring-like and seasonal your order is, but that would be to miss out on the show stopping larger plates.

The Iberico pork presa blushes pink in a way that would scare your ma but eats beautifully, with its accompanying panzanella salad of Isle of Wight tomatoes and marinated anchovies. A little quince jam sends everything on its way and into the arms of the waiting sourdough, no doubt smeared with COR’s amazing black garlic butter if you’ve got any sense.

Another firm favourite on a recent visit was the Hereford beef onglet with burnt shallot, hazelnut beurre noisette, gorgonzola and jus, the enjoyably chewy steak revealing its rich, brooding flavour more with every bite.

Pasta is done superbly here too, unsurprisingly. A dish of tagliolini with Dorset clams, bottarga with calabrian chilli had my dining partner positively cooing, its drifts of cured fish liver adding umami and funk in all the right places.

Yep, COR is a place where the finer details have been taken care of, where the cooking is truly out of the top drawer, but the vibe remains refreshingly laid back and casual, which is exactly what you want from a neighbourhood restaurant, don’t you think? Not just one of 22, COR is perhaps our very favourite restaurant in Bristol. 

Website:  correstaurant.com 

Address: 81 North St, Bedminster, Bristol BS3 1ES


RAGU, Wapping Wharf

Ideal for exceptional Italian regional cooking in the most intimate of settings…

Mark and Karen Chapman’s second Bristol venture (their first being that there COR from just above) has fast become one of the city’s most celebrated restaurants since opening in April 2025. Operating from a single shipping container at Wapping Wharf (just. one. more. please.), RAGU represents a love letter to Italian cooking that’s earned national praise from the likes of Grace Dent, who declared it her “new favourite restaurant of 2025”.

The compact space features just six tables plus bar seating with direct views of the open kitchen, where executive chef Vyck Colsell works her magic. The container setting might sound restrictive, but the energy is palpable, the buzz intimate and exciting.

Start with the Roman artichoke fritti, a glorious heap of golden globes that arrive glistening from the fryer, each one concealing tender hearts within their crisp shells. A dollop of silky aioli provides the perfect piquant counterpoint, and it’s the kind of dish that makes you realise how rarely artichokes are treated with proper respect in this country. That’s a shame, ’cause they’re fucking delicious.

The shoulder of lamb with pea ragu, salsa verde and pecorino is comforting thing. The meat, slow-braised until fork-nudge-tender, sits atop a mixture of sweet peas (braised until browning and all the better for it) and pancetta that tastes distinctly of spring even in the depths of winter. The salsa verde cuts through the richness with its bright acidity, whilst shavings of aged pecorino add that essential sharp, salty note. We wish they were open Sundays, as it carries the same comfort as the very best roast dinner.

For something altogether more delicate, the cipollotti onion with caprino fresco from Piedmont is sublime. The sweet baby onions are charred enthusiastically over coals until just-bitter and caramelised, and paired with creamy goat’s cheese that’s been finished with grape must, creating a dish that manages to be both rustic and refined. It’s the sort of plate that reminds you why Italian cooking is so revered – seemingly simple combinations that reveal layers of satisfying flavour with each bite.

But perhaps the star of the show is the fennel sausage from Tuscany, broken up and nestled with fregola, and finished with an assertive potato crumb and gremolata. The sausage, lightly fermented and funky, sits up nicely against the nutty fregola. That potato crumb might sound like an affectation, but it adds a textural element that lifts the whole dish, whilst the bright gremolata prevents things from becoming too heavy. It’s an absolute triumph, and soup enough that all you need is a spoon to eat it.

Don’t skip dessert. The tiramisu with orange and nutmeg has already achieved a certain following amongst Bristol’s food-obsessed, and rightly so. It’s the kind of dessert that makes you close your eyes and sigh with satisfaction.

The wine list focuses on natural and biodynamic producers from across Italy, with several interesting bottles available by the glass. What’s not to like here?

With most dishes under £20, RAGU offers exceptional value for cooking of this calibre. Bookings are recommended but walk-ins are actively encouraged – it’s the kind of place that welcomes everyone from solo diners seeking an aperitif to families wanting a full Italian feast.

Website: ragurestaurant.com

Address: Unit 25, cargo 2, Museum St, Bristol BS1 6ZA


Souk Kitchen, Southville

Ideal for light, bright Middle Eastern food…

Souk Kitchen has established itself as a standout destination in Bristol’s dining scene, offering a menu that thoughtfully combines Middle Eastern and North African culinary traditions with high-quality local ingredients. It’s a match made in heaven.

Sitting pretty opposite the always-rammed Tobacco Factory Theatres in ever-buzzier Southville (Sonny Stores, also part of our IDEAL 22, is just two minutes down the road if you’re up for a tasty one-two punch), SOUK Kitchen is perhaps a restaurant best enjoyed in the daytime. During the lunch hours, the room feels light and bright, a vibe that feels in synergy with what’s on the plate.

The restaurant is renowned for its freshly flavoured, punchy but comforting dishes, such as the Anatolian lamb yahni and the chicken tagine with ginger and prune, which showcase the depth and diversity of the regions’ flavours. The ever-changing seasonal menu ensures a fresh and dynamic dining experience, with the mezze selection always a treat.

The popular weekend brunch features robust options like the Tunisian shakshuka, alongside a well-executed bloody Mary. SOUK Kitchen’s dedication to local sourcing is evident, with meats and breads procured from nearby suppliers, reflecting a commitment to community and quality.

Following its success, SOUK Kitchen expanded with a café and deli in Clifton, mirroring the original location’s menu and offering the added convenience of a retail space for their unique spice blends. The mothership is still the one we’re drawn to, however. 

The drinks, including a wonderfully floral quince martini and very grown-up tasting blood orange margarita, complement the vivid, vibrant food with a similarly creative touch. What a lovely restaurant SOUK Kitchen is, and certainly of Bristol’s best.

Website:  soukitchen.co.uk

Address: 277 North St, Southville, Bristol BS3 1JP 


The Spiny Lobster, Whiteladies Road

Ideal for a grilled seafood feast…

As much as we’d love to keep eating around Bristol’s best restaurants until we actually die, we’re pretty stuffed, sleepy and ready to phone in this last entry to our IDEAL 22. 

All you need to know about Spiny Lobster on Whiteladies Road is that it’s both a fishmongers and grill, with all the freshness and smoke that suggests. Indeed, the fish and shellfish here is sourced daily from Brixham in Devon, and the charcoal grill is always burning. It is, quite simply, a glorious place to dine for those who live all things seafood.

Website:  thespinylobster.co.uk

Address: 128-130, Whiteladies Rd, Clifton, Bristol BS8 2RS

You can read more about it in our rundown of the best seafood restaurants in Bristol. You know what? We think we might be ready for bed…

The Best Restaurants In Camden, London

From its humble beginnings in the 1790s as a residential area developed by Sir Charles Pratt, Camden has transformed into one of London’s most visited boroughs. Once home to Charles Dickens, George Bernard Shaw and JB Priestley, now it’s one of the most thriving multicultural places in the UK, with its almost 300’000 residents speaking over 140 languages and dialects between them, and the local council placing diversity at the forefront of its thinking.

The area’s transformation began in earnest with the construction of the Grand Union Canal and the arrival of the railway in the 19th century, cementing Camden’s role as a pivotal industrial and transportation centre, but it’s the 1960s which marked a significant cultural revolution in Camden Town, with the rise of rock and psychedelia. Venues like the Roundhouse became the epicentre of this movement, where music, culture, politics, and youthful vigour converged, laying the groundwork for the area’s enduring association with alternative culture and creativity. 

Camden Market, which started as a modest arts and crafts fair in the backyard of Dingwalls, has grown into London’s largest market (and the city’s fourth most popular attraction, with 250’000 visitors a week), open seven days a week. Its rapid expansion from a temporary Sunday market reflects the area’s burgeoning popularity and its reputation as something of a culinary destination, even if much of Camden’s best food is often actually found beyond its 6.5 hectares.

In any area boasting such vast and varied influences, wonderful food is bound to follow. And so it is in Camden, a microcosm of global flavours, both in fine dining and street food form. Today, we’re checking out the very best. From traditional fish and chips to homestyle Portuguese cooking, here’s where to eat in Camden Town, and the best restaurants in Camden.

Roger’s Kitchen

Ideal for award-winning Jamaican cooking with soul and swagger…

On a stretch of Camden Road where the iconic railway bridge (soon feature the Camden Highline) looms overhead, something rather special is happening. Crowned Best Restaurant at the 2023 UK Caribbean Food Awards, Roger’s Kitchen has the rare quality of a place that knows exactly what it wants to be – and absolutely nails it.

The story here is remarkable: the eponymous chef Roger Shakes started as a pot washer in London in 1999, worked his way up to feeding A-listers at the legendary Mango Room including Grace Jones, Spike Lee, and Prince (funny to read his name so near to mention of 1999), then struck out on his own in 2020, armed with nothing but his grandparents’ recipes from Westmoreland, Jamaica and an obsession with getting things right.

That combination of heritage and precision turned out to be a winning formula, and shines proudly in every dish coming from the pass – perhaps even more so now he’s cooking in memory of his cousin Derrick Blake, the Mango Room owner who encouraged him to open his own place, and who sadly passed away last year.

Take the curry goat, the kind of dish that makes you abandon all sense of decorum and gnaw the bones clean like some kind of all-spice crazed beast. There’s a depth to the sauce that speaks of hours of patient cooking, the meat falling apart with just the suggestion of pressure from your fork. Whilst the £23 price tag might have some turning on their heels, the aromas of the dish will have them pulling a comical 180 like off a cartoon. The chargrilled jerk chicken is just as good, and comes with a choice of sauces – the spicy jerk version delivers that perfect balance of heat and aromatics that makes proper jerk so addictive.

Images via @rogerskitchen.co.uk

Shakes can do fine dining, too; the scallops with mango salsa is refreshingly unpretentious in its punchiness. The seafood platter is a proper feast that stops conversations at neighbouring tables, and at under £30 is decent value, too. Even the vegan curry – often an afterthought in Caribbean spots – is a triumph of texture and flavour, loaded with pumpkin, courgette and okra in quantities that would make your gastroenterologist proud.

The dining room itself hits that sweet spot between smart and relaxed – white tablecloths, yes, but you’ll never feel like a heathen for laughing too loudly.

The set menu (£55 for three courses) is an absolute steal, though first-timers should go à la carte to properly explore. The ‘Sparkling Saturdays’ lunch deal at £35 for two courses with drinks lives up to Shakes’ professed philosophy, that “sometimes it’s not even about money, it’s about making people happy.”

All of this adds up to tables have been increasingly hard to come by since that award win, but persistence pays off. This is our favourite restaurant in Camden, make no mistake.

Website: rogerskitchen.co.uk

Address: 71 Camden Rd, London NW1 9EU


Poppie’s

Ideal for fish and chips with a heavy dose of nostalgia

The proprietor of Poppies has been mastering the art of fish and chips since 1945, and it’s this extensive experience that has allowed him to perfect one of the UK’s most cherished meals.

At Poppies, just across Regent’s Canal from Camden Market, the focus is on fun (more on that in a moment) and authentic, traditional cooking. The fish, sourced from Billingsgate daily, is as fresh as that sourcing suggests, the batter is crisp and with delicate pockets of air, and the chips are just the right shade of beige. It’s a combination that’s hard to resist. 

In addition to the star attraction, we also suggest trying a serving of the jellied eels. These slippery little delicacies are a longstanding symbol of London’s food scene, and the owner continues to honour this tradition by featuring them on the menu. Extra chilli vinegar, please! 

It’s not just the food that draws the crowds in. The 110 sister restaurant is playful, with a nostalgic setting, transporting diners back to the later 1940’s and “London’s after the war rebirth”. If you didn’t know, fish and chips were part of British wartime history. On a recent instagram post, Poppies explains that this iconic British dish was “the only food never rationed in order to maintain morale and bring comfort in a time of crisis. It was also a method of identifying allies on the front line – if you shouted ‘fish’ and the reply was ‘chips’ you knew you were amongst friends”. We digress…

…Back to those interiors – there’s loads of memorabilia on the walls, with the fixtures and fittings all reclaimed or repurposed items from in and around Camden itself. To hammer the point home, waitresses wear period uniforms from Camden Lock Market.

We know that some of you might be cringing right now – themed restaurants are naff right? Well, like itself Camden, Poppies has somehow made it cool. And in true Camden style, there is an upstairs performance lounge with live music on Friday and Saturdays. Encore!

Websitepoppiesfishandchips.co.uk

Address30 Hawley Cres, London NW1 8QR


Read5 IDEAL places to get your fish and chip fix in London


Three Uncles

Ideal for possibly the best roasted Chinese meats in the capital…

You won’t miss Three Uncles as you enter the Hawley Wharf section of Camden Market; look not for three middle-aged men dispensing advice on hanging picture frames and cracking terrible puns but rather, a glowing red signage, and swaying roast duck and crispy pork. Is there any better sight when you’re hungry?

Photo by Max on Unsplash
This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is three-uncle.avif

Indeed, Three Uncles stands as something of a beacon around these parts for those in pursuit of authentic Hong Kong-style roasted meats. Founded by a trio of childhood friends and culinary aficionados – Cheong Yew (Uncle Lim), Pui Sing Tsang (Uncle Sidney), and Mo Kwok (Uncle Mo) – the establishment first opened its doors near Liverpool Street station in 2019. 

Since then, it has brought its roast meats over rice to the heart of Camden, and we’re so glad that they did. From the crispy-skinned pork belly to the richly flavoured duck and the sweet, honey-glazed char siu, this is some of the most satisfying (and best value) food in all of London.

Each dish is served in a straightforward manner with no frippery, atop a bed of perfectly fluffy rice with a choice of sauces that range from rock sugar and soy to spring onion and ginger. The house chilli oil, a necessary accompaniment, adds a welcome kick. And all of this will set you back little more than a tenner. Which gives you the perfect excuse, we think, to order a second round…

WebsiteThreeuncles.co.uk

Address2nd Floor, Hawley Wharf, Water Ln., London NW1 8AA


ReadWhere to eat near Liverpool Street Station


The Parakeet

Ideal for carefully sourced produce cooked over fire in the most convivial of settings…

Okay, we accept we’re venturing a little out of Camden for this one, but the buzz generated around the Parakeet since its opening just two years ago makes it worth the twenty minute trek north into Kentish Town.

The head chef here is Ben Allen, who earned his (dry-aged) chops at Brat. The menu here follows a similarly singular vision, of cooking carefully-sourced produce over fire. In fact, the sous chef at the Parakeet is also formerly of Brat, ensuring the coals are burning just right, the smokiness imparted in the dishes here is alluring rather than acrid, and there’s a faint sense of the incestual to proceedings.

First though, a couple of pints at the bar, as The Parakeet remains proudly, resolutely a pub, with locals dropping in for a crisp, frothy pint of N1 from the Hammerton Brewery, without ever having to tuck into a plate of tomato and green strawberry if they don’t wish to.

You should, though, alongside a blistered and burnished tranche of brill, here served with salty-sweet guanciale and tiny brown shrimp. Let’s hear it, too, for the grilled prawns with brown butter, with brains left on for squeezing directly into your mouth from a great height, like you’re the most extra guest at the bacchanal.

There’s a great, compact biodynamic wine list here too, with several available by the carafe, which is always a pleasure to see. And drink. Get stuck into the Verdicchio Di Gino, which is nutty and expressive, and the perfect foil for that brill. A carafe is £17, which isn’t bad value in a place with obvious red book ambitions. 

Just don’t bring your dog here

Anyway, enough of all that – you can read our full review of Parakeet if you’re keen to learn more.

Websitetheparakeetpub.com

Address256 Kentish Town Rd, London NW5 2AA


Half Cut Market

Ideal for natural wine bar dining with charcoal-grilled cooking credentials…

There must be something about Kentish Town that draws ex-Brat chefs into its boozier kitchens, because here you’ll find another…

Although let’s be honest, actually finding Half Cut Market requires a little effort. You’ll have to venture into that curious stretch of York Way between Kentish Town and Caledonian Road that nobody’s quite worked out how to name. Is it Holloway? Cally Road? Technically Islington but definitely not? The founders may have solved this by dubbing it the “York Way Riviera”, which points not only to the location but also to the pleasingly tongue-in-cheek posture that Half Cut does rather well.

What began in 2021 as a bottle shop and deli from four hospitality veterans – Danny Eilenberg, Edwin Methu, Paul Rosser and Holly Willcocks – has evolved into a fully fledged restaurant that manages the rare trick of being a wine bar, shop and serious eating destination all at once. Willcocks, who also handles the wine programme at Mountain in Soho, curates a list of around 80 natural bottles that The Times recognised when naming Half Cut one of the 45 best wine bars in the UK.

The kitchen is run by Aidan Richardson, who previously worked at Michelin-starred Brat, and the Brat influence shows in the cooking methods employed. Much of the menu gets treated to time over a Japanese Konro grill, imparting that subtle smokiness that made Richardson’s previous employer such a hit. The difference here is you won’t need to remortgage for the privilege – most dishes sit comfortably under £25, with many under a tenner.

The menu changes regularly based on what’s available from their suppliers – regeneratively farmed meat from the Ethical Butcher, day boat fish from Fin & Flounder, regeneratively grown flour from Wildfarmed and fruit and veg from Natoora. As is obligatory in a place like this, slicks of Cantabrian anchovies appear as a drinking snack, but here they’re paired with kumquat and persimmon, a marriage we haven’t seen elsewhere and one that certainly works.

That sets the tone for some more interesting substantial plates, including a slow-grilled chicken with jerk sauce, a pork, plum and spring onion skewer, and a grilled butterflied mackerel with roast pepper and smoked carrot sauce. The cheese and potato flatbread seems to hit every single table, arriving blistered from the grill and puffing out steam when punctured. It has enough richness to warrant sharing (or not, depending on your willpower). Further sides of fried garlic and honey potatoes or badger flame beetroot salad are worth ordering even when you think you’re full.

Desserts take themselves seriously here, with a toffee apple eclair that the menu helpfully suggests pairing with Avallen Calvados apple brandy – a recommendation worth following. Unsurprisingly, the wine list deserves your full attention. By the glass, the Guy Allion Sauvignon Blanc brings exactly the kind of zippy, herbaceous bite that works with those Cantabrian anchovies, whilst the Du Grappin Aligoté offers more structure if you’re tackling the mackerel. Glasses start from £7 for the Albizu Tempranillo, a ripe, natural Rioja that won’t punish your wallet if you fancy a follow-up.

The booze is decent value, generally. Cocktails hover around a tenner – the Half Cut Martini brings gin, vodka, vermouth and Perello olive brine together in the right proportions, whilst the mezcal negroni does what it says on the tin and definitely doesn’t, erm, come in a tin. There’s a decent selection of low and no-alcohol options for those of us attempting Stoptober, Dry January or simply showing some restraint.

The space itself leans into that wine bar aesthetic – neons, a bouncing ’90s playlist, dim lighting that makes everyone look better than they probably do in daylight. The west-facing pavement terrace catches the evening sun during the warmer months, which on a Friday tends to be reliably busy with locals doing a very barebones kind of passiagata.

It’s open Tuesday through Saturday evenings, with the shop element operating during those hours for takeaway bottles. Free parking outside for an hour, unrestricted after 7pm, which is a genuine rarity in this part of London.

Website: halfcut.world

Address: 396 York Wy, London N7 9LW


Daphne

Ideal for time-honoured Greek-Cypriot cooking in a charmingly traditional setting…

Tucked away on Bayham Street, just far enough from Camden’s tourist thoroughfares to feel like a genuine neighbourhood spot, Daphne has been serving faithfully rendered Greek-Cypriot cuisine since the 1950s. The restaurant, run by the Lymbouri family since their taking over in 1984, stands as a cherished reminder of when this pocket of London was known as the ‘Peloponnese Triangle’ due to its thriving Greek and Cypriot community.

After a 20-month closure for extensive renovations, Daphne reopened at the end of 2014, much to the relief of its loyal clientele (and to us, even if it does mean an hour on the overground to get here). Eleven years on, and whilst the refurbishment may have done away with the beloved roof terrace (owner Nicholas Lymbouri’s knees aren’t what they used to be), everything else that made this place special remains, including the wonderfully intimate atmosphere that makes every meal feel like a family gathering.

The ground floor dining room manages that rare feat of feeling both polished and homely, with the distinctive dark green wooden panelling and latticed room dividers thankfully still in place, segmenting the space into intimate dining nooks, just as it always has been. These are complemented by crisp white tablecloths and walls adorned with black-and-white photographs of Cypriot village life, creating an atmosphere that feels both traditional and quietly sophisticated. The current setup, with its thirty or so covers, creates exactly the kind of intimate atmosphere where lingering over lunch or dinner feels not just possible but essential.

The menu reads like a greatest hits of Greek-Cypriot cuisine, starting with the mezedes that are essential to any proper Hellenic feast. The taramasalata here is properly fishy and whipped to just the right consistency, while koubes – those deep-fried bulgur wheat parcels stuffed with minced lamb – arrive crisp and aromatic, demanding to be doused with lemon juice. The spanakopita might be a touch oily for some tastes, but the ratio of spinach to feta in the filling is spot on.

For mains, the kleftiko (slow-cooked lamb) is a standout, falling off the bone after its long marinade in lemon and herbs. The souvlaki options – available in lamb, pork or chicken variations – benefit from proper charcoal grilling, even if they occasionally lack that deep smokiness you might find in Cyprus proper. Each main comes with a choice of sides; we’d recommend the rice and a Greek salad strewn with proper barrel-aged feta.

The real draw here though might be the more humble, homestyle dishes that speak to the restaurant’s village roots. These recipes trace back to Dora, Nicholas’s mother’s village between Limassol and Paphos. The louvi (black-eyed beans with spinach) and the fadgi (a Middle Eastern-influenced lentil pilaf with fresh tomatoes) are exactly the kind of sustaining, soulful fare that keeps regulars coming back decade after decade. That, and the wonderfully maternal service from the Lymbouri family, who treat first-timers like old friends and old friends like family.

While the portions might be more restrained than at some of London’s other Greek establishments (you’ll want to order sides), the pricing remains remarkably fair for central London, with most mains hovering around the £15 mark. The set lunch menu, at £12.50 for two courses, represents particularly good value.

Daphne might not be breaking new culinary ground, but that’s precisely the point. This is time-honoured cooking done with care and integrity, served in surroundings that transport you straight to the Mediterranean. In an area increasingly dominated by temporary pop-ups and passing food trends, there’s something deeply comforting about a restaurant that knows exactly what it is and does it with such unwavering conviction. As Nicholas notes, some 70% of their customers are regulars – in today’s fickle dining scene, that speaks volumes.

Instagram: @daphne_restaurant

Address: 83 Bayham St, London NW1 0AG


Pick & Cheese

Ideal for when all you want is a comforting plate of cheese…

Camden’s fromage aficionados congregate in one place and one place only when they’re looking to get their kicks, and that’s at the formerly, prosaically named Cheese Bar, now known as Pick and Cheese.

Something of a Camden Market institution, you might think you’d walked into a new branch of Barrafina upon entering; the horseshoe counter seating around a central bar is reliably a throng of chatter and cheer. That’s until you cast your eyes towards the end of that bar, and into several ceiling high fridges full of wheels of the good stuff.

The operation has changed somewhat since the relaunch as Pick and Cheese back in August. There is now a rotating belt of different cheeses and charcuterie, forever spinning, cyclical like life or, indeed, a cheese wheel, with plates priced according to colour; white plates (a little Keen’s Cheddar, perhaps some Lincolnshire Poacher) are £4.35, all the way up to more exclusive or labour-intensive yellow plates of goats’ cheese doughnuts or yoghurt, lemon and honey cheesecake, at £6.55.

Dedicated to celebrating the very best of British cheese, with every item on the menu showcasing the surprising diversity of the UK’s cheese-making talent, diners don’t come just to sample the raw material here; arguably the biggest draw are the ‘off-belt’ grilled cheese sandwiches, which are served with a gentle, almost austere reverence for the cheese they’re showcasing. You’ll find no overloaded, gimmicky sarnies here. The simple cheddar and onion is a case in point; funky but fresh, it’s sublime.

For a proper indulgence, every Wednesday Pick and Cheese offers Bottomless Cheese sessions, which sees an hour and fifteen minutes of 25 different cheeses and charcuterie, all-you-can-eat style. It will set you back the princely sum of £29.50, which isn’t bad for a feast of cheese lasting almost the length of a football match. Now all you need alongside it is a glass or two of the Louis Guntrum Riesling, which is richly poised, and perfect for the more acidic elements of a little Ogleshield.

Websitethecheesebar.com

AddressUnit 93 – 94, Chalk Farm Rd, Chalk Farm, London NW1 8AH


Gökyüzü Kentish Town

Ideal for keenly priced Turkish feasting…

Gökyüzü, a pleasant ten minute walk from Camden Market, continues the acclaimed legacy of the Gökyüzü chain (there are three other branches in Green Lanes Harringay, which Grace Dent reviewed fondly in the Guardian, Walthamstow and Chingford Mount) with another knockout offering in Kentish Town. 

Gökyüzü, which translates to ‘sky’ in Turkish, offers a dining experience that soars above the ordinary, steeped in tradition but given the most reverential, gentle of modern spins. Sure, the dining area may feel a little corridor-like and lacking in natural light, with shadows cast over the further corners of the room, but there’s plenty of vivid flavours on the plate and attentive, cheerful service to brighten the mood.

Run by the Yavuz family, Gökyüzü is a product of a familiar story; a family moves to the UK and finds the food of their homeland not represented as they’d like. Cue the deployment of a grandparent’s secret recipes, a mix of local producers and spices flown in from the motherland, and an authentic restaurant is born. 

As you walk in, there’s a charcoal grill being tended to on your right and a fridge with various kebabs and vegetable skewers on display, emphasising the freshness of the product. At Gökyüzü, that product culminates in a menu that is a tribute to the diverse culinary heritage of Turkey, with specialities ranging from succulent, charred kebabs, served generously with a big smear of house hummus, to meze, aromatic pide and freshly baked lahmacun. Order the latter – super thin, crisp but pliable – squeeze on a little lemon, add some pickles and parsley, and roll one up. Repeat the process; it’s damn good.

Move on to the restaurant’s signature platter, featuring both lamb and chicken shish, ribs, wings, chops and doners. It’s served with rice and bulgur wheat, and arrives as an imposing, intimidating pile, the meat blackened in just the right places but tender within. Designed for two to three people, it could easily feed six, let’s be honest guys. At £67, it’s an absolute steal.

Order an Efes Draft or two to go with, and be confused that it arrives in a bottle. No matter, the honeyed maltiness of the beer is just the right match for that kiss of the charcoal that runs through everything on the plate.

A complementary salad to start and Turkish tea to finish shows off the excellent hospitality which the restaurant group (and country) are famed for.

Website: gokyuzurestaurant.co.uk

Address: 339 Kentish Town Rd, London NW5 2TJ


Tokyo Retro

Focusing on a more ‘maternal‘, homestyle Japanese cooking, this izakaya on Camden High Street is run by two Japanese women who fled Clapham in 2022 when their landlord hiked the rent at their original spot on Abbeville Road by 170%. We’re kinda glad they moved on. Just sixty seconds’ walk from Mornington Crescent tube, the new outpost has already built a following among homesick Japanese expats and locals who care implicitly about the difference between real sushi rice and the sticky stuff you get elsewhere.

On the menu, expect izakaya classics rendered faithfully. So, that’s liberally glazed but not overly sweet nasu dengaku, takoyaki octopus balls that are just the right side of gummy, and chicken karage that’s craggy and perfect for it.

Do be aware that Tokyo Retro only opens in the evenings, Tuesday through Saturday. Book ahead or risk disappointment – word has spread since they arrived in NW1, and the small space fills quickly. It’s worth the effort; it’s a wonderfully welcoming restaurant to sink into. The owners remember faces and preferences, treating regulars like family members who’ve come round for dinner.

Yes, service can slow down when they’re busy. Yes, the space is humble and unassuming. But when you’re eating grilled eel this good, who cares about the wallpaper?

Instagram: @tokyo_retro

Address: 13 Camden High St, London NW1 7JE


Purezza

Ideal for dairy and gluten free pizza that actually tastes great…

Holding the distinction of being the UK’s first entirely vegan pizzeria, a title it has proudly held since its inception in 2015, Purezza is the brainchild of Stefania Evangelisti and Tim Barclay, born out of a desire to revolutionise plant-based dining. 

Established in Brighton, the UK’s Vegan Capital, Purezza is the first plant-based pizzeria in the UK. They specialise in vegan, gluten-free sourdough pizzas that are innovative and full of flavour. They have expanded their operations with branches in Camden (were we’re dining today, of course), Bristol, and Hove, maintaining their high-quality standards across all locations.

Their pizzas are far from the typical, bland, artificial-tasting vegan options. They use large wood-fired ovens to bake pizzas that could rival any traditional Neapolitan pizzeria. The dough is allowed to mature for forty-eight hours, and their signature vegan mozzarella, made from brown rice, took two years to perfect. It’s as close to the real thing as you can get in a vegan version.

The name Purezza, which translates to ‘purity’ and sounds, erm, a bit like ‘pizza’, reflects their commitment to using fresh, seasonal vegetables to enhance their pizzas. Their Parmagiana Party pizza, crowned as the ‘National Pizza of the Year’ at the National Pizza Awards a few years back, is a must-try. This recognition was a significant achievement for a vegan pizza.

That was 2018, and things have gone even better since, Purezza’s pear and blue pizza a case in pointp – think a luscious white base, creamy mozzarella, and the bold tang of blue cheese, softened and sweetened with juicy pears, crunchy walnuts, and a fiery twist of chilli jam. There’s a joke in here about pizza pear-fection, but someone else has already made it.

Purezza is arguably the best vegan pizza in London, and perhaps even in the entire UK. It’s certainly one of our favourite restaurants in Camden.

Websitepurezza.co.uk

Address: 45-47 Parkway, London NW1 7PN


ReadThe best pizza restaurants in Brighton and Hove


La Patagonia

Ideal for the all-Argentinian steakhouse experience done right…

This family-run establishment prides itself on delivering the finest Argentinian food in London, with a menu that promises to transport you straight to the heart of South America. 

La Patagonia largely succeeds in that aim, its transportative quality certainly not harmed by the restaurant’s central parrilla – complete with crank handle and chain – and the sizzling steaks that have bedded down so happily on its bars.

Before you get stuck into Argentina’s finest prime sirloin (£27.90 for 300g), first get lost in the savoury folds of the restaurant’s homemade empanadas, the traditional beef mince version, piquant from green olives, has pastry that boasts that chalky quality that defines a truly great Argentinian pastry. Then, it’s on to the headliner, which throws its bolero hat into the ring of London’s best steaks, with a gnarly yet uniform bark from the high heat of the charcoal grill and a pleasant pinkness within. That faint, reassuring tang of the farmyard brings you home.

Unsurprisingly, it’s an all Argentinian wine list here, with an eminently drinkable Malbec San Telmo Reserva clocking in at just £6.75 a glass. Lovely stuff. Just be sure to book if you’re heading here at the weekend; this place gets busy.

Websitelapatagonia.co.uk

Address31 Camden High St, London NW1 7JE


Seto

Ideal for one of London’s best (and most affordable) bowls of ramen…

Head south down Camden High Street away from the market, and in ten minutes you’ll come to one of London’s best value Japanese restaurants, Seto.

Whilst we’re tempted to describe Seto as a ‘hidden gem’ or one of ‘London’s best kept secrets’, that would be a little disingenuous, as it’s consistently rammed with locals, visitors and passersby, all drawn to the £9 lunchtime ramen menu, with an extensive choice of around 10 versions of the beloved noodle soup on offer.

One of London’s best bowls of ramen, we’re big fans of the Shoyu here, light yet packing real depth, with properly fatty, unctuous slices of pork floating within. You get five or six of those slices. For that price tag, Seto has no need to be so generous, but this is a welcoming, family-run neighbourhood spot, and that’s always been the vibe here. Long may it continue. 

Instagram@setojapans

Address: 5-6 Plender St, London NW1 0JN


ReadThe best ramen restaurants in Soho


O Tino

Ideal for Portuguese homecooking that nourishes the soul…

We end our tour of Camden’s best restaurants in the warm embrace of O Tino, a beloved spot that has been doing gloriously satisfying Portuguese homecooking since 2009. It’s a lovely place to settle into, with husband and wife team Florentino and Elisabete working the floor and Liga Portugal 2 matches ticking away on the tele (at least on our visit here, anyway).

Unsurprisingly, salt cod features heavily on the menu, with bacalhau the focal point of five or six dishes. We went for the classic dish of bacalhau a bras, which sees salt cod mixed with scrambled eggs and crisp matchstick potatoes, and this was a fine version indeed, as good as we’ve eaten in Lisbon. Alongside, clams in white wine called for plenty of bread for mopping up those briny, beautiful juices. Mop we did.

The only, though, is the arroz de marisco, the country’s beloved seafood rice dish. This one needs to be ordered with 24 hour’s notice, but you won’t regret deploying a little foresight. Pair it with a glass of Vinho Verde and you could be in a little backstreet of Lisbon.

If you’re up for a quick lunch, O Tino also does an excellent job of piri-piri chicken, here served with chips and salad for just £14. Result!

Websiteotinorestaurant.co.uk

Address1 Plender St, London NW1 0JS

The Best Restaurants In Notting Hill

The film, the carnival, the market not the mushroom, The Clash, Stella McCartney, Damon Albarn and Robbie Williams. Yep, Notting Hill is many things to many people, but a foodie destination it has not traditionally been.

All that has changed in recent years, with a slew of recent exciting openings and not one but two 3 Michelin-starred restaurants (fuck me, that’s an ugly bout of counting) drawing the plaudits and punters just west of centre, all searching for a good feed and a silly little snap of those rainbow coloured facades. 

If you’ve landed in Notting Hill packing an appetite and a thick wallet, then you’re in luck; there are plenty of restaurants to see off that hunger in style. These are those; here are the best restaurants in Notting Hill.

Akub, Uxbridge Street

Ideal for refined Palestinian cooking that tells a story…

Just a minute’s walk from Notting Hill Gate tube station to Uxbridge Street, and suddenly everything gets ever so residential, with a row of cute houses in shades of Trio’politan, The Uxbridge Arms as a decent local boozer, and one of the best neighbourhood restaurants you could hope for in Akub.

The hunter green frontage – a muted contrast to its pastel-hued neighbours – gives few hints about the riot of flavours found inside this modern Palestinian restaurant, the brainchild of Franco-Palestinian restaurateur Fadi Kattan, who also owns Fawda in Bethlehem. 

Fadi’s mission is to bring the diverse, sophisticated culinary traditions of Palestine to London’s food scene, and, all in all, we think it’s mission complete. Because Akub, despite only having been open for 18 months, has already received rave reviews in several national newspapers; ‘near-perfect’, ‘absolutely ravishing’ and ‘cumulative harmony’ have all been thrown at the place in the past year. More importantly, it’s full pretty much every day of the week, except Mondays, when it’s shut.

At the stoves is head chef Mathilde Papazian, who has spent considerable time in Bethlehem mastering the intricacies of traditional Palestinian cuisine. She brings a certain flair to dishes that celebrate the country’s rich culinary heritage and British seasonal produce. It’s a marriage made in heaven, all poised piquancy, heady spicing and loads and loads of imported Palestinian olive oil, which is some of the world’s best. 

It’s all grounded by some excellent bread. Hitting the table warm, the zaatar manakeesh is made texturally intriguing by a shower of toasted sesame seeds. Perfect for sharing and tearing, and dragging through Akub’s trio of dips. 

There’s a sense of dexterity and balance to the cooking here, apparent in dishes like a gorgeously rich short rib fatteh, the beef’s inherent unctuousness levelled out with garlic yoghurt and pomegranate. Or, the grilled Nabulsi cheese. Arriving with a uniform golden crust, its assertive briny notes are tempered by an allium-adjacent, off-bitter nigella seed oil.

Best of all, a slow cooked lamb neck – the humble cut elevated with fenugreek, cumin, and allspice, and served with red shatta (a Middle Eastern hot sauce made with red chillies and peppers) mayo. It looks faintly obscene, but boy does it taste good.

Alongside, there’s a selection of Palestinian and Jordanian wines, as well as imported Taybeh beer – an elite level local lager if ever there was one – and the obligatory arak, the world’s oldest spirit and one whose aniseed assertiveness is a wonderfully refreshing way to reset after the meal. 

The intimate and stylish setting of Akub is adorned with nods to Palestinian culture, such as a beautiful Tatreez tapestry and an olive tree, symbolising the ‘right of return’ for the Palestinian people. Indeed, Akub not only serves as one of Notting Hill’s culinary highlights, but also as a place that honours the heritage and resilience of the Palestinian community.

Without doubt, this is our favourite restaurant in Notting Hill, and one more than ever deserving of patronage and support. 

Address: 27 Uxbridge St, London W8 7TQ

Website: akub-restaurant.com


The Barbary, Westbourne Grove

Ideal for vibrant Barbary Coast cooking in a room that’s pure jaw-dropping theatre…

Eight years after opening their tiny, counter-only original in Neal’s Yard, Zoë and Layo Paskin have brought The Barbary to Notting Hill in considerably grander style. 

And what style it is – this Grade II-listed corner spot, designed by Archer Humphryes, is an absolute stunner. Flooded with natural light from wraparound windows, the 75-seat space features a crack-glazed volcanic stone bar, a distinctive woven wicker panelled ceiling, and Paavo Tynell straw pendants that cast a warm glow over proceedings (if the sun wasn’t already making fine work of that). 

With its midnight blue horseshoe booths and burnt orange upholstery, the whole place has a rich, 1970s lounge vibe that strikes a fine balancing act between nostalgic and contemporary. As do the cocktails, it should be said, with the smoked pineapple paloma clearly made with skilled hands. Ditto the saffron negroni, a beautifully perfumed take on a classic.

This is a room you want to drink and dine in during the day, when the flowing, unstoppable light seasons the food with a golden-hour vitality. The cooking here continues The Barbary’s love affair with the vast culinary landscape from Southern Europe to Northern Africa, all tied together by the theatre of open-fire cooking. 

The artichoke alla giudia arrives as a bronzed, crisp flower, each petal shattering to reveal tender heart beneath. Alongside, a spiced labneh isn’t strictly required, but it’s a welcome jolt of piquancy nonetheless. It’s a looker, and the kind of dish that has tables craning their necks when it passes by. The ‘Spicy Plate’ sounds somewhat prosaic, but is a colourful mix of different chillis, some pickled, some grilled and blistered, and with a mound of salsa verde in the middle for totally unnecessary, totally delicious dredging. 

From the wood-fired oven comes their tropea onion and anchovy butter flatbread, the sweet alliums and salty fish creating that perfect sweet-saline balance that makes you immediately order another, the bread itself so light and digestible you don’t ruin the rest of your meal doing so. Anyway, next up is a stone bass tartare so dainty there’s no danger of getting full. In the cloying summer heat, it’s just the ticket.

After all that excitement, some of the larger plates threaten to underwhelm – packing a little less vivacity than those that preceded them – but are satisfying all the same. A bronzed thigh of chicken boasts smoky, bitter char from a judiciously applied coffee crust. Underneath, a pine nut puree (in this economy!) brings a suave balance to the dish.

This is the kind of place to bring someone you’re keen to impress. The room oozes style and combined with the vibrant cooking and the energy that comes from watching the chefs work their magic around that horseshoe counter, The Barbary Notting Hill proves that sometimes bigger really can be better.

Website: thebarbary.co.uk

Address: 112 Westbourne Grove, London W2 5RU


The Ledbury, Ledbury Road

Ideal for when only the finest haute cuisine in the country will do…

Considered by much of the country’s culinary cognoscenti to be England’s finest realisation of haute cuisine, The Ledbury has had one hell of a year, even by the lofty standards the restaurant has set in its twenty decades at the top. 

2024 has seen The Ledbury finally achieve a well-deserved third Michelin star – the highest accolade in the game – 14 years after it received its second. It only took a COVID-enforced, potentially permanent closure, an incredible comeback, a change of head chef and a fancy new mushroom cabinet to make that happen, but my does it feel warranted.

Indeed, there’s been a palpable sense that things had been taken up a notch in the last year or so, with already close to immaculate dishes revised and refined, perfected and polished until there were the most precise expression of time and space, of seasonality and technique, that you’ll likely find anywhere in the country.

This milestone not only underscores The Ledbury’s culinary excellence but also denotes it as one of the rare elite, making it one of only 137 restaurants worldwide to hold the prestigious three star ranking. But that’s not all; June also saw The Ledbury named as the best in the UK at the National Restaurant Awards, a full 12 years since it last held the title. Bravo.

A meal here centres around a £225 tasting menu that pitches each course as headlined by its hero ingredient in sometimes delicate, sometimes robust pairings, ensuring a dining journey that surprises and satisfies in equal measure. Under Chef Graham’s vigilant eye and the adept execution of head chef Tom Spenceley, dishes like line caught red mullet with Wye Valley asparagus, black Perigord truffle and sudachi, a type of Japanese citrus, are perfectly balanced and boasting an unmatchable clarity of flavour.

Graham’s acute understanding of animal husbandry is perhaps the defining feature of The Ledbury, with the restaurant’s game cookery second to none pretty much anywhere on the planet. His pairing of black olive and liquorice with a blushing loin of venison is an inspired, genius touch. To finish, just pray that the iconic brown sugar tart and stem ginger ice cream is on the menu.

Sure, this isn’t your normal neighbourhood restaurant – despite what Graham will claim – but for a special occasion, The Ledbury is arguably the best in the UK at this type of precision fine dining.

Website: theledbury.com

Address: 127 Ledbury Rd, London W11 2AQ


Caractère, Westbourne Park Road

Ideal for when France and Italy collide in tasteful harmony…

At the intersection of Westbourne Park and Ledbury Road, Caractère stands at its own kind of crossroads – where tradition meets innovation, and where the grand culinary powers of France and Italy converge. 

Testament to the experience of its owners, Emily Roux and Diego Ferrari, this contemporary restaurant harmoniously weaves together their respective experiences while boldly charting its own course forward, managing to celebrate the heritage and expertise of its backers while placing one eye – or, you know, both – firmly on the future.

Emily Roux, daughter of the renowned Michel Roux Jr., has carved her own path in the culinary world, choosing not to take over her father’s famed Le Gavroche but instead to create something uniquely hers with Caractère. Together with her husband Diego Ferrari, they have crafted a menu that aims to straddle comfort and innovation. It confidently succeeds in that aim. 

Perhaps the showstopper here – and certainly embodying that approach – is the celeriac cacio e pepe, on the menu from day dot and never likely to leave it. Composed of long strands of celeriac (resembling tagliatelle) coated in a rich and velvety sauce of Pecorino Romano and Parmigiano Reggiano, topped with a few drops of 25 years of age balsamic vinegar and crushed black peppercorns, Emily’s grandfather, the late, great Albert Roux, was said to be besotted with the dish – which is perhaps the highest praise one could bestow here.

Images via Caractere

The name of the restaurant means ‘character’ in French, and there’s certainly plenty of that in the way the menu is uniquely structured around 5 personality traits – ‘Curious’, ‘Subtle’, ‘Delicate’, ‘Robust’ and ‘Greedy’ – each section showcasing different aspects of their French-Italian fusion cuisine. You can either build your own tasting menu, choosing one dish from each trait, for £125, or go a la carte, with a starter, main and dessert for £95. 

That celeriac number is subtle, by the way, whilst of a more robust disposition, a dish of squab pigeon, roasted on the crown and its particularly plump breast a perfect pink, is served with Scottish girolles, halves of cherry and a silky smooth beetroot puree. Its leg is served on the side, foot still attached in an enticing come hither gesture. You know what? We don’t mind if we do…

In lesser hands, that rather idiosyncratic menu might be a little confusing, but the cooking at Caractère boasts such clarity of flavour that any worries are washed away as soon as you’re served. 

Not that our anxiety was particularly high before the first course; the interior of Caractère exudes a casual yet sophisticated charm, with terracotta walls contrasting against white-washed ceiling beams to pleasingly soothing effect.

The dining room features plush velvet seating in deep green and charcoal tones. Glass globe chandeliers cast a warm glow throughout. A dramatic feature wall showcases a moody skyline, and the bar area displays an impressive array of glassware on illuminated shelving. It’s all very evocative, suggestive of a large bill on the horizon, but one you’ll be more than happy to foot.

The winelist is an absolute tour-de-force, too, a 26 page tome that exemplifies the restaurant’s Franco-Italian philosophy, exclusively featuring wines from these two nations. Under the careful curation of sommelier Marco Nardi, the collection emphasises sustainable and traditional winemaking practices, with particular attention to organic, biodynamic, and natural wines. 

The list pays homage to tradition, sure, with plenty of Burgundys and Barolos, but there are welcome nods to innovation, too, most notably through its inclusion of PIWI varieties – fungus-resistant grapes representing sustainable viticulture’s future. For those seeking something beyond wine, Caractère offers a carefully curated selection of craft cocktails, with several creative variations on the classic Negroni paying tribute to Ferrari’s roots.

Let’s just say that the vision here is fully realised, and the locals of Notting Hill seem to agree; it’s constantly packed out, and now earned a star in the Michelin Guide earlier this year, a testament to Emily and Diego’s vision of sophisticated yet approachable dining. The restaurant’s recent appearance on Apple TV’s Knife Edge has likely made snagging a table significantly more difficult, so do book well in advance for this one!

Address: 209 Westbourne Park Rd, London W11 1EA

Website: caractererestaurant.com


Dorian, Talbot Road

Ideal for charcoal-grilled excellence with a side of scene…

Dorian has quickly made a pretty massive name for itself on the London food scene since its opening in October 2022. Founded by Chris D’Sylva, who also owns the Notting Hill Fish Shop and the adjacent meat operation, Dorian was conceived with the aim of creating a bistro that embodies both high-quality technique and an unpretentious charm. It succeeded in both those aims. 

In fact, that description sums up the dining experience at Dorian so astutely that we won’t bother expanding…

…only joking. This vision has been realised and recognised, earning the restaurant a Michelin star in the 2024 Michelin Guide for UK and Ireland a few months back. Offering even more motivation for the team at Dorian, it has become the place for chefs to have a celebratory meal; pretty much every famous face from the culinary world – both in London and further afield – has been there in recent months, if our Instagram feed is to be believed. Which, it is; there’s photographic evidence of it happening.

Indeed, it’s a place that boasts the buzz of a neighbourhood brasserie, but also one that excels in celebrating a single, premium ingredient via the singular technique of charcoal grilling.

Now, grilling over flames has become so ubiquitous across London in recent years that the smoke in our eyes has rather blinded us to the fact that quite a lot of chefs in the city aren’t actually very good at it. We’ve had enough overcooked whole turbot and ice cold but acridly smoked steak to say that with some confidence.

Not so at Dorian, where head chef Max Coen – who has previous at London heavyweight Ikoyi and three-Michelin-starred Frantzén in Stockholm – is a master of the binchotan. 

The menu, stylistically speaking, follows a form very much popularised by Brat, of an A4 longlist of brusque menu descriptors focusing on just one or two ingredients and a hefty price tag that should perhaps be diverted to a copywriter. See; caviar rosti (£35), green asparagus, nettle and yolk (£21), pork chop £44 all the way up to bone in rib-eye (£165, for 2 or 3 people to share). 

That rib-eye (a cross breed of Holstein Dairy cow x Japanese Black Beef cow, reared in North Yorkshire), to be fair, is a masterful piece of work, 50mm thick and arriving with a pronounced crust, an inch layer of buttery yellow, grassy fat, and flesh that is wall-to-wall blushing pink (those chefs on the neighbouring table will be saying “cuisson” and “soigne” with irritating, increasing regularity). A T-bone big enough to wave around Flinstone-style is included for gnawing.

Though not nominally a steak restaurant, Dorian recently ranked as the 27th best in the world in the World’s Best Steak Restaurants list for 2024 (fuck me; when will this end?), and it feels richly, warmly deserved. This is one fine steak worthy of a blowout.

Ignore the tagline on the restaurant’s website that Dorian is ‘a bistro for locals’ – this ain’t Royston Vasey, fellas – and grab a seat at the counter to get a view of the chefs (the ones working here) in action. The enormous wall of wine behind you is a reassuring, tempting presence. Be warned; the wines here start at £50 a bottle. As in, that’s the very cheapest you’ll find. There are some that clock in at over £6000. Perhaps Hugo off Succession is ordering some of these off the Waystar company dime (we keep seeing the affable Fisher Stevens in here, having a right old time). 

Anyway, it’s a classy, monochrome room that you’re tempted to play human chess in if you’re not seated at that bar. Even the snacks arrive on some Toon Army striped greaseproof, a bite of creamy uni draped over a bang-in season Jersey Royal nailing that luxury/humble thing that’s everywhere right now. 

Which is to say, although Dorian posits itself as idiosyncratic – those all caps on Insta do a lot of the hard work – you’ll find boujee London food trends in various guises are all over the menu here. It’s just that the team here has seemingly perfected them. 

Address: 105, 107 Talbot Rd, London W11 2AT

Website: dorianrestaurant.com


Fez Mangal, Ladbroke Grove

Ideal for proper Turkish grill without the faff (and wallet-crushing prices)…

Standing proud and prettily tiled on Ladbroke Grove, a mere kebab’s throw (don’t waste the damn thing doing that!) from the tube station, Fez Mangal has earned its stripes as one of London’s most straightforwardly delicious practitioners of the ancient art of the grill, long before the tatted folks on GBM came along and claimed to have invented cooking meat over fire. T

he first clue that you’re in for something genuinely enjoyable comes from the strings of dried chillis hanging in the window – a touch of theatre, sure, but also a statement of intent. Also; almost impossible to resist using as a spicy hanging punch bag.

The second clue? A crushing aroma of charcoal smoke that’ll catch your throat quite shockingly if you breathe in wrong. Don’t let that – or the queues – put you off; the well-oiled machine that is Fez’s service means you’ll be seated before you can say ‘one portion of ezme salata, please’. Admittedly, that would be a fucking weird thing to say before you’d even sat down, but anyway…

The menu is refreshingly straightforward – none of that ‘carefully curated’ or those ‘refined takes’ here – but that doesn’t mean it lacks finesse. The adana kebab is a masterclass in spicing and fatty, bouncy texture, the minced lamb singing with garlic and chilli, whilst remaining distinctly pastoral-tasting. It’s a delicate balance that many get wrong; Fez gets it spot on.

The lamb beyti is another triumph, the meat wrapped in lavash bread and drowned (in a good way) in tomato sauce and yoghurt. It’s comfort food of the highest order, the kind of thing you crave at both 3pm and 3am. The chicken shish proves that the kitchen knows its way around a bird (ewww) as well as it does its lamb, the chunks of breast meat somehow remaining juicy despite their time over the coals. All are priced at £18.50, and are bloody massive.

But it’s not just about the meat. The supporting cast is equally impressive – proper Turkish bread, pillowy and charred in all the right places, red cabbage that’s actually had some thought put into it (how many times have you had the sad, flavourless variety?), and a garlic sauce that’ll have you breathing fire for days. Worth it, though, as long as you’re not snogging after.

Watch as the pides (Turkish flatbreads) emerge from the clay ovens, their toppings bubbling and edges perfectly charred, and order one of those, too.

Best of all? It’s BYO with no corkage charge. Well, not best of all, but in a city where a glass of house white can set you back a tenner, this is something to be celebrated. Bring a bottle of something nice – these kebabs deserve better than corner shop plonk – and settle in for one of the best value meals in West London.

Not so much a hidden gem anymore – those days are long gone – but rather an institution that reminds us that sometimes the best things in life are the simplest.

Address: 104 Ladbroke Grove, London W11 1PY

Website: fezmangal.net


The Pelican, All Saints Road

Ideal for hearty, honest cooking in a pub that remembers what pubs are for…

The Pelican is the ideal boozer in Notting Hill for those who love a big, hearty feed to go with their John Smith’s. Hey, who doesn’t?

Standing proud on All Saints Road, The Pelican has evolved from your typical local into a modern gastropub under the stewardship of restaurateurs James Gummer and Phil Winser, who took over in 2022, all without losing any of its charm.

This transformation included a revamp of the decor – it’s now all butcher shop tones, leather banquettes, the sound of heels on a sanded wood floor and a menu of meats by weight scrawled on a mirror with chalk – and the installation of Owen Kenworthy as head chef, the kind of solid chef grounded in both the French and British classics. Though Kenworthy has now moved on, his influence over a humble, hearty menu remains.

Menu descriptors are even terser than Dorian’s from a few paragraphs previous. The Pelican’s is basically a shopping list, let’s be honest. Whilst ‘tomatoes, capers’, ‘leek, egg’, ‘hake, parsley’ (would it kill them to chuck an adjective in there so we know how things have been prepared?) all sound a little austere – spiritless, even – there’s fortunately more going on when the plates hit the table. St John-inspired minimalism rather than stinginess, we’d say. A dish of crimson, thinly sliced ox heart with a tangle of celeriac remoulade certainly wouldn’t feel out of place on the stark white tables of Smithfield, with all the top quality that implies.

The Pelican has featured on the increasingly influential Top 50 Gastropubs list, a testament to its quality, but the best part is that it remains a true pub at heart, welcoming patrons for drinks alone without any pretence or need for a feed. Cheers to that.

Address: 45 All Saints Rd, London W11 1HE

Website: thepelicanw11.com


Med Salleh Kopitiam, Inverness Terrace

Ideal for homestyle Malaysian comfort far from home…

We’ve eaten a hell of a lot of grumpily described steaks in this article, and we’re sick of it, quite honestly. Thank the good, syncretistic lord for Med Salleh Kopitam, then, which brings sweet, spicy relief from our meat coma, and a good jolt of vitality in the process.

Visible from the exit of Bayswater underground, Med Salleh Kopitiam is run by Med Pang and Koi Lee, whose passion for authentic Malaysian food shines through in every complex, thoroughly spiced dish.

Much has been written about the restaurant’s absurd, impossibly sweet Devil’s tower of shaved ice, but it wasn’t on when we visited, so we’ll pontificate, instead, on the signature Med’s Grandma Hainanese Chicken Rice, which arrives presented prettily on branded greaseproof and in various shades of turmeric, with three sauces – all pleasingly pungent and powerful – for diners to mix and match to their tastes and tolerances. 

The chicken itself (thigh) is poached to silky perfection, its fatty, flabby skin thankfully left on (much to the chagrin of Torode and Wallace – pricks). It’s the second best bit, dredged through those sauces, the highlight and headliner of course being the rice itself, satin-like in the mouth from a good dose of chicken fat and just wonderfully, insanely comforting. Lay me nude in a bath and cover me in the stuff, please. It’s how I’d like to go out. Yours for just £13.90.

Though the chicken rice is a meal in itself, the roti canai, beef rendang, and chicken satay have also been praised by others who have actually eaten them. For us, it’s all about the signature dish though. We can’t imagine ordering anything else here. 

Just as is so brilliant in the hawker centres of Penang and Kuala Lumpur, Med Salleh Kopitiam has an extensive selection of interesting, invigorating fruit juices and homemade teas. The lime iced tea is particularly good. 

Address: 35-39 Inverness Terrace, London W2 3JS

Website: medsalleh.co.uk


Sumi, Westbourne Grove

Ideal for precision sushi without the stuffiness…

One of Notting Hill’s best restaurants, SUMI is the informal, laid back sister restaurant to sushi master Endo Kazutoshi’s Endo at the Rotunda, which is a fifteen minute Uber ride (if you can bloody get one) west in White City.

Something we’ve found a lot in London in recent years; big, heavy hitting fine dining restaurants often phone it in when it comes to their more ‘casual’, bottom-line-fixated siblings. But at SUMI, it’s immediately clear that just as much care and attention has gone into the place as its kin up the road.

‘Sumi’ is chef Endo’s mother’s name, and this sense of reverence goes far beyond that nod to maternal affection. There’s love and respect in every morsel found on this clear, precise menu, primarily composed of nigiri, sashimi and temaki, the latter a technique developed by the family of Endo Kazutoshi.

There’s also comfort food of sorts here, done the Endo way in the form of A4 Wagyu sirloin grilled over coals (the chefs have several compact Konro grills lined up on the counter). It’s served with charred broccoli and a meat jus (‘SUMI meat sauce’) which has dextrously been lifted by the merest splash of rice vinegar. The effect is akin to the lightest yet most luxurious Sunday lunch you could dream of.

Comfort is a theme that runs through much of the operation at SUMI. The Beef Gohan, a Japanese rice dish that’s baked in a cast iron pots and designed to share, is a wonderfully homely thing. The graceful, studied hospitality only helps you relax into the place more deeply.

Don’t come to SUMI expecting the hushed tones of reverence that some sushi joints have. Instead, come for a nourishing, nurturing, familial vibe in keeping with the restaurant’s namesake.

Address: 157 Westbourne Grove, London W11 2RS

Website: sushisumi.com


Cocotte, Westbourne Grove

Ideal for French rotisserie that’s a cut above your supermarket bird…

Something straightforward to finish our list of the best restaurants in Notting Hill with, where the decision making has largely been made once you’ve settled on the venue. Because Cocotte is all about one thing; chicken.

Specifically, free range, ‘farm to table’ rotisserie chicken, available in quarter, half or full bird portions, at £8, £12 and £22 respectively. The birds, sourced from ​​the premium poultry producing region Pays de la Loire in Western France, are marinated overnight in a secret spice blend before being slowly grilled on the spit, the skin gradually blistering under the heat. Fabulous. 

Throw in a few homemade sauces (the Cocotte’s gravy is basically a jug of umami), a couple of well thought out, healthy-feeling salads, and you’re good to go. 

Come to think of it, ‘good to go’ is an apt phrase; although they have tables, Cocotte is perhaps best enjoyed as a takeaway; their boxes are ideal for a nourishing picnic lunch in nearby Powis Square park.

If you are staying in, consider coming for brunch. Cocotte’s chicken and waffles, which sees a sweet chili basted chicken thigh, a fried egg and a waffle croissant (or croffle), hits all the right notes.

Address: 95 Westbourne Grove, London W2 4UW

Website: mycocotte.uk


For a different take on chicken in the capital, next why not check out our rundown of the best fried chicken in London. Go on, you know you want to…

The Best Restaurants in Tottenham, London

At the start of January 2023, the popular Instagram account Footy Scran revealed their top 5 football grounds in England for food. And, perhaps unsurprisingly since you know we’re scratching around for an introduction before we get to the meat and bones of the piece, Tottenham were included in that top five. 

Alongside such culinary trailblazers as the North West Counties Premier Division’s Avro FC and their esteemed breakfast wrap, the page celebrated a certain fried chicken with a bag of chips served by none other than the Spurs. 

Yours for £8.95 and arriving in a brown recyclable Kraft bowl more synonymous with London’s zeitgeist-baiting food festivals than the footy, it looks genuinely excellent, the golden wings slathered in a couple of buffalo-adjacent sauces and topped with rondelles of jalapeno. Glory glory Tottenham Hotspur, indeed.

All that said, if you’re looking for a truly fantastic feed in this part of town, then you’re probably not going to find it on the site formerly known as White Hart Lane. Fortunately, you don’t have to go much further afield to find great food in the North London neighbourhood. As long as you’ve got this guide in your hand, that is; our roundup of the best restaurants and food in Tottenham, London.

Chuku’s, High Road

Ideal for Nigerian tapas galore…

Chuku’s is, in the restaurant’s own words, ‘’the world’s first Nigerian tapas restaurant’’. In reality, it’s so much more than that, a restaurant ran by two siblings with all the frisson, friction, harmony and laughter that entails. The fact that the food here is incredible is – almost – something of an afterthought, the warm, rambunctious welcome the real draw here.

We say almost because Chuku’s is a genuinely brilliant place to dine, and probably our favourite restaurant in Tottenham. From the adalu honey beans to the caramel kuli kuli wings, every dish is a chart-topper, with the beef meatballs seasoned with a rich, complex suya spice rub an obvious headliner and highlight.

The egusi bowl is a picture perfect piece of work, too, and one that’s mighty fun to eat with it. Scooping up the cassava dumplings and dunking them in the three colourful stews, one made from red peppers and tomatoes, another spinach, coriander and fennel, and the third egusi (blitzed up bitter melon seeds), is a joyful indulgence indeed.

Due to its compact nature and gushing national reviews, booking ahead is essential. Chuku’s is closed on Mondays.

Website: chukuslondon.co.uk

Address: 274 High Rd, London N15 4AJ


Durak Tantuni, West Green Road

Ideal for late-night wraps that cure all ills…

For over two decades, Durak Tantuni has been serving a single dish on West Green Road, just off the main Green Lanes strip. Tantuni – a speciality from the southern Turkish city of Mersin – is made with beef that’s been boiled, chopped, then fried in cotton oil with sumac, cumin and parsley before being loaded into thin lavash bread. Your only decision is whether you want it in a dürüm wrap (£4) or thicker bread (£8), and how many you’re ordering.

You’ll want to order a few of the wraps, basically. The beef comes intensely seasoned and soaked in its own juices, the mince soft and spicy, but with enough texture to feel substantial. A squeeze of lemon is mandatory, as are the piquant green pickled peppers that sit on every table. Some pack serious heat, others less so – it’s a lucky dip situation.

The space is bright and functional, with canteen seating and a cash-only policy. It’s the kind of place where you know exactly what you’re getting, which is part of the appeal. Two regular wraps will sort most appetites, though the larger bread version makes sense if you’re particularly ravenous or haven’t eaten all day.

Open until 2am, Durak Tantuni occupies that essential late-night niche where food quality and convenience converge. It’s been doing this longer than most of the competition, and shows no signs of stopping.

Instagram: @duraktantunisalonu

Address: 390 W Green Rd, London N15 3PX


Chick King, High Road

Ideal for getting to know the reigning monarch of fried chicken…

© Alan Stanton

Chick King has been ruling the roost in this part of London for over 40 years, and just one bite of their expertly fried, confidently spiced chicken will tell you exactly why. You’ll have understood the esteem this place is held in long before that bite, actually, by just looking at the line snaking around the block, especially on matchday.

Expect a queue, a friendly grin from the owner, and fried chicken that’s the stuff of legend. Minimal grease, maximum flavour, and cheap-as-chips prices that bely its regal status, Chick King is Tottenham’s crispy crown jewel, make no mistake.

Facebook: Chick-King

Address: 755 High Rd, London N17 8AH

Read: Where to eat the best fried chicken


Brothers Cafe & Restaurant, High Road

Ideal for a taste of Somalia in North London…

This most unassuming of Somali restaurants serves up fragrant, spiced bariis iskukaris dishes of grilled meats over perfumed rice that are generous enough to satisfy even the heartiest of appetites.

Post-football (Brothers is a ten minute walk down the road from the Spurs stadium) and post-pints, there are fewer more welcome platefuls, with the lamb shank version particularly good. Don’t forget to add some basbaas (Somali chilli sauce) for an extra kick! 

Facebook: Brothers

Address: 552 High Rd, London N17 9SY


True Craft, West Green Road

Ideal for sourdough pizzas that hit the spot…

This gem on West Green Road dishes out sourdough pizzas that, whilst not at the level of London’s very best pizzas, are certainly satisfying, and represent a fine, affordable feed in Tottenham. Their sweet balsamic pepper and mascarpone pizza is the highlight, and when paired with one of True Craft’s speciality beers – the aptly named Tottenham lager is a crisp and clean brew – you really can’t go wrong.

Website: truecraftlondon.co.uk

Address: 68 W Green Rd, South Tottenham, London N15 5NR 


Pembe Sultan Kebab, Fore Street

Ideal for Turkish kebab connoisseurs and late-night munchies…

When the craving for a kebab strikes, there’s no better place in Tottenham (towards Edmonton, admittedly) than Pembe Sultan Kebab. This local favourite is renowned for its succulent, charcoal grilled skewers, lavishly laden doner plates, and a brief selection of Turkish vegetable specialities that are bursting with freshness and vitality.

From the latter section of the menu, the ezme salad is an exemplary version, all precision cut onions, tomatoes and peppers that have been generously dressed in pomegranate molasses and good quality olive oil.

For the larger groups, the Pasha Special is the move. Stacked high on a massive serving plate, you’ll find both lamb and chicken shish, an Adana lamb skewer, wings, ribs, and lamb and chicken doner meat. Served alongside is rice, flatbreads, couscous and garlic and chilli sauces. Though the team here insists this one serves just two or three people, you could probably feed a couple more happily. Afiyet olsun! 

Instagram: sultankebab

Address: 138 Fore St, London N18 2XA 


Pasero, West Green Road

Ideal for small plates and night dates…

Proving that you can be all things to all people, Pasero is a versatile joint that caters to just about any Tottenham crowd you could think of – from morning coffee seekers to evening diners looking for a date night spot that has the feel of a Parisien natural wine bar, all the way to the burnt orange-tiled bar, which sets the perfect backdrop for a romantic date.

Open from 8am to 11pm (with the kitchen closing at 9:30pm) Wednesday to Saturday and 9am to 4pm Sundays to Tuesdays, Pasero takes each of its mealtimes seriously. By day, it’s bustling with people enjoying almond croissants and coffees. By night, it transforms into something nearing a bistro, perfect for small plate enthusiasts. The smoked cod’s roe choux bites and roasted squash with whipped gorgonzola have been standout dishes in the past, but the menu changes regularly, so don’t hold us to that.

Pasero also hosts regular pop-ups, with Keshia Sakarah from the outstanding Caribe’ taking to the stoves this week. We can’t wait!

Website: pasero.uk

Address: 120a W Green Rd, South Tottenham, London N15 5AA 


Uncle John’s Bakery, West Green Road

Ideal for Ghanaian sweet treats…

This Ghanaian bakery, a husband and wife operation that’s been at the same Tottenham location since 1995, is famous for its sweet bread, Ghanaian doughnuts known as bofrot, their chin chin biscuits, and glossy meat pies, all of which are now sold in Morrisons, a testament to the quality – and ambition – of the baking here. Don’t forget to grab some for the road!

Website: theunclejohnsbakery.com

Address: 76 W Green Rd, South Tottenham, London N15 5NS


Deluxe Manna, High Cross Road

Ideal for unhurried Congolese cuisine with a side of beats…

When you walk through the doors of this Congolese spot in Tottenham Hale, an uplifting blast of afrobeats immediately sets the mood for a feast.

And feast you shall; it’s all about the platters here, with the Manna platter a delightful mix of grilled fish, smoked lamb (ntaba), jollof rice, and kwanga (a soft cassava dumpling). Serving four, it’s just £52. This is a place where you won’t be rushed, ensuring you savour every bite.

Address: 135, 137 High Cross Rd, London N17 9NU 

Website: deluxemanna.com


Jerk Munchies, Commercial Road

Ideal for bagel bliss with a Caribbean twist…

Jerk Munchies is the kind of place where the food is so good, you’ll rip open the takeaway bag before you’ve even left the shop. The jerk bagel is a masterpiece of charred dough and succulent meat, slathered in a piquant, undulating sauce that’s the perfect balance of sweet and spicy. And if bagels aren’t your thing, the jerk chicken rice box is a worthy contender.

Perhaps even better is the large oxtail, rice and peas, the meat falling off the bone and the rice blessed with plenty of melted bone marrow. It’s laughably good value at £8. 

Website: jerkmunchies.co.uk

Read: The best places to eat in Deptford


The Antwerp Arms, Church Road

Ideal for settling into a community pub gem…

The Antwerp Arms, affectionately known as ‘The Annie’, stands proudly as one of Tottenham’s oldest pubs. This community-run watering hole, North London’s first, is not just about pints; it’s about bringing people together. With a fine selection of real ales and craft beers, it’s the perfect place to unwind and connect with locals. The pub also hosts regular events, from quiz nights to live music, adding to its charm and appeal as a community hub.

Anyway, you’ve come here to find some of the best places to eat in Tottenham, and the menu at The Annie is pleasingly prosaic in its delivery. There’s no unfettered, unnecessary pub menu globetrotting here. Instead, a simple rundown of five Middle Eastern-leaning mains – grilled chicken, stuffed aubergine, lamb meatballs, fishcake or falafel – all served with fries and salad. 

The starters boast similarly refreshing focus, with the spicy beef sucuk sausage full of flavour and funk. A short selection of shawarma wraps seals the deal. 

Website: antwerparms.co.uk

Address: 168-170 Church Rd, London N17 8AS


San Marco, Bruce Grove

Ideal for an Italian trattoria experience in Tottenham…

Sitting just south of Tottenham in Bruce Grove is San Marco, a charming trattoria that offers a slice of Italy in North London, now in its 52nd year of trading.

All gingham tablecloths, candles melting wax into their wine bottle holders and pizza boxes stacked high on the counter, San Marco gives off a seriously timeless energy, a feeling of timelessness only furthered by the warmhearted greeting from owner Graziano.

On the menu, wood-fired pizzas, pleasingly blistered and leopard-spotted, and no-frills pasta dishes are the orders of the day. Incredibly, a margherita and a spaghetti carbonara clock in at £8.90 and £6.90 respectively. That is absurd value for pretty much anywhere in the UK, let alone London.

There are even rumours Guns N’ Roses are fans, ordering their pre-gig meal from San Marco before their recent show at the Spurs stadium. We’re glad Axl Rose’s appetite extended beyond simple destruction.

Website: sanmarco.co.uk

Address: 1-3, Station Buildings, Bruce Grove, London N17 6QY

Now we’re heading to the red side of town, to eat at some of the best restaurants in Islington. Care to join us?

The Best Restaurants In Whitechapel

Wedged between the gleaming, steaming towers of the City and the ever-evolving cliches of Shoreditch like some kind of glorious refuge from bullshit, Whitechapel occupies a unique position on the London landscape. This hard-to-define (we will now attempt to) East End enclave has long been an area shaped by generations of cultural exchange and preservation, with the Bengali community in particular leaving an indelible, edible mark on the area’s culinary scene.

While parts of East London may have succumbed to the relentless march of what might euphemistically be termed ‘urban renewal’, Whitechapel moves at its own pace, its curry houses, family-run takeaways and centuries old bakeries seemingly untroubled by what’s going on up the road. 

It’s a confidence earned and honed over the last 50 years, and Whitechapel’s culinary identity is inseparable from its immigrant history. Brick Lane earned its nickname ‘Banglatown’ in the 1970s as Bengali immigrants, particularly from the Sylhet region, arrived following Bangladesh’s independence and established restaurants and businesses that transformed the street. Before this, the area welcomed successive waves of Huguenots, Irish, and Jewish communities. The establishment of the East London Mosque in 1985 (now one of Europe’s largest) further anchored the community.

Though it’s a little hard to define where Whitechapel definitively begins, it’s easy to know where it ends; with a bowl of gajar ka halwa and a cup of cardamom chai. It’s a sweet conclusion that tells you something essential about the neighbourhood— a story of diversity, distinct regional specialities, and family recipes passed – sometimes lovingly, sometimes reluctantly – through generations until they reach your plate.

With all that in mind and still no closer to defining the place, here’s our rundown of the best restaurants in Whitechapel.

Tayyabs

Ideal for legendary lamb chops with a half-century history….

On an unassuming Whitechapel backstreet, the electric blue neon sign and heady miasma of burnt cumin seeds and grill smoke has been a clarion call for hungry Londoners long before Eating With Tod, Top Jaw and the rest first unearthed this ‘hidden gem’. Several times.

Tayyabs, established in 1972, is perhaps the most famous Punjabi restaurant in the capital, and for good reason. The décor is a heady mix of opulent and wipe-able, the service cheery but efficient, and the food simple and satisfying in a way that allows the kitchen to churn, churn, churn relentlessly.

The sizzling lamb chops are the undisputed stars, arriving at your table still spitting and crackling, marinated in a proprietary blend of spices that’s remained unchanged (and still, somehow, a secret) for decades. The chops’ protruding, crudely French-trimmed rib handle presents the perfect opportunity to ditch the cutlery and go full Flinstone. Indeed, any tedious chuntering about ‘fall off the bone’ flesh should be avoided here; a bit of chew and resistance brings out the flavour, we think.

tayyabs
Photo by Ewan Munro
Photo by Tayyabs

Don’t stop at the chops though, as it would be mental to come here, order one dish and leave. Tayyabs’ signature karahi chicken tikka masala delivers a complexity and nuance far beyond the usual assumptions about the national dish, and the peshwari naan is a Grade A version of a sometimes divisive side. Boasting the kind of proof that exhales when pierced, it comes anointed with butter that pools pleasingly across its surface.

Long-time patrons will remember the infamous queues that once snaked around the block (no bookings were taken for decades), but these days you can book ahead. Remarkably, despite its capacity for 500 diners spread across several floors, Tayyabs still boasts those queues. It should be said that the reservation system feels chaotic at best – we’ve occasionally waited longer for our reserved table than it took for the queue to be seen to in its entirety.

Open every day from noon until late evening, Tayyabs is BYOB. There’s a Tesco Express on the same street with a decent selection of cold beers. Back in the restaurant, non-boozers are well catered for with a good selection of yoghurt based refreshment.

Whether you’re on the lager or the lassi, Tayyabs is reliably raucous, and certainly isn’t the place for an intimate tête-à-tête. But, for a full-on feast with friends, it’s unbeatable. Whitechapel’s finest? We certainly think so.

Website: tayyabs.co.uk

Address: 83-89 Fieldgate Street, E1 1JU

tayyabs
Photo by Ewan Munro
Tayyabs
Photo by Ewan Munro
tayyabs
Photo by Ewan Munro

Lahore Kebab House

Ideal for no-frills Pakistani feasting that won’t break the bank…

In the unofficial battle of the Whitechapel lamb chop, Lahore Kebab House has long been Tayyabs’ greatest rival. This canteen-style Pakistani restaurant five minutes south along Pargett and around the corner onto Umberston Street offers a decidedly more laid back atmosphere than its famous counterpart.

Established in 1972 (coincidentally the same year as Tayyabs – something in the Whitechapel water that year, clearly), this Pakistani powerhouse has maintained its no-nonsense approach for over five decades. The interior could generously be described as ‘functional’ – brown utilitarian furniture against plain white walls that wouldn’t look out of place in a school canteen – but you’re not here for the décor. The cricket matches and Bollywood epics playing on massive screens provide more than enough visual stimulation anyway, as does the bustling semi-open kitchen (there’s two panels of glass and what looks to be a mattress obscuring one of the panes that separates dining room and chefs) where you can witness pan dexterity on a whole different level.

Photo by Lahore Kebab House on Facebook
Photo by Lahore Kebab House via Facebook
Photo by Lahore Kebab House on Facebook

The mixed grill is why you’re here and is exactly what you’d hope for, featuring those skinny lamb chops, expertly spiced and grilled to pink but gnarly perfection. While the lamb chops rightfully get top billing – using higher quality meat than many competitors and spiced with such liberal enthusiasm they practically vibrate on the plate – the menu rewards even the vaguely curious. 

The chicken tikka brings unexpected heat dimensions that will recalibrate your understanding of the national dish, but you’d do better with the house specials, particularly the nihari and dry lamb curry, served in karahi bowls that always seem to add another dimension to a dish, even if it’s the taste of brass seasoning. Do save room for dessert – their selection of traditional sweets, including kulfis, ras malai and gajar ka halwa, provides the perfect sweet send-off.

For a restaurant that can host a staggering 350 diners across two floors, the service is remarkably acute – waiters performing gravity-defying feats as they carry multiple dishes at once, uncorking your BYO bottles with practiced ease (and no corkage fee). City workers rub shoulders with East End locals here, united in their appreciation for unfussy, delicious food served in generous portions. What more could you want?

Lamb Kofta curry Photo by Lahore Kebab House on Facebook
Aloo Keema ( potatoes and minced meat) Photo by Lahore Kebab House on Facebook
Photo by Lahore Kebab House on Facebook

Address: 2-10 Umberston Street, E1 1PY

Website: lahore-kebabhouse.com


Needoo Grill

Ideal for hearty Punjabi cuisine with Bollywood tunes as your soundtrack…

Opened in 2009 by a former Tayyabs manager, Needoo might not luxuriate (or, suffer from, depending how you want to look at it) queues of its more famous neighbour, but the food is every bit as good. 

Inside, the vibe is bright, garish even. Those bold crimson walls, matching leather chairs and blue LED lighting call to mind somewhere that’s part curry house, part nightclub – the sort of place where every meal feels like a celebration, all accompanied by a Bollywood playlist that adds to the general sense of convivial cheer.

Their house speciality, karahi lamb chops masala, features lamb chops marinated in Needoo’s signature karahi masala and then grilled to its natural conclusion – a dish that rivals any in Whitechapel for its fragrant complexity. Beyond the celebrated lamb chops, the menu offers other stunners, including the karahi butter chicken masala which delivers that ideal balance of richness and spice, and could cure (and cause, quite frankly) many an ill. 


Photos by Needo Grill

The palak-paneer is top notch too, the cottage cheese simmered in a smooth and creamy spinach gravy without it disintegrating, all executed with careful, cautious finesse. The palak chicken applies the same luscious spinach treatment to tender chicken pieces – proper comfort food, this.

Sunday visitors should not miss the nihari, a popular Pakistani dish of slow-cooked lamb shank with a kind of throbbing pastoral undertone – a weekend speciality worth planning your life around. For those in search of something more simple, the half chicken with chips, marinated with rich masala and grilled, offers a perfect East-meets-West option that feels like the sort of dish you’d request for a final meal.

Service is swift and friendly, and the BYO policy makes this a highly affordable night out. Needoo might live somewhat in the shadow of its more famous New Road neighbours, but those in the know recognise it as a worthy contender for Whitechapel’s curry crown.

Website: needoogrill.co.uk

Address: 87 New Rd, London E1 1HH


Bubala

Ideal for inventive, plant-based Middle Eastern cuisine…

For something different at the tail end of Whitechapel, Bubala has rapidly gained a reputation as one of East London’s most exciting dining destinations for Middle Eastern food.

The moment you slip inside, the carnage of the busy road behind melts away. It’s a mellow, nourishing space that is very Blank Street in its aesthetic but ultimately, probably, designed not to distract you from what really matters: the food.

Bubala delivers dishes of remarkable depth and flavour. The menu features small plates designed for sharing and tearing, with standouts including their fried aubergine with zhoug and date syrup – crispy at the edges but meltingly soft inside, topped with that vibrant green coriander-spiked sauce that gives vibrancy and value to everything it touches. Don’t miss the halloumi with black seed honey – a slab of milky cheese fried to golden-brown perfection and drizzled with a sweet, spiced syrup that’ll have you fighting over the last piece.

Photos by Bubala

Other must-orders include their silky-smooth hummus arriving with burnt butter, pine nuts and a generous dribble of olive oil, the oyster mushroom skewers delivering that perfect umami hit. The confit potato latkes come with toum (Lebanese garlic sauce), which is a sentence that sounds really weird if you read it too fast and get your consonants mixed up. It tastes damn good though.

The place has a good buzz but is laid back, and the staff are genuinely passionate about the food they’re serving. Speaking of sweet spots, the tahini, date and tangerine ice cream is as good as it sounds and then some; a really intriguing mix of savoury and sharp, sparkling flavours, and the perfect end to a meal for all those who say they’re not into dessert, but actually are.

With most plates between £5-£11, and the option to feast for about £30 a head, Bubala represents excellent value. While reservations can be hard to come by (book well in advance), it’s worth the effort. Oh, and did we mention it’s all vegetarian? We tried not to, as this is gorgeous food, meat-free or otherwise.

Website: bubala.co.uk

Address: 65 Commercial Street, E1 6BD


Halal Restaurant

Ideal for a taste of history at London’s oldest Indian restaurant…

Among Whitechapel’s dining institutions, few can claim the longevity or, indeed, the naming prescience of Halal Restaurant. The name is SEO genius, though it’d be even better if they added ‘near me’ to the end. Though, since this place was established in 1939, they might have had other things on their mind than Google dark arts.

Indeed, Halal Restaurant stakes a claim as East London’s oldest Indian establishment. Originally founded to serve South Asian sailors working the docks, this venerable institution has been in the same family for four generations and maintains a loyal following that spans just as long.

Unlike the more casual curry houses nearby, Halal Restaurant offers a slightly more formal dining experience, with white tablecloths (daredevil stuff with this much turmeric in the curries) and food served in lidded pots – the big reveal is pure theatre, especially on the nose. The menu features classic Indian dishes executed with time-honoured precision – the rogan josh, shish kebabs and mutton mince biryani are particular highlights.

After over 80 years in business, Halal Restaurant offers something increasingly rare in London’s ever-changing dining landscape – a genuine taste of history.

Address: 2 St Mark Street, E1 8DJ

Website: halalrest.co.uk


Som Saa *temporarily closed – due to reopen on 11th November*

Ideal for faithfully rendered regional Thai cuisine that doesn’t hold back…

We can’t be arsed with the pedants, so we’ll say this again; we’re not sure where Whitechapel begins and ends. Commercial Street might be part of it.

We’re more confident that some of London’s best Thai food is still served at Som Saa, a relative old warhorse of the city’s restaurant scene as it approaches its second decade here in Whitechapel/Shoreditch/Spitalfields/let’s not worry too much about pin drops.

Photos by Som Saa

Here, dishes showcase the complex, multi-layered, high wire balancing act of the very best Thai cooking. Their nahm dtok pla thort – a whole deep-fried sea bass with North Eastern herbs and roasted rice powder – is the headliner, no doubt, and never off the menu for good reason; it demonstrates the kitchen’s love of the country’s Isaan region and its reliably bold palette. 

This is reflected too in the daily changing som tam salad, that reliably delivers the perfect balance of sweet, sour, salty and spicy notes (a bit of a tired summary by now, admittedly) that defines Thai cooking. Just to cast your eyes up to the blackboard to see what’s in store for the day.

There are coconut curries from further south in Thailand, too. The restaurant is one of the only places in the capital to freshly squeeze their coconut milk every single day, a process and dedication reflected in the suave finish to their curries and unparalleled, superior flavour compared to the canned stuff. Ditto the hand-pounded curry pastes; you really can taste the difference here.

Be sure to save room for their exquisite salted palm sugar ice cream served with grilled turmeric banana and sesame seeds – on since day dot and as good as ever.

After eight successful years, the team has expanded with a sibling restaurant, Kolae, in Borough Market, but the original location remains a must-visit for anyone who loves the food of The Kingdom as much as we do.

*Unfortunately, after a fire at the restaurant in early May, Som Saa is currently (but temporarily) closed. It has just been announced that they are due to reopen 11th November – excellent news!*

Website: somsaa.com

Address: 43a Commercial Street, E1 1LB


Xi’an Biang Biang

Ideal for hand-pulled noodles that pack a punch…

A sister restaurant to Xi’an Impression up in Highbury, and taking its name from the Shaanxi provincial capital and the onomatopoeic ‘biang biang’ (supposedly mimicking the sound of dough slapping against the countertop), this stark, brightly-lit space may look more corporate canteen than place of crosstown culinary pilgrimage, but appearances can be deliciously deceiving. Actually, we’re not sure that’s quite true; if this place looked fancy, you’d rightly suspect it might be a bit shit. Hmmm, we’ve tied ourselves in knots here…

…not like the noodles, which are perfectly separate strands, but also boast the requisite level of homogeneity. Their hand-pulled BiangBiang noodles in ‘special sauce’ are the ideal showcase for the eponymous speciality, with a perfect chew and rich sauce clinging to every strand. Variations on a theme include the glorious hand-pulled Belt noodles with cumin lamb, the fragrant, dusty, musty spice cutting through the richness of the lamb and anchoring the whole thing in something that hums and undulates rather than slaps and tickles.

Photos by Xi’an Biang Biang

Beyond the signature wide belt noodles, the boneless chicken in special sauce delivers a genuine surprise – thin slices of tender poultry soaking up a house special concoction that’s vinegary, sweet and gently spiced. It’s a perfect counterpoint to the more robust flavours elsewhere on the menu. 

The handmade traditional pork burger (‘rou jia mo’ – one of the world’s oldest sandwich-type foods) represents another regional speciality from the streets of Xi’an – succulent, slow-cooked pork belly with aromatic spices, chopped and stuffed into a distinctive wheat flatbread pocket. It’s street food with thousands of years of history behind it, and light years away from the Western concept of a burger.

The restaurant’s no-reservation policy and wipe-clean utilitarian aesthetic speak to its roots – this is a place where solo diners feel comfortable tucking in with a book and a beer, where eating with your fingers is not just accepted but encouraged, and where the nine-napkin approach to dining (you’ll need them for the splashes of chilli oil) is considered perfectly sensible. Or, you could just buy a T-shirt from the nearby charity shop and wear it as a massive bib.

Anyway, at these remarkably reasonable prices, with most dishes between £7-£11, you’ll hardly mind the extra cost.

Website: xianbiangbiangnoodles.com

Address: 62 Wentworth Street, E1 7AL


Al Kahf

Ideal for succulent Somali lamb at absurdly good value…

Al Kahf means ‘the cave’ in Arabic – fitting for this Somali restaurant tucked away off Whitechapel Road. Since opening in 2010, it has built a devoted following among those in the know. A recent renovation has transformed the once-hidden entrance into a proper street-level dining space, though the restaurant still thankfully maintains its understated charm.

The menu showcases the distinctive cuisine of the Horn of Africa, where geographic position and history have created a fascinating culinary crossroads. Their celebrated lamb shank (the xaniid) steals the show – slow-cooked to such tenderness that just a spoon is required to eat it, with undulating layers of aromatics and meltingly soft fat helping that gorgeous spicing last long in the mouth. Each main arrives on a generous platter of aromatic bariis iskukaris, a beautifully spiced rice adorned with sweet raisins and topped with caramelised onions and peppers.

Photos by Al Kahf

Al Kahf really know how to guide your hand in seasoning your bowl, as each meal also comes with the essential companions: basbaas, a vibrant green chili sauce that brings a powerful kick of heat and fresh coriander, and sabaayad, a buttery Somali flatbread perfect for scooping up every morsel. You will genuinely want to do so.

The service is refreshingly unfussy and reassuringly unhurried, a place where it would be criminal not to take your time. At around £14 for a lamb dish substantial enough to satisfy two hungry diners, Al Kahf offers remarkable value, too. 

No alcohol is served here, so round off your meal with a bottle of Shani, an intensely sweet Arabic soft drink that Jimi Famurewa rightly observed was pretty reminiscent of Vimto, and discover why this modest establishment has earned its reputation for serving some of the most memorable East African food in London.

Website: alkahf.co.uk

Address: 112-116 Vine Court, E1 1JE


Graam Bangla

Ideal for traditional village-style Bangladeshi cooking that showcases the flavours of Sylhet…

Among Brick Lane’s curry houses, Graam Bangla offers something genuinely different. First opened in 1997 (then spelled ‘Gram Bangla’), it closed in 2016 before reopening under new ownership in 2019, bringing its distinctive Sylheti cooking back to East London.

Unlike the anglicised curry houses that dominate the area, Graam Bangla focuses on regional specialties from Sylhet in Bangladesh’s northeast—the ancestral home of many British Bangladeshis. The restaurant gained unexpected royal recognition in February 2023 when King Charles III and Queen Camilla visited during a tour highlighting the cultural contributions of the Bangladeshi community to the East End.

Photos by Graam Bangla

The food here diverges sharply from standard British curry house fare that you’ll find elsewhere on Brick Lane. Fish plays a central role in the menu, reflecting the cuisine of river-rich Sylhet. You might encounter keski (tiny sprats from the Ganges), elish (a buttery river fish requiring patient deboning), or for the less adventurous, perfectly seasoned catfish curry. The restaurant is also known for its selection of bhortha—intensely flavoured mashed preparations of vegetables, lentils, or fish that add vibrant accent notes to the meal.

There’s no paper menu here—instead, staff guide you through the dishes displayed in glass counters, explaining unfamiliar ingredients with patience. Once primarily a gathering spot for Bangladeshi men to engage in adda (a form of politically-tinged socialisation), the restaurant now welcomes a diverse crowd of diners who aren’t required to share their views on Sheikh Hasina or Sir Starmer before ordering. 

Facebook: graambanglauk

Address: 68 Brick Lane, E1 6RL


Shalamar Kebab House

Ideal for perhaps the best chicken tikka in Whitechapel…

While the big-name curry houses get all the glory, this modest Pakistani eatery on the corner of New Road delivers food that deserves far more recognition. Shalamar operates with quiet confidence just minutes from its more TikTok’d neighbours, offering a bright, fuss-free dining space where the focus is squarely on the food. And which, come to think of it, is the perfect lighting for those reels…

The menu here doesn’t try to please all parties with its length (matron) but rather with its execution. The chicken tikka here is worth crossing town for – plump cubes of breast meat marinated in yoghurt, garam masala and turmeric that remain wonderfully juicy while developing a distinctive rusty-orange exterior. At just £5.50 for a tikka roll, it represents one of Whitechapel’s – no, London’s – best food bargains.

Don’t overlook their meat biryani either – a generous heap of aromatic rice tumbled with quite-tender strings of braised beef. The whole dish carries gentle notes of cardamom and green chilli that perfume each forkful and linger until nighttime. You’ll get change from a tenner ordering it, which is wild in this economy.

What makes Shalamar special is its everyday dependability. This is restorative food served without ceremony – the kind of place locals return to weekly for a reliable, satisfying meal that brightens the day without emptying the wallet. 

Address: 95 New Road, E1 1HH


Sichuan Folk

Ideal for fiery, numbing Sichuan cuisine with plenty of theatre…

Just a few streets away from the confusion of Brick Lane sits Sichuan Folk, a compact restaurant that’s become a destination for those seeking the cocaine-like face numbing quality of southwestern Chinese cuisine. And the high, too…

That would be the liberal use of chillies and the distinctive numbing sensation from Sichuan peppercorns. Sichuan Folk’s signature dumplings exemplify this perfectly – delicate parcels bathed in a sauce that begins with warmth before developing into that characteristic ma la tingling sensation on the lips and tongue.

Beyond the dumplings, standout dishes include the whole sea bass, which arrives dramatically curled and crispy, yet remains surprisingly tender – flaky, even – beneath its coating. Don’t miss the fire-exploded kidney flowers, either – a dish where thinly sliced pork kidneys are delicately cross-hatched, marinated briefly, then flash-fried in scalding oil. The rapid cooking makes each piece curl and bloom open (hence the name), creating crisp, remarkably elegant and addictive little bites. 

The tightly packed tables are actually an asset here, where excited diners often point to neighbours’ dishes with an envious curiosity that’s quickly satisfied with an order of the same.

Address: 32 Hanbury Street, E1 6QR


Bon Appetit Lebanese

Ideal for London’s best Lebanese and Palestinian food not on Edgware Road…

Established circa 2008, Bon Appetit maintains its identity as a family-owned restaurant. It proudly declares on the menu that it uses mum’s homemade recipes – and the food here does taste homemade and, for lack of a better word, authentic. What strikes you first is how friendly the owners are. Sometimes they give you tea while you wait, sometimes a big hug. Never both, for some reason…

The ambiance is decidedly casual – a place you feel immediately comfortable in. A Palestinian flag casually drapes over a room divider and above a wooden counter there’s a huge menu board displaying all their dishes—making it nearly impossible to decide what to order because everything looks delicious. Everything looks a little dated, too, stone wall accents and hanging plastic plants, worn black leather dining chairs and the overall sense of a place well dined in.

Of course, Palestinian and Lebanese cuisines share many similarities due to their shared Levantine heritage and geographical proximity. Bon Appetit serves a mix of beloved Lebanese and Palestinian classics (though more firmly anchored in the former), including hummus, tabbouleh, and of course, grilled chicken.

Let’s talk about that grilled chicken. It arrives charcoal-burnished with a golden, fire-freckled crust and stays beautifully juicy, despite its time on the grill. It’s served with rice or chips, pickles, and plenty of garlic sauce.

A must-order is the lentil soup, which seems to be one of the most popular dishes on the menu. Glossy red lentils laced with cumin and olive oil, this delicious, wholesome Lebanese lentil soup wins us over every time – it’s comforting and nutritious, and a real sin-settler.

Both Palestinian and Lebanese traditions emphasise small shared plates as appetizers or as part of a larger meal, so come back another time with people who love to share. You could make a whole meal of their precisely rendered mezze options and you should, but fill it out with the generously sized grill platter which arrives exactly as you’d imagine: grilled, charred, and irresistible.

Wash it al down with a bottle of Mezza – a pomegranate flavoured nonalcoholic malt beverage and finish with some syrup-soaked knafeh. You could say we ‘we can’t get knafeh of it.’

Website: bonappetitlebanese.com

Address::133 Leman St, London E1 8EY


Rinkoff Bakery

Ideal for bagels and pastries from century East End institution…

Like many great East London establishments, Rinkoff’s is steeped in history and tradition. This Jewish bakery first opened its doors in 1911 and has been making exceptional challah, pastries, and of course bagels, ever since. The century-old business is still in the family, passed down through generations, and remains a treasured Whitechapel favourite.

Their smoked salmon and cream cheese bagel is a masterclass in the form – the kind of food that transcends trends and fashions. The sweet offerings are equally impressive, with the signature ‘crodough’ (their take on the cronut) developing something of a cult following among East London’s diabetes-baiting denizens. The lotus biscoff and white chocolate crodough was the flavour of the month last time we dropped by – a creation that has earned its place on many Instagram feeds but still delivers on actually tasting good.

What makes Rinkoff’s special is not just its longevity but its appetite to evolve. While still honouring traditional Jewish bakery items like cheesecake (sold by weight and made to Hyman’s original recipe) and challah bread, the fourth generation of the family, including Ray and his daughters Jen and Debs, have expanded the selection to include vegan options and contemporary treats like the recent viral Dubai cookie.

The bakery has adapted remarkably to Whitechapel’s changing population. While it began serving the area’s Jewish residents (even keeping ovens warm on Fridays for families to cook their Shabbat meals), Rinkoff’s now proudly serves a customer base that’s mostly from the local Muslim community (80% of the base, according to Vittles). 

This transition extends to their kitchen too, where many staff members have been part of the team for years, creating their own chapter in the bakery’s continuing story. 

Website: rinkoffbakery.co.uk

Address: 222-226 Jubilee St, Stepney Green, London E1 3BS

We think we’ll finish here, wolfing down another crodough even though we’ve very clearly had our fill for the day. 

Once our appetites return, the best restaurants near Shoreditch High Street Station will be our focus.

The Best Pizzas In London For 2025: The IDEAL 22

National Pizza Day is upon us. National British and American Pizza Day, 9th February, 2025, that is. And while we doubt that those in Campania will be cracking out the commemorative pineapple stuffed crusts to mark the occasion, we’ll take any damn reason we can for even a sliver of the good stuff.

To pre-empt the pedants, here at IDEAL we’re just as in thrall to a traditional Neapolitan as we are to a single slice of something New Yorker. As long as it’s made with love, respect and good ingredients, we’re in.

With that in mind, here is our rundown of the best 22 pizzas in London, IDEAL for celebrating National Pizza Day in style.

L’Antica Pizzeria Da Michele, Baker Street

Ideal for a taste of the so-called ‘Best Pizza in the World’…

We had to start here, seeing as it’s been dubbed ‘The Best Pizza in the World’ and iconised in the film Eat, Pray, Love. Ignoring the fact that the inaugural London site in Stoke Newington fractured in bitter legal dispute, the second branch in Baker Street is still slinging out top, top pizzas, loyally in line with the Neapolitan diktat.

If you’re after an excess of toppings, this one isn’t for you. Though the choice isn’t quite as clear cut as the mothership in Forcella, Naples (simply between margherita and marinara), this is still a minimalist affair in the most traditional – and best possible – way. Go for a half and half of the aforementioned margherita and marinara, or go totally wild and order a capricciosa, the artichoke hearts of Michele’s version plump and not mired in pizza-ruining, vinegary run-off. All in all, this is still one of the very best pizzas in London, regardless of fall-outs and expansion ambitions. Long may it continue.

There are now outposts in Soho, Manchester and Amsterdam, too, as well as the OG in Naples itself, still the peak of pizza-making worldwide, in our humble opinion.

Website: anticapizzeriadamichele.co.uk

Address: 199 Baker St, Marylebone, London NW1 6UY


Napoli On The Road, Chiswick

Ideal for a taste of one of the pizza game’s rising stars…

We come back down to earth, letting the fertile Vesuvius soil fall between our fingers, at Chiswick’s Napoli On The Road, where authenticity is again on the menu, with just little contemporary flair thrown on the paddle for good measure.

Named as the 5th best pizzeria in the world by the staunchly Italo-centric (and increasingly influential) 50 Top Pizza list, Napoli On The Road is the brainchild of Michele Pascarella, a celebrated pizzaiolo who began his London journey with a mobile Ape Piaggio, delighting the city with wood-fired pizzas in pub car parks before laying down roots with his first brick-and-mortar establishment on Devonshire Road (the second outpost in Richmond is just as good, by the way). 

Testament to a continuing rise even more pronounced than his carnotto, Pascarella has also earned the prestigious accolade of Global Pizza Maker of the Year in 2023, a testament to his mastery of correct form and structure.

That’s not to say that this Chiswick pizzeria isn’t home to some gentle, respectful innovation on the pizza front. Arguably our favourite order here is the Tonno & Cipolla, a blend of tuna fillet and sweet caramelised red onion jam, all atop their ridiculously digestible dough. 

Even better, though, is the We’re On Fire. Here, the sauce sees nduja mixed seamlessly and subtly in with its usual covering of tomato until emulsified – an inspired touch as, all too often, nduja can make a pizza incredibly greasy. Then, dotted across the surface of the pizza, ice cold buffalo stracciatella soothes the rough edges of the nduja, rounding off the tomato’s acidity for good measure. It’s smart, judicious, and just oh-so delicious.

The house red, the Greco Di Tufo Oltre DOCG Bellaria from Campania, drinkable and light, is the perfect foil to these fine pizzas.

*Major announcement: It has just been announced that Napoli on the Road is launching its flagship Soho location at 140 Wardour Street. The 100-cover restaurant will feature à la carte dining upstairs and London’s first-ever pizza tasting menu downstairs – a six-course Neapolitan fine dining experience showcasing diverse techniques and flavours alongside Campanian wines.

Set to open later this autumn, this expansion from the award-winning team that started with a three-wheeled Piaggio Ape represents a landmark moment for London’s booming pizza scene, bringing world-class Neapolitan craft to the heart of the West End.*

Read: The best restaurants in Chiswick

Website: napoliontheroad.co.uk

Address: 9A Devonshire Rd, Chiswick, London W4 2EU


081 Pizzeria, Peckham

Ideal for trying Peckham’s best pizza…

They say that at the best neighbourhood restaurants, you feel just as comfortable dropping in for a convivial ciao as you do a four-course meal. And so it is at 081 Pizzeria, Peckham’s proudest purveyors of pizza and street food straight from the Città del Sole.

Having opened in the turbulent times of May 2021, 081 (named after the telephone code of Naples) has quickly established itself at the heart of the hospitality community on this stretch of Peckham Rye, with local chefs, bartenders and wait staff coming here to congregate around the 480C° heat of the ANVP-approved Izzo Forni as though it were a campfire. 

Yep, this is a place that wants you to linger, a position at odds with the usual bam-bam-grazia-signoria nature of traditional Neapolitan pizzerias in the capital. There are arancini generously filled with ragu bolognese to enjoy as you wait for the main event, alongside a whole host of other deep-fried treats, here billed as tapas. The cocktails are ace, too, the negroni properly assertive. A graffiti-inspired sketch of ASAP Rocky weeping cheese looks down on the dining room, for some reason.

Of course, the pizzas have to hit the mark to keep the punters returning in a place like this, and, fortunately, 081 has some serious pedigree in that department; the head pizzaiola here is previously of Bravi Ragazzi (also on our list), and the pizzas are on a level with those being slung down the Circular Road to Streatham. If you’ve eaten at Bravi, that’s all you need to know.

081 have recently opened a second branch in Shoreditch.

Website: 081pizzeria.com

Address: 66 Peckham Rye, London SE15 4JR


Bravi Ragazzi, Streatham

Ideal for our very favourite pizza south of the river…

It felt right – poetic, even – to head south to Bravi Ragazzi next, foreplay dispensed with and appetite whet.

Streatham’s revered Neapolitan pizzeria prides itself on tradition and authenticity, and in our humble opinion, this right here is the best Neapolitan pizza in South London.

Several boxes have to be ticked for a pizza to qualify as a traditional Neapolitan in the eyes of the connoisseurs. 00 flour, water and salt form the dough, and it must be hand kneaded and given ample time to rise before being shaped by hand rather than rolling pin. After that, it’s topped with San Marzano or Pomodorino del Piennolo del Vesuvio tomatoes and Mozzarella di Bufala Campana, and cooked quickly at incredibly high heat in a wood fired pizza oven. The result should be pillowy, soft and elastic, with toppings light rather than overwhelming.

Anyway, the good guys at Bravi Ragazzi know all that, and their respect for tradition has made their pizzas the toast of Streatham and beyond. This is, quite simply, one of London’s best pizzas (must add it to that list, actually). They also do a superb tiramisu, for those with a sweet tooth.

Though the dining room is compact, unassuming, and walk-ins only, locals will be pleased to hear that Bravi Ragazzi is on Deliveroo… As if they didn’t know already!

Before we go, it would be remiss of us not to give a shout-out to another local favourite famous for slinging fantastic wood fired pizzas in the Neapolitan style, who have now sadly closed. Addome, how we miss you! 

Website: bravi-ragazzi.business.site

Address: 2A Sunnyhill Rd, London SW16 2UH, United Kingdom


Read: The best restaurants in Streatham and West Norwood


50 Kalo Di Ciro Salvo Pizzeria, Trafalgar Square

Ideal for getting close to a pizzaiolo consistently voted among the world’s best…

Excuse the heavy mouthful of a name, but the pizzas at 50 Kalo are anything but. Regularly named as one of the best pizzas in Europe outside of Italy, and with a world class pizzeria in Naples that’s even made it into the Michelin Guide, 50 Kalo and its superstar pizzaiolo Ciro Salvo boast some serious credibility.

The restaurant, whose name means ‘good dough’ in a Neapolitan dialect, stays true to its name with the lightest, airiest bases and premium ingredients used to dress that very good dough. Though we’re big fans of the headlining margherita here, the pizza fritta is perhaps even better, its base light and without a hint of grease, its texture verging on a doughnut. Topped with a pleasingly acidic marinara sauce and gratings of pecorino, it is absolutely superb. Could this be London’s best pizza? We certainly think so.

Website: 50kalò.it

Address: 7 Northumberland Ave, London WC2N 5BY, UK


Pizza Union, Spitalfields 

Ideal for pizza tonda romana at wallet-friendly prices…

From their first opening in Spitalfields in 2014, Pizza Union has grown to five buzzing locations across London – adding Aldgate, Dalston, King’s Cross and Hoxton to their roving roster. 

Their Spitalfields original remains a benchmark for the group, perfectly positioned to serve both City workers and East Enders with its swift service and consistent quality. Here, pizza tonda romana (round Roman-style pizzas) emerge from the blazing hot oven in mere minutes, their bases characteristically thin and satisfyingly crisp. The Roma, pitched at a remarkably reasonable £4.95 and topped with tomato, rocket and drifts of parmesan, represents some of the best value in the capital. No pizza here tops £8.95.

What were we saying about pizza being the most inclusive foods on the planet? We were saying that, right? Perhaps we were just thinking it. Anyway, it’s true…

The industrial-chic aesthetic and counter service keep things casual and the pricepoint down, but the quality of those crispy bases – achieved through a carefully controlled proving process that creates that distinctive Roman crackle – means Pizza Union punches well above its weight. With bottles (yes, bottles) of decent house wine clocking in at £16.95, this place is perfect for a quick lunch (glasses are the same price as that Roma, incidentally) or casual dinner that won’t break the bank.

The house-made garlic butter for crust-dipping is a must, but it’s certainly not a dessert. Finish instead with and espresso and a Sicilian cannoli –  they look beautiful and taste even better.

Website: pizzaunion.com

Address: 25 Sandy’s Row, London E1 7HS


Flat Earth, Bethnal Green

Ideal for planet-conscious pizza that doesn’t compromise on flavour…

What began as a lockdown pop-up operating out of various East London kitchens has blossomed into one of the city’s most exciting vegetarian ventures. After gaining a devoted following through a celebrated residency at The Hive in Cambridge Heath, Flat Earth finally put down roots in their own permanent space in 2022.

Here, in Hackney, sustainability is very much the watchword – from their heritage grain bases to their reusable wine bottle scheme, even down to lampshades crafted from old orange peel (cor, I bet they smell good when the bulbs are hotting up). The restaurant’s commitment to ethical suppliers and local producers would all read a bit ‘marketing gimmick’ if the pizzas didn’t deliver on flavour, but those grains don’t half make for a digestible base, it has to be said. 

Images via @flatearthpizzaslondon

The Hackney Hot is the hero dish here, make no mistake (basically every table seems to be ordering it), and features a deft balance of sweet pickled beetroot, a trio of Somerset cheeses, jalapeños, and fermented hot salsa. And if that wasn’t unique enough, try the Kimchi Fiorentina, which reimagines a classic pizza (not sure we’ve ever actually seen one outside of Pizza Express) with house kimchi and a perfectly cooked egg. Don’t knock it until you’ve tried it; it’s ace.

There is, unsurprisingly, a strong organic wine list, with the restaurant working with Sustainable Wine Solutions to receive their wines in three formats: on tap, in recycled bottles, and refillable wine bottles. Cheers to that!

Website: flatearthpizzas.com

Address: 288 Cambridge Heath Rd, Cambridge Heath, London E2 9DA


Big Jo, Hornsey 

Ideal for artisanal pizzette from London’s increasingly omnipresent baking group…

Big Jo might be (not ‘might be’; is) less a pizzeria than a bakery, but as part of the celebrated Jolene group (which includes Primeur, Westerns Laundry, and their namesake Jolene, as well as a handful of bakeries), the pizzette offerings here deserve their place among London’s finest. 

The group’s commitment to regenerative agriculture and heritage grains shines through in every bite, with the team working directly with farmers to mill their own flour – a dedication to quality that’s evident in their perfectly fermented, supremely digestible (gotta stop saying that) bases.

Their ever-changing menu showcases the best of seasonal British produce, with pizette a regular feature; a recent fennel sausage and cavolo nero pizzette bianca was mega, their much-loved four cheese version even better. The occasional pizza fritta makes a special appearance too, topped with treats like black olives and salted ricotta. Phwoar.

The industrial-chic space, with its communal tables and open kitchen, creates an unrivalled buzz (really, it does; the acoustics are questionable) in this part of town.

Website: bigjobakery.com

Address: 324 Hornsey Rd, Finsbury Park, London N7 7HE


Vicoli di Napoli Pizzeria, Stoke Newington 

Ideal for a truly authentic slice of Naples in North London…

Listen: the backstory between L’Antica Pizzeria Da Michele and the guys at Vicoli di Napoli is a little unclear. It’s certainly acrimonious, though it’s been largely scrubbed from the records so we can’t spill the tea. What we can do is confirm that the pizzas here are right up there (up there, at the top of this article) with some of the best properly faithful Neapolitan ‘cart wheel’ pizzas in London.

With its bright blue interior and open-armed, limoncello-wielding welcome, this Stokey institution lives up to its name (which translates to ‘alleys of Naples’) in terms of that much sought after ‘authenticity’. Run by sisters who are keeping their Neapolitan heritage alive and kicking, Vicoli di Napoli serves up sprawling, soupy pizzas that no normal size plate can contain.

While the marinara and margherita are house specialties that showcase the pizzeria’s dedication to humble tradition, venture into their calzone and prosciutto e funghi offerings for equally rewarding experiences. Though do be careful venturing in there; it’s fucking burning piping hot, and your inner oral mucosa right off the sides of your inner cheeks. And that is a phrase we never want to see again in an article about food.

The pizza bases are exactly as they should be – light, airy and with that perfect Neapolitan chew. For dessert, their exceptional house-made tiramisu is, erm, just that; exceptional.

Website: vicolidinapoli.co.uk

Address: 125 Stoke Newington Church St, London N16 0UH


Fatto a Mano, Kings Cross 

Ideal for trying the iconic, ambitious Brighton pizzeria…

We’ve been fans of Fatto a Mano’s just-the-right-side-sloppy Neapolitan pizzas since their (and our) days in Brighton, first as a single site on the city’s London Road back in 2015, then to their expansion into Hove, all the way to their second pizzeria opening in the Big wood-fired Smoke at the crust end of last year. 

That second pizzeria is found in Covent Garden (with a third now doing their business in Bethnal Green), but our favourite of Fatto’s London lot is found ten minutes up the Piccadilly Line in Kings Cross.

Here, as with all five restaurants, the dough is pillowy and easy to manage, the ingredients top notch and light-as-you-like, and the pizza oven cranked up to the requisite 450°C, only needing around 90 seconds before it’s ready. Nope, you won’t see any caramelised cheese here; the buffalo mozzarella on the margherita buffalo is as fresh and milky as it comes, and the marinara sauce fresh and sharp rather than reduced to a metallic rust. It’s a gorgeous pizza, and once the sun has finally got its hat on, Fatto’s terrace certainly looks an inviting place to eat one. 

There’s even a lasagna pizza, which sees beef ragu, creamy bechamel and smoked Provola on a classic Neapolitan base, for those who loved to be laid low by their lunch.

Of real note to all the pizza nerds out there, last May Fatto a Mano played host to one of the world’s most famous pizzas, Franco Pepe’s Margherita Sbagliata, as seen on Netflix’s Chef’s Table. The esteemed pizza chef blessed the restaurant with the secret recipe for his ‘Mistaken Margherita’, with £1.50 from every pizza going to the incredible La Scugnizzeria, a charity who offer underprivileged young people from Scampia a path into employment. Pizza and a good cause… Could there be anything better?

Website: fattoamanopizza.com

Address: Unit 1, 3 Pancras Sq, London N1C 4AG


Dough Hands, Hackney

Ideal for once ephemeral, now enduring New York-adjacent slices…

We’ve been chasing the ephemeral, enigmatic Dough Hands from pizza pop-up to pizza pop-up in recent years, enjoying their crisp New York-style slices in Brixton Market, Bethnal Green and Homerton, and it’s been a pilgrimage we’ve never regretted, the signature ‘Jode’ (featuring nduja, hot honey and stracciatella) worth just about any hour spent with TfL, even if just for a slice.

Well colour us tricolore, because Dough Hands have now well and truly settled into their residency at the Spurstowe Arms, just seconds from Hackney Central station. With a less transient timescale billed simply as ‘for the foreseeable’, we’re so happy to have these awesome pizza slingers so close to (floury, marinara-marked) hand.

Dough Hands now has a second permanent kitchen location at The Old Nun’s Head pub in Nunhead, south of the river.

Instagram: @doughhandspizza


‘O Ver, Borough

Ideal for supremely digestible, seawater spiked pizzas…

Classic Caputo 00 flour and, erm, pure seawater… It’s not quite got that ‘match made in heaven’ status that, say, San Marzano tomatoes, buffalo mozzarella and fresh basil boast. But hey, we’re up for anything, and so it is to ‘O Ver, whose use of the salty stuff, drawn from the purest areas of the Mediterranean, is very much their USP.

The first restaurant in the UK to – vocally – do so, the seawater is said to lighten the dough and make it easier to digest. We honestly can’t argue with the claim; ‘O Ver’s pizzas are incredibly easy-eating, and it’s eminently possible to take two down in a single sitting, even after you’ve had a good crack at the restaurant’s rundown of classic Neapolitan deep-fried bites. The crocche (essentially deep-fried mashed potato), in particular, is expertly conceived.

Back to those pizzas, and they hit the table puffed up and airy, the dinghy bouncing back at you when prodded and only deflating when pierced. Elegantly dressed, we huge fans to the tropea; a sophisticated affair with fior di latte, flakes of tuna fillet, the namesake onions, sun dried tomatoes and olives. It sings of summer, its sweet-salty interplay softened by a silky, ornate mouthfeel. Truly, a must-order, even if the £19.50 price tag is a clear premium, it’s easy to see why ‘O Ver is so highly regarded.

Website: overuk.com

Address: 44-46 Southwark St, London SE1 1UN


Pizzeria Mozza, Marylebone *as of June 2025, now sadly closed*

Ideal for crisp, golden pizzas that are a celebration of the season…

*Sadly, in June 2025 it was announced that Pizzeria Mozza would permanently close. We’ll miss this one.*

Pizzeria Mozza, located adjacent to the Treehouse Hotel London on historic Regent Street in Marylebone, is the work of internationally recognised chef Nancy Silverton, who has won a Michelin star at Osteria Mozza in Los Angeles amongst several other accolades. 

Known for its focus on locally sourced, premium, seasonal ingredients, Pizzeria Mozza offers a menu that celebrates the plentitude of great produce available in the UK, celebrated not only in pizza form but also in a really enjoyable range of salads and sarnies. 

But you’re here for the pizza, right? At Mozza, they’re neither Neopolitan nor New Yorker (nor Londoner, a style yet to fully settle on its definition), but rather, a crisp, golden, semolina-dusted, ‘personal’ sized affair, its crust calling to mind a burnished Pizza Express dough ball. In the best possible way, of course…

Images via @pizzeriamozzalondon

Purists look away, now. Actually, forget that; the whole ‘pineapple shouldn’t belong on pizza’ debate is trite and tedious. So, we’ll just say this; the pizza alla benno (named for Silverton’s son Ben) is the move here, a genuinely refreshing pizza with gossamer thin slices of both speck and pineapple, scattered like petals across a base of passata di pomodoro that packs a little more heft than your usual hand-wrung San Marzano. Milky sweet fior di latte lightens the load.

Yours for £18, pair it with a glass of the 2022 Tramin Gewurztraminer, its gentle sweetness balancing out the salty af speck (both from South Tyrol, incidentally), and its pronounced notes of lychee an interesting match for the pineapple. Yep, pineapple on a pizza. Pineapple pineapple pineapple, pizza. 

Arguably even better, and on special during during the warmer months, the Amalfi lemon pizza is a slice of summer. We can’t wait for it to return to Mozza’s menu when the weather gets it act together.

The lush interior, designed to mimic a wild Mediterranean garden (not sure it quite succeeds in this aim, frankly) and provide a serene escape in the heart of London (kinda succeeds this), is a relaxing place to enjoy this taste of Hawaii via LA via London.

Website: treehousehotels.com

Address: 14-15 Langham Pl, London W1B 2QS 


Berberè, Clapham

Ideal for sourdough pizzas all the way from Bologna…

We’ve been big fans of Bologna’s Berberè for years, always stealing a slice when we’re in La Rossa™. So, when these celebrated pizza purveyors touched down closer to home back in 2020, we immediately made our way south of the river and to Clapham Common in search of some action (observing all social distancing rules of course and not sharing our pizza, however much Beberè implores you to do so with their ‘sliced in 8 to stimulate conviviality’ dispatch).

Founded by Matteo and Salvatore Aloe in Bologna in 2010, the Clapham iteration of Berberè stands on the former site of Radio Alice, a pizzeria that the Aloe brothers also had a hand in. We think Berberè is even better, and not far from the dizzy heights that this pizzeria has ascended back in Bel Paese.

It’s all about the sourdough base here, whose mother has been nurtured for more than a decade since its birth in Castel Maggiore, an attentiveness that results in a super light base that’s cooked to a pleasingly crisp finish. Perfect, then, for the restaurant’s crust dippers, here a choice between spicy ‘nduja & honey, aioli, garlic butter or basil & walnut pesto. Get all four.

The pizza selection itself feels more traditional and, dare we say, demure, with a roll call of just eleven elegantly adorned affairs. The Napoli is especially good, with the imported Amalfi anchovies aggressively salty and the black olives aggressively briny, but all somehow soothed by a super sweet organic tomato sauce. To enjoy this particular pizza on a crisp base that doesn’t buckle feels perverse. Illicit, even. And we love it…

Even more illicit feeling is Berberè’s falafel pizza which should, in all honesty, be against the law. We think we might just order another Napoli… but not before one of their gorgeous montaranina (a pizza fritta of sorts).

Website: berberepizzeria.co.uk

Address: 67 Venn St, London SW4 0BD 



Pizzeria Pellone, Battersea

Ideal for the city’s finest calzone fritto…

Authenticity is the name of the game – on the first half at least – of the Battersea favourite Pizzeria Pellone’s menu; Neapolitan classics using Gustarosso tomato sauce, Caputo flour, and Buffalo Mozzarella straight from Campania. This respectful adherence to stricture has its backbone in the Pellone family’s popular pizzerias back in Naples, and you can taste tradition in every slice..

That said, it’s in that second half of the menu, the Pizze Le Pizze Gourmet, where the intrigue lies; the white pizzas here are superb, particularly the pistachio pesto and mortadella number. The Calzone Fritto, generous with black pepper and mottled with housemade salami, is a cult classic.

For those not keen to head south, there’s now a second branch of Pellone in East Finchely.

Address: 42 Lavender Hill, London SW11 5RL

Website: pizzeriapellonelondon.co.uk


Read: Where to eat near Clapham Junction


Voodoo Ray’s, Dalston

Ideal for creative late night slices and some top tunes to boot…

We’ve come this far without mentioning any by-the-slice joints, which is a little remiss of us – London does boast a commendably varied pizza scene, and we can’t fixate on Neapolitan versions forever, as much as we’d like to.

Perhaps the best slice shop in the city is late night hipster hangout Voodoo Ray’s in Dalston. Here you can enjoy a cold can of Neck Oil and a New Yorker style pizza until the early hours (this place closes at 3 AM at the weekend) and ride off on your unicycle into the night, satiated and happy.

Website: voodoorays.com

Address: 95 Kingsland High St, London E8 2PB, UK


Crisp Pizza, Hammersmith *as of October 2025, temporarily closed*

Ideal for London’s most in-demand slice…

Boasting a crust that won’t bust under the weight of its deceptively simple toppings, a good covering of Roni Cup pepperoni and wefts of grated parmesan are all you need to let you know you’re eating a New York adjacent pie over at Crisp Pizza. 

Quite possibly London’s most coveted slice right now, the snaking lines around this corner of W6 tell their own narrative; of Londoners keen to delve deeper than the Neopotlian culinary diktat, of discerning diners seeking a slice that won’t fold so dramatically that their starched white shirts get splattered in marinara sauce. We’ll see you in the queue?

About that queue; we’ve found most joy on Friday lunchtimes, when walk-ins are received most smoothly. Though doors open at midday, it’s best to pitch up at around 11:30am if you’re keen for the quickest possible delivery time. Form an orderly line at the A-board outside the pub door and you’ll be noted by staff. At midday, place your order, get a pint in, and by 12:30pm you’ll be feasting.

All that said, the ordering, queuing and booking system is permanently in a state of some flux, so that advice above may no longer be true by the same we’ve both finished this sentence.

*Big news: It has just been announced that Crisp is expanding to Mayfair with The Marlborough on North Audley Street. With support from The Devonshire’s dream team (Charlie Carroll, Ashley Palmer-Watts and Oisín Rogers), they’re creating a speakeasy-style pizza spot downstairs with a traditional pub upstairs, complete with what promises to be exceptional Guinness pours. Expected to open in late autumn, this collaboration between two of London’s most talked-about food destinations is set to be one of the biggest openings of the year.

For the time being, the Hammersmith location is closed, but this isn’t believed to be permanent*

WebsiteCrisp W6 at The Chancellors | Menu

Address25 Crisp Rd, London W6 9RL


Read: Where to find the best New York style pizza in London


Santa Maria, Ealing

Ideal for arguably the most Neapolitan of Neapolitan pizza experiences in the capital…

Back to where it all began, with another fine Neapolitan showstopper. Everything about Santa Maria in Ealing is about tradition and simplicity; the bare, whitewashed walls, the lightly adorned pizzas, the premium ingredients imported from the motherland. It’s all sourced and cooked with a pride in the product as guiding principle, which is no bad thing in a pizza.

There are now several across the city.

Website: santamariapizzeria.com

Address: 15 St Mary’s Rd, Ealing, London W5 5RA, UK


Crust Bros, Waterloo

Ideal for airy dinghies just made for dipping…

Next up, we’re heading to Crust Bros. Thankfully not actually bro food (does anyone genuinely want ‘grimy fries’ or ‘sordid nachos’?), these fratms do a fine trade in elegant, Neapolitan-adjacent pizzas, complete with puffy, dinghy-style crusts, proper leopard pock-marks, and pleasingly sloppy centres. 

Just a few minutes walk from Waterloo and with a pizza that hits the table steaming within a minute or two of ordering, Crust Bros is the perfect place for a pitstop before catching your onward train. The place was positively heaving on a recent Friday lunchtime visit, full of suits, citybreakers and strays, a demonstration of the enduringly democratic nature of pizza.

Despite the eponymous name, it’s not the crusts that help this pizzeria stand out in a city that’s close to drowning in latticello; it’s the dippers for those crusts that are the point of difference. The lemon garlic mayo is particularly good – piquant and bracing, and bringing a perfect counterpoint to those light-as-you like crusts which seem to exhale happily as you pierce them.

Personalise your pizza or choose from a choice of around ten of their own suggestions (skirting around the fact that you might have to say “could I have the Meat Sweatz?” outloud), finish with the excellent homemade limoncello, and you’ve got yourself a speedy, satisfying lunch to propel you forward into your afternoon. Saluti!

Website: crustbros.co.uk

Address: 113 Waterloo Rd, London SE1 8UL


Alley Cats Pizza, Marylebone

Ideal for lush yet light New York bar style pizzas…

If you’re prowling (sorry) the streets of Marylebone for a slice of New York, then look no further than Alley Cats Pizza. Open only a year or so, this homage to the red sauce-splattered, gingham-tableclothed pizza joints of the Big Apple has already become a sensation online and, you know, physically; you may well have seen the thin, crisp pies on TikTok or the queues snaking down Paddington Street in person in the last twelve months.

On the paddle is Sicilian chef Francesco Macri, who has worked at two other places on our list, Pizza Pilgrims and Santa Maria, and brings that experience to Alley Cats, though the pizza propositionhere is a little different – something close to a New York ‘bar style’, characterised by an electric oven that fires out 14 inches in under six minutes, all stable crusts and well-balanced, reserved toppings. 

The prosaically named ‘Vodka’ is the highlight here, a riff on penne alla vodka with its splash of cream enrichening the tomato sauce and its two mozzarellas – both buffalo and aged – furthering that sense of something truly sumptuous. Fortunately, that sturdy base is more than capable of a bit of heavy lifting.

There is now a second brand on Chelsea’s King’s Road. Perhaps it might be a little easier to actually nab a table now there’s two cats in town.

Website: alleycatspizza.co.uk

Address: 22 Paddington St, London W1U 5QY


Yard Sale, Various Locations

Ideal for arguably London’s most popular homegrown pizza…

A synthesis style of New York and ‘London’ Neapolitan pizzas, Yard Sale is one of the city’s most ubiquitous pizza brands. TopJaw approved to point that it feels like something fishy is afoot, Yard Sale’s omnipresence, in all fairness, hasn’t dampened the quality of their pizzas, with the restaurant group winning a slew of awards in recent years, including Best Value Eats in 2022’s OFM Awards London’s most-loved restaurant in Time Out’s 2016 Love London Awards.

Yard Sale Pizza started from humble beginnings with a single oven in a backyard, and has since expanded across North, East, and South London, with 10 sites now in total, plus an extensive, expansive delivery offering. Their 12″ and 18″ pizzas are perfect for solo diners or sharing between friends, with toppings sometimes eccentric and always, proudly multicultural London in their makeup. Their recent collaboration with Roti King (such London royalty they should soon be ‘Roti Emperor’, amirite?) on a rendang topped pizza exemplifies both those statements, and ends up being predictably, properly delicious.

As with quite a few London pizzerias that get a bit frivolous with their menu descriptors, you might feel like a bit of a dick ordering here – “Mr Lava Lava”, anyone?

Website: yardsalepizza.com

Locations: Hither Green, Tottenham, Crofton Park, Crystal Palace, Balham, East Dulwich, Hackney Road, Leytonstone, Walthamstow, Finsbury Park, Clapton.


Detroit Pizza, Spitalfields

Ideal for a square slice of caramelised cheese perfection…

Neapolitan this, New Yorker that… Well, over in Spitalfields, Detroit Pizza aims instead to bring a square of Motor City pizza culture to London. We’re so glad they did, as the pies here, characterised by a thick, square-cut base with a crunchy, fried base overflowing with delicious melted cheese are one mighty indulgence. The best bit? The frilly, caramelised cheese collar that the Detroit pizzas here wear so proudly, its frico the result of the thick, cast-iron-like steel pans that the restaurant uses.

A walk-in only restaurant, slices/squares/whatever are £4.99 while whole pies come in two sizes, regular or large, priced at around £15 or £25 respectively, depending on toppings. The latter is enough to feed four.

Website: detroitpizzalondon.com

Address: 75 Commercial St, London E1 6BD

The Best Restaurants In Southampton

For a city of its size and cultural capital, Southampton’s restaurant scene feels criminally underrated.

Sure, this might be the city where Jane Austen celebrated her 18th birthday and wrote Sense and Sensibility. And yes, it is the place where both the iconic Spitfire and the Titanic had their maiden voyages (the former more successful than the latter, of course), but ask most Sotonian about their culinary heritage, and it’s Clarence Birdseye, the founding father of fish fingers, that might first come to mind.

You can probably guess where this one is going; as locals and proud Saints, we hope we’re not taking the partisan position when we say that Southampton’s restaurant scene is thriving, with national acclaim and awards recognition surely around the corner.

If you’re in the city and wondering where to eat, then here are the very best restaurants in Southampton.

The Jetty, Ocean Village

Ideal for finely done seafood with views of the marina…

From your mum’s kitchen to a place with Michelin-starred aspirations, The Jetty manages to straddle fun and fine dining with grace, and is our favourite high-end restaurant in Southampton, hands down.

It’s a seafood-forward menu here, brought to life not only by veteran chef Alex Aitken, but also by the light and airy dining room, which boasts panoramic views across swanky Ocean Village Marina, and a terrace that always seems to be bathed in Solent sunshine and on the receiving end of the most gentle of sea breezes.

Phew, we could sit out here all day, but the kitchen’s pass-spanning display of freshly caught local fish laying proudly over ice has enticed us back inside. Though there’s a keenly priced set menu at £35 for three courses, we prefer to run roughshod over the a la carte offering – mainly because that’s where the funky, umami-heavy crab croquettes are found. 

After that, for the ultimate seafood experience it has to be – and always is – the mixed fish grill, which sees the catch of the day grilled on the bone, served alongside a handful of tiger prawns, a marinière featuring clams, cockles and mussels, and, of course, some aioli, here positively humming with roasted garlic. For £37.50, it’s an absolute steal.

The restaurant is open everyday for lunch and dinner, closing a little earlier on Sundays. 

Website: harbourhotels.co.uk

Address: Southampton Harbour Hotel, 5 Maritime Walk, Southampton SO14 3TL


Blue Jasmine Wine & Tapasia, Ocean Village

Ideal for a contemporary take on the food of South East Asia…

Another fantastic restaurant in Southampton’s Ocean Village is Blue Jasmine, a place doing contemporary, tapas-inspired (hence the really bad pun in the name) takes on East Asian cuisine with real flair and imagination. 

Though we’re usually a little cautious of ‘refined’ takes on regional cooking (isn’t it refined enough already?), there’s so much to love about the food at Blue Jasmine, with some seriously show-stopping dishes bringing some much needed spice and vitality to this corner of the quayside. 

The kitchen here is now being led by promising young chef Anthony Vito, who fuses memories of growing up in the Phillipines and cooking Indonesian nasi goreng with some of Hampshire’s finest produce. The results are spectacular, whether that’s in the Hampshire lamb chops with sambal, diced Hampshire beef fillet with black peppercorn sauce, or the restaurant’s signature imperial crispy duck with pancakes. All of these clock in at £20, which is smart value in this swanky part of town.

Image via Blue Jasmine

If you’re keen to sample the broadest range of Blue Jasmine’s innovative takes on East Asian food, then the Chef’s Choice menu (£60 a head) is a winner, with around 10 sharing dishes filling the table and complementing each other beautifully. Keep an eye on the restaurant’s partnership with Hampshire winery Hattingley Valley – they have several excellent sparkling wines on the menu.

Website: bluejasmine.co.uk

Address: Unit 3-4, Alexandra Wharf, Maritime Walk, Ocean Way, Southampton SO14 3QS


The Pig In The Wall, City Centre

Ideal for a tiny restaurant with big flavours from a revered local restaurant group…

If you’ve ever dined at New Forest destination restaurant The Pig, who proudly source 80% of their ingredients from within a 25 mile radius, then you’ll already be well aware of the quality of the cooking at this restaurant group, which now numbers 8 in total.

One of those is found tucked away in the mediaeval walls of Southampton. ‘’The smallest of the litter’’ (their words, not ours), The Pig In The Wall more than makes up for its apparent Napoleon complex with big, bold flavours, even if this is more self-proclaimed ‘deli-dining’ than the usual finer side of things that we’ve come to expect from Hutson and co.

Hell, they even call it ”supper” rather than dinner, and the place closes at 8pm, but in those slightly reduced hours you’ll find plenty to enjoy on the Pig In The Wall’s dinner (sorry, supper) table. Go for the comforting cottage pie with a side of garden kale, followed by an apple crumble which has caught in all the right places. Pouring cream is mandatory.

Or, for something lighter, the deli bits are beautifully composed; the Hampshire pork pie, in particular, is a thing of majesty. With glasses of perfectly drinkable plonk available for under a fiver – the easy drinking La Vigneau at £4.75 is a particular steal – this rendition of The Pig is a great way to try the restaurant group’s famed hospitality without having to leave the city or open your wallet too wide. Result!

Website: thepighotel.com

Address: 8 Western Esplanade, Southampton SO14 2AZ, United Kingdom


La Regata, Town Quay

Ideal for old-school Spanish tapas in kitsch setting…

If you’re after the kind of Spanish restaurant that eschews modern (or even kinda recent) gastro-pretensions in favour of time-honoured tapas traditions, then La Regata is your spot. Having held court near the waterfront for almost a quarter of a century, this place has earned its stripes as one of Southampton’s most beloved dining institutions.

The setting alone is worth the visit – housed in a Grade II listed building from the 1860s, the restaurant spans two characterful, kitschy floors with an impressive mezzanine overlooking the main dining room. The decor hits all the right notes of rustic Spanish charm, from the blue traditional tiles to the dark wooden furnishings, but there are also a few nautical flourishes to remind you where you are; if you didn’t smell the industrial sea breeze as you pitched up, the ornamental life buoys will anchor you in Southampton rather than Seville. Bringing you back to the latter, the fairy light-draped palm tree centrepiece adds an unexpected touch of whimsy to proceedings.

But you’re here for the food, and Regata does its thing quite capably in this department. The menu is a love letter to classic Spanish cuisine, with tapas plates that would make any Madrileño feel right at home. The tuna salad with potatoes and peas might sound simple, but it’s executed perfectly, while the fresh grilled sardines further showcase the kitchen’s deft hand with seafood – pleasing when considering how close you are to the water.

For the full experience, gather a group and order across the menu – three to four dishes per person is the sweet spot, but we’re sure you know how tapas works. Make sure the fried squid with aioli makes an appearance (it’s some of the best we’ve had this side of Barcelona), and don’t skip the Cantabrian cheese-stuffed dates, which strike that perfect balance between sweet and savoury, and basically work perfectly as a dessert/cheese course hybrid.

Unsurprisingly, Spanish wines dominate the winelist. Whether you’re in the mood for a crisp Albariño or a robust Rioja, there’s plenty to explore by the bottle or glass for around a fiver, which is cracking value in this economy. And if you’re feeling festive (yep, we know it’s January, but live moves on), the house sangria, available by the glass or jug, is dangerously drinkable.

Website: laregata.co.uk

Address: Town Quay, Southampton SO14 2AR


Royal Palace (formerly Kuti’s), Town Quay 

Ideal for award-winning, Francis Benali-approved Indian food…

We couldn’t discuss the best restaurants in Southampton without paying lip service to everyone’s favourite curry house, Kuti’s, which is now under new management and with a new name; Royal Palace.

We’re pleased to report standards haven’t slipped here, with a recent meal at Royal Palace delivering the goods. It’s not just the restaurant’s long-serving association with Southampton FC legend Francis Benali that makes this place a cult favourite among the city’s curry fans; the food here is genuinely excellent, and its new location at the entrance to the Royal Pier illustrious.

In fact, Kuti’s was named as the UK’s Top Indian Restaurant in 2018 at the International Indian Chef Awards, and it was an accolade that felt well-deserved to those who have enjoyed the restaurant’s famous Adraki lamb chops or Kashmiri king prawn rogan josh. 

Sure, this isn’t a modern ‘small sharing plates of Indian street food’ kind of place, with its very particular type of pink and yellow colourscheme and curious placement of full-size rickshaws. Rather, it’s a curry house in the Anglo-Indian tradition of the British high street, with ornate gold trim on the banquette seating and a purple hue to the evening dining that Prince would feel at home basking under. The menu hasn’t changed dramatically since the name did, with beloved classics like those lamb chops still very much in place.

With Cobra King Malabar IPA on tap and the poppadoms free-flowing, there’s no place we’d rather be, particularly post-St. Mary’s, while we dissect a famous Saints victory over some delicious Indian food.

Website: royalpalacerestaurant.co.uk

Address: The Royal Pier, Mayflower Park, Town Quay, Southampton SO14 2AQ


Dancing Man Brewery, Town Quay

Ideal for pub classics and gorgeously hoppy beers…

Just a minute’s walk from Kuti’s and into Town Quay proper, you’ll find some of the best food in Southampton at Dancing Man Brewery, with a pint of the brewpub’s award winning, hop-heavy Jack O’Diamonds in one hand and a double DMB cheeseburger in the other. 

This gorgeous pub, housed in a mediaeval woolhouse defined by timber beams and a freestone facade, is a place for incredibly complex, invigorating beer first and foremost, but the food found on the menu (fresh out of a newly refurbished and reimagined kitchen) is eminently satisfying, too, with nourishing pub classics the order of the day – every day – here. It’s the perfect way to end a perfect day exploring Southampton’s top restaurants.

Website: dancingmanbrewery.co.uk

Address: Town Quay, Southampton SO14 2AR, United Kingdom


Hartnett Holder & Co, Lyndhurst

Ideal for refined Italian-British fusion in luxurious New Forest surroundings…

Just a short drive from Southampton proper, in the heart of the New Forest, sits what might be Hampshire’s most impressive culinary collaboration. When Michelin-starred Angela Hartnett joined forces with Lime Wood’s Luke Holder, the result was something rather special indeed – a restaurant that marries Italian soul with British produce in the most elegant of settings, the aforementioned Lime Wood Hotel.

The dining room, reimagined by designer Martin Brudnizki, strikes that perfect balance between casual and refined – think panelled dark-oak bar, flattering lighting that can make even a plate of pasta look fancy, and corner sofas that you’ll want to linger in.

The menu here is a constantly evolving love letter to Hampshire’s abundant produce, with many ingredients coming from the hotel’s own grounds and smokehouse. The kitchen’s partnership with Four Acre Farm in Ringwood (a no-dig farm just down the road) means the menu changes not just with the seasons, but sometimes daily, depending on what’s been pulled from the earth that morning. Breathe in that damp, earthy aroma of the woodland, and prepare for a sense of seasonality to match.

Current winter highlights include chalk stream trout from the River Test, West Country venison, and mushrooms foraged from the surrounding forest, but it’s the pasta dishes that really showcase the kitchen’s prowess – keep an eye out for the silky spaghetti with Isle of Wight lobster and chilli, a dish that perfectly encapsulates the restaurant’s Anglo-Italian approach and connects the restaurant to not only the surrounding pastures but also the nearby coast.

For the full experience, round things off with the tart tatin to share and some freshly baked madeleines. And while the tome-like wine list might feel overwhelming at first, the knowledgeable staff are more than happy to guide you through their impressive selection of organic and biodynamic options.

With three AA Rosettes under its belt and a string of historic accolades including Restaurant of the Year at the Hampshire Food & Drinks Awards a decade ago, Hartnett Holder & Co proves that some of Southampton’s best food can be found just beyond the city limits. Just make sure to book ahead (and to book a bed, too) – this is one restaurant that’s worth planning your evening around.

Website: limewoodhotel.co.uk

Address: Beaulieu Rd, Lyndhurst SO43 7FZ


AO, Eling *temporarily closed – due to reopen on 21st November*

Ideal for a refined, farm-to-table tasting menu at Southampton’s most Michelin-friendly restaurant…

*This just in: After several months of temporary closure, it was recently announced on AO’s Instagram page that the restaurant would reopen on Oxford Street on Friday 21st November 2025, offering both seven-course and ten-course tasting menus for lunch and dinner, alongside a more accessible three-course set lunch menu. The restaurant will settle into its new city centre home with a completely refreshed menu, making Daniel Rogan’s Michelin-aspiring cooking more accessible than ever before.*

The son of 3 Michelin-starred, Southampton-born Simon Rogan, Daniel Rogan has created something uniquely his own in this little corner of the city, just off London Road at Sunnyfields Farm. It’s a family affair here, with the name AO simply the initials of Rogan junior’s two children. Lovely stuff, but that’s enough about the lineage, we’re hungry…

Though the restaurant sits on Jacobs Gutter Lane, it’s got its eye firmly on the stars, with Michelin aspirations apparent in the refined but unfussy plates celebrating just a couple of key ingredients, the reaffirming of AO’s sustainability chops with every dish’s arrival, and the hyper seasonality of the whole thing. Indeed, you’ll be on first name terms with the restaurant’s producers and growers by the end of the no-choice, 8 course, £80 a head tasting menu.

All of this might sound a little cynical – there’s an open kitchen, exposed brick walls, and chefs presenting dishes, too – if the food wasn’t top notch. Here, it’s precise and perfectly executed, with a lightness of touch the true narrative thread that ties everything together. 

An early dish of a single, palm-sized barbecued scallop with a gorgeously burnished crust and mi-cuit centre is served with an aerated cauliflower puree and small but meaty slivers of hen of the woods mushroom. It feels like the perfect bridge between winter and spring, and sets the tone for a procession of dishes of similar exactitude, a rundown that reaches a crescendo with a thick piece of blushing White park beef fillet, celeriac, and the liquorice hum of black garlic. The sauce, reduced until sticky and coating the beef just so, is divine. 

A word for the sommelier here, who gets the tone of the £50-a-head wine flight just right, offering insights into the winemaking process and flavour profile of each glass without letting your food go cold when doing so. It’s a tricky balancing act to get right.

Though that Michelin star is yet to be awarded (open for less than two years, it’s only a matter of time, we think), AO has already caught the attention of SquareMeal UK, which has included it in their Top 100 restaurants list for 2024. Expect to hear more about this one as they bed in and grow.

Website: restaurantao.co.uk


Album, Oxford Street

Ideal for the finest snacks you never knew you needed…

Well, look who’s decided to stick around. The same Daniel Rogan from just a few paragraphs previous has landed on Oxford Street with Album, his follow-up to AO (which, as you’ll recall, is relocating to the very same street sometime this year). Rather than another tasting menu affair, Album takes a decidedly more relaxed approach – think small plates with serious technique, but without the two-hour commitment or the need to nod knowingly at descriptions of foraged this and fermented that.

The star of the show? The chicken fat rosti with roasted skin emulsion. Yes, you read that correctly, and yes, it’s as brilliant as it sounds. It’s comfort food that’s been to university – all the nostalgic joy of a Sunday roast, but with the kind of technical wizardry that makes you wonder how they’ve managed to extract quite so much flavour – so much comfort – from what is essentially a potato and some fat.

The menu changes with the seasons (naturally), but expect Hampshire producers to feature heavily. The small plates format means you can have a proper rummage without committing to a full evening’s entertainment – perfect for those post-work (or, indeed, post-match) moments when you fancy something a bit special but can’t be bothered with the full song and dance. Most dishes hover around the £8-12 mark, which feels almost generous given the level of cooking on display.

What’s refreshing about Album is its lack of pretension. The room is warm and inviting, the service is friendly without being overly familiar, and there’s not a foam in sight. It’s the sort of place where you could happily bring your parents without having to explain what everything is, but equally somewhere that’ll satisfy those of us who appreciate a bit of cheffy technique and largesse.

They’re currently only open Wednesday to Saturday only, so do book ahead. Southampton’s restaurant scene continues to punch well above its weight, and Album is yet another reason to stay local rather than schlepping up to London for a decent meal.

Website: albumrestaurant.co.uk

Address: 20-21 Oxford Street, Southampton SO14 3DJ


Why not head east on your culinary journey of discovery next, in search of Brighton and Hove’s best restaurants? You know you want to!

The Best Restaurants Near Liverpool Street, London

Disembark at London’s Liverpool Street Station and the bright and bustle of the big city can at first overwhelm. People jostle and shimmy, police vans congregate, and all the buses come at once, defying both attempts to cross the road casually and a certain London saying. It’s bedlam out here, make no mistake.

Sure, you could retreat back into a station once known as the Dark Cathedral, taking refuge under its atrium vaulting, the golden arches of McDonalds or in a box of Krispy Kremes, but to do so would be to miss out on all the fantastic restaurants just a short stroll from Liverpool Street.

So, pull yourself together, engage your appetite, shoulders back and smash it; here’s where to eat near Liverpool Street Station, our favourite restaurants in Bishopgate and Liverpool Street.

Three Uncles, Devonshire Row

The ideal place to enjoy traditional roast Cantonese meats over rice

After that flustered introduction, who’s going to firmly but fairly tell us to get a grip? Not one, not two, but three of our favourite uncles, that’s who.

So, it’s to Three Uncles we’re heading first (leave the station, cross Bishopsgate, pass the Bull and Last on your left, and you’re pretty much there) which celebrates traditional roast Cantonese meats over rice.

Just the ticket after a train journey, whether you’ve come from Cambridge or Tottenham Court Road, you’ll see slabs of crispy pork and whole roast ducks hanging over the counter at this modest shop, making it hard not to order both. Fortunately, the ‘any two meats over rice’ (complete with iron-rich, steamed pak choi) offer is as generous as you like, and a steal in the City for just £11.75.

Grab a stool at one of the two outside tables and watch the world go by, or head back to Liverpool Street Station for your departing train; you’ll be the envy of the whole carriage.

Website: threeuncles.co.uk

Address: 12 Devonshire Row, London EC2M 4RH


St. John Bread & Wine, Commercial Street

Ideal for traditional British fare from one of the UK’s most celebrated chefs...

Needing little in the way of introduction, Fergus Henderson’s St. John Bread & Wine is arguably even better than the Smithfield mothership, with the stark, ascetic interiors, stark, ascetic plates, warm hospitality, and yes, plenty of offal, all present and correct here.

Whilst you won’t always find the bone marrow and parsley salad on the menu at Bread and Wine (grilled sardines often stand in), there’s plenty of nourishing, generous dishes to get very excited about. We’re often found stalking Commercial Street, waiting for the doors to swing open at noon; a Bread & Wine kedgeree, a chilled glass of St. John Blanc, and a big ol’ plateful of warm madelines… Could it be the best ‘brunch’ in all of London? We certainly think so.

Stay for lunch, for a dish of upmost simplicity; a whole roast quail with a little jelly, or grilled red mullet with a fennel salad. Upfront, straightforward, and all the more delicious for it.

And if you can’t wait ‘till midday, the restaurant’s iconic bacon sarnie is available for takeaway only between 9am and 11am. Be prepared to queue.

Website: stjohnrestaurant.com

Address: 94-96 Commercial St, London E1 6LZ

Read: The best places for a bacon sandwich in London


Kolamba East, Blossom Street

Ideal for some seriously sensational Sri Lankan food…

In the new, long-teased development of Norton Folgate, on pretty, cobbled Blossom Street, recently opened Kolamba East is positioned as the sophisticated, slightly more premium sibling of the acclaimed Soho restaurant Kolamba. Whilst it’s only been open for a little under a year, the restaurant is already on form, and is a great option for a spicy, invigorating feast close to Liverpool Street.

Introduced to the London dining scene by husband and wife duo Eroshan and Aushi Meewella in 2019, Kolamba was conceived from their memories of growing up in the Sri Lankan capital Colombo and the incredible food of the city. 

Kolamba settled into Soho fast, earning several rave reviews in the national press. The announcement of a second act with loftier ambitions, then, piqued our interest something substantial, so we’re alighting at Liverpool Street once again, and heading five minutes down the road to the second outpost.

What first strikes you is the design here. Kolamba East is one handsome building, its 90-cover dining room a homogenous, harmonious single entity. Designed in partnership with Annie Harrison of FARE INC, it’s all plush booth seating, an attractive central bar, and some truly gorgeous lanterns, the latter of which cast a blanket of warming sepia over the whole space. It’s a beautifully designed room and one that really feels like you’re travelling on a private jet, for some reason.

Roasted Pineapple

When you come back down to earth, fold yourself into plates of Sri Lankan ‘homecooking’ with a few flashes of finesse from executive chef Imran Mansuri and team, perfectly exemplified in the string hopper king prawn biryani, which comes with a small jug of intensely flavoured, delicately spiced shellfish stock. Pour that jug over the tangle of thread like noodles, squeeze the prawn brains into the mix, and muddle; inside, it’s heady, oceanic alchemy. Alongside, and whatever you do, order the roasted pineapple; it’s one of the best things we’ve eaten this year.

You can read our full review of Kolamba here.

Address:12 Blossom St, London E1 6PL

Websitekolamba.co.uk


Manteca, Curtain Road

Ideal for Britalian food with a nose-to-tail ethos…

If you prefer your conversations to be conducted in hushed, reverent tones, you might be better off seeking shelter elsewhere. But if you’re looking for one of the best restaurants close to Liverpool Street Station, however, you’ve found it here.

Because Manteca, the ‘Britalian’ restaurant from chefs Chris Leach and David Carter, is a brimming, boisterous affair, and impossibly hard to book since moving to its permanent location in Shoreditch last year. 

Named by Time Out London as the second best restaurant in the city, and receiving a slew of fawning national reviews, the nose-to-tail small plates here are as satisfying as they come, the energy both in the dining room and on the plate totally irresistible. 

Whilst the brown crab caico e pepe is arguably the restaurant’s most talked about dish, it’s the pig head fritti that truly had us cooing. Or should that be ‘oinking’? Served alongside a burnt apple purée, Sunday lunch this ain’t. Rather, it’s a refined, deeply savoury bite, offset perfectly by the purée.

Equally fine when it’s on the menu is the tortellini in brudo, the pasta parcels filled with a mortadella mixture that’s both light and umami-heavy. The broth glistens, the tortellini bounces, and everything feels right with the world.

Speaking of Sunday lunches, incidentally, Manteca observes the lord’s day in true Bolognese fashion, with a celebratory lasagna verde (here, using belted galloway beef and rarebreed saddleback pork), all finished in the restaurant’s wood-fired oven. Only available on the Sabbath, it’s a worthy match to a more traditional Sunday roast in the city.

Anyway, Manteca truly is a class act, and somewhere you’ll want to return to again and again (and that’s coming through a writer who has now made their way through the entire menu here!). 

Website: mantecarestaurant.co.uk

Address: 49-51 Curtain Rd, London EC2A 3PT


Bar Douro City, Finsbury Avenue

Ideal for Portuguese small-plates specialists…

By some estimates, there are around 50’000 Portuguese nationals living in London, with the majority living in South Lambeth, the city’s so-called ‘Little Portugal’, and, more specifically, Stockwell, which is home to the biggest concentration of Portuguese outside of the Motherland.

Unsurprisingly, then, that to eat great Portuguese food in London, it’s wise to head into SW9. That said, north of the river, in the rather bromidic surrounds of Finsbury Avenue Square, some of the best Portuguese food we’ve ever had – Lisbon, London or anywhere – is being served at Bar Douro City.

In a dining room that might better be described as a particularly well-appointed corridor, with intricate blue-and-white azulejos-tiles lining one wall, and a bar and open kitchen on the other. From here, a procession of generous, gutsy Portuguese small plates are served with the kind of flourish that whisks you far away from the soulless City and to somewhere altogether more sincere. 

Start with the croquetes de alheira – circular croquettes filled with a sharp, spicy smoked sausage and topped with a dab of aioli that hit all the right notes with your first crisp glass of Super Bock, the only beer you need here. An exemplary bacalhau à brás pulls off that delicate balancing act that only the best versions do, of being both crunchy and creamy, its top end seasoning moreish rather than parching, as long as you’ve another Super Bock to hand. 

From the larger ‘land’ based dishes, the secretos de porco preto alentejano (grilled black pig) is a highlight, the highly prized cut from around the pig’s shoulder served blushing pink and beautifully marbled. The accompanying Montanheira salad features segments of orange that lift and cleanse. This has got to be one of the best dishes you’ll eat close to Liverpool Street Station, and well worth delaying your train for.

Round things off, naturally, with a pastel de nata. Bar Douro’s is served with a cinnamon ice cream which at first feels superfluous, but is so well made – smooth and rich rather than dusty – that you have to remove your purist hat and succumb. 

Bar Douro is also one of the best places in London for large groups, its dining room able to accommodate 16 people with a sharing menu that clocks in at just £40. Woof.

Website: bardouro.co.uk

Address: Unit 3, 1 Finsbury Ave, London EC2M 2PF


Bubala, Commercial Street

A darling place ideal for playful Middle Eastern sharing plates…

A Yiddish term of endearment akin to ‘sweetheart’, this vegetarian restaurant on the peripheries of Spitalfields takes inspiration from the cafe and casual dining scene in Tel Aviv. Put simply, Bubala is as charming as they come.

Whilst at lunch the menu is a la carte, at dinnertime it’s a set menu only affair, which at £38 per person isn’t necessarily cheap, until you see just how much you get for that figure; with over ten courses, this certainly isn’t a meal for watching yours. 

Whether you’re here for lunch or dinner, the brown butter hummus is essential (and all present and correct on the Bubala Knows Best evening set). But the headlining act for us is the fennel with saffron caramel and rose harissa, whose impossibly heady top notes are smoothed and sedated by a piquant yet cooling yoghurt. Just superb.

Website: bubala.co.uk

Address: 65 Commercial St, London E1 6BD


Cinnamon Kitchen City, Devonshire Square

Ideal for cinnamon, spice and all food ridiculously nice…

Fittingly located in the historic East India Company spice warehouse and just a two minute walk from Liverpool Street, Cinnamon Kitchen is the perfect spot to escape the hustle and bustle of the City. 

With Chef Vivek Singh at the helm, the restaurant and all-weather covered terrace serves his signature modern Indian cuisine with the best of British ingredients for lunch and dinner. The restaurant also does one of London’s spiciest dishes – the perfect way to dust yourself down after a long day, we think.

Website: cinnamon-kitchen.com

Address: 9 Devonshire Square, London EC2M 4YL


The Wolseley City, King William Street

Ideal for sophisticated all-day dining in the heart of The City…

Nestled in the heart of London’s historic/soulless Square Mile, this European restaurant pays homage to its much-loved forefather, The Wolseley, by retaining the ‘all-day’ offering intrinsic to its DNA, with food served in one way or another from 7am to 11pm, daily (except Sundays, which ends at 5pm) – pretty useful if you’ve missed your train and need somewhere to pitch up for a while, we think.

The ‘City’ version of this much cherished restaurant is a place where British (and London) heritage meets contemporary broadly-French cuisine, creating a dining experience that’s both casual and elegant, glamorous but grounded. 

Upon entering, you’ll be greeted by the graceful design details of the interior, which was once a bank and later a department store before being transformed into the capacious dining room you’re just about to settle into. Of course, twinkling, meandering jazz plays at just the right volume…

With the scene set, it’s time to tuck in, and the menu at The Wolseley City is a continent-spanning rundown of European classics. The snails done in the Bourguignonne-style, as in, swimming in plenty of garlic and herb butter, with a lick of pastis to liven them, are particularly good. Pack chewing gum for that onward train journey.

Even better – the highlight, in fact – is a tranche of turbot ‘Grenobloise’. Here, the pearlescent, expertly cooked fish arrives positively bathed in a lemon-spiked brown butter, capers dotted across its surface. You’ll want a side of frites with this one. Sure, £44.50 for a fairly small piece of fish – king of the sea or otherwise – might feel pretty extortionate, but the place is heaving with boorish bankers who wouldn’t bat an eyelid at the price tag, so fair fucks. Veal sweetbreads, all crisp exteriors and buttery centres, are served with a pleasingly light soubise sauce and pleasingly rich veal bone reduction, creating a ying and yang effect that complements those butch yet delicate offaly bits perfectly.

Desserts are decent, too, the apple strudel with a strident calvados chantilly cream hitting all the markers you want from your sweet course – caramelised sugar, giving fruit, and a soothing but boozy cream. Lovely stuff.

Located just a stone’s throw away from Monument Station, The Wolseley City is an accessible place to dine, making it the ideal choice for those looking for a grand dining experience without venturing too far from Liverpool Street.

Website: thewolseleycity.com

Address: 68 King William St, London EC4N 7HR


Gunpowder, Artillery Lane

Ideal for Indian small plates that pack heat and flavour…

Duck down Artillery Lane (sadly no relation to the whole Gunpowder thing; the restaurant is named after a famous spice mix), and you’ll find Gunpowder holding court in a tight space that feels like someone’s front room in terms of the cheek-to-jowl nature of things.

Five minutes from Liverpool Street Station, this tiny space has been buzzing with interest since day one, the room enveloped in a thick miasma of blooming spices that promises a good meal before you’ve even had the chance to get properly across the menu. These days you can actually book a table (a recent change from their famous no-bookings policy), though they do still keep some spots for walk-ins. Sure, you might be practically sitting on your neighbour’s lap, but nobody seems to mind when the food starts arriving. Hey, you might even enjoy that kind of close proximity…

The spicy venison and vermicelli doughnut sounds like something dreamt up after too many pints, but it works brilliantly. The meat’s been spiced judiciously, and the doughnut is light and grease-free, adding richness that’ll have you licking your fingers without shame (perhaps avoid doing so whilst looking into your neighbour’s eyes, though). Order the Gunpowder chaat for contrast – these crispy Norfolk potato fingers come dressed in yoghurt and tamarind, creating the kind of sweet-sour-spicy balance that the subcontinent does so well.

It’d be madness to stop after snacks. Instead, go for the grilled pork ribs arrive lacquered in a crimson Nagaland glaze that’s got a pleasing punch. These aren’t your Sunday pub ribs – they’re sticky, funky, and hot enough to make you grateful for the lassi you’ve almost knocked over several times. Speaking of heat, approach the bhel puri with caution if you’re spice-sensitive. What looks like an innocent puffed rice salad will absolutely blow your head off, though in the most delicious way possible.

The intimate space still creates a buzzy, energetic vibe, even if queues have been reduced by the new allowance for reservations. Perfect for a pre-train feast or a lunch that’s anything but boring.

Website: gunpowderrestaurants.com

Address: 11 White’s Row, London E1 7NF


Eataly, Bishopgate

The ideal shopping destination for Italian food lovers in London…

A fair amount of scepticism existed about the opening of the juggernaut Italian ‘marketplace’ Eataly just moments from Liverpool Street Station, and the first to land here in the UK. 

Did we really need a sprawling food court and Italian deli in London, when affordable pasta joints were proliferating faster than the time it takes to boil some freshly rolled angel hair? Would the self-proclaimed premium ingredients appeal to a British market often more concerned with convenience than quality? Was a whopping 42’000 square feet of eating, shopping and learning strictly necessary?

Four years in, and it turns out we did and it was. With over 5’000 food products and 2’000 wines – the largest collection in London – all under one roof, including some seriously good charcuterie, cheeses, and sweet stuff (the cannoli here is ace), Eataly has thus far been a massive success.

It’s also a great place to spend an afternoon, with samples, tastings and trials all available at the various retailers. Just make sure you bring a large bag and a larger credit limit; it’s impossible to leave this place empty handed!

There’s also decent pasta and pizza in Eataly’s three dedicated restaurants, for those looking to take a load off for a while.

Website: eataly.co.uk

Address: 135 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3YD


Xi’an Biang Biang Noodles, Commercial Street

The ideal destination for some of the best hand-pulled noodles in the Capital…

If you prefer your noodz hand-pulled rather than pasta machine rolled, then over on Commercial Street you’ll find one of the very best restaurants near Liverpool Street Station; Xi’an Biang Biang Noodles.

A sister restaurant to the much celebrated Xi’an Impression, one of our favourite places to eat in Highbury and Islington, the food is equally as good here. Visually akin to a canteen, all white walls and clinical lighting, and with straightforward service to match, the food is anything but impersonal; noodles have just the right amount of bite and spring, sauces (and subsequently, shirts) are slicked with chilli oil, and garlic lingers for days after dining here.

For those looking for somewhere to eat near Covent Garden, some good news; Xi’an Biang Biang Noodles will open their second branch here later in the year.

Address: 62 Commercial St, London E1 7AL

Read: The best restaurants in Whitechapel


Spitalfields, Brushfield Street

Ideal for lots of choice under one roof…

Spitalfields Market has a slicker, smoother feel than some of the more cobbled together markets in the city, but that’s not to its detriment at all. It’s large, covered (great for sheltering from the ever present London rain) and has a great variety of the good stuff, both in stall and fully-realised- restaurant form. 

Indeed, there are plenty of Spitalfields restaurants to choose from and the much renowned Galvin Brothers have two places here if parking your bottom and taking your time is more your thing. If snacking, shopping and switching cuisines does it for you, then Smokoloko, The Duck Truck and Ebby’s are particular favourites. 

Website: spitalfields.co.uk

Address: 56 Brushfield St, London E1 6AA


Shoryu Ramen, Great Eastern Street

Ideal for regional ramen that nourishes the soul…

Sure, Shoryu Ramen may be pretty ubiquitous by now, with the chain boasting 9 London outposts, as well as more across the UK, but that shouldn’t detract from the quality of the milky thick, rich, heavily porcine tonkotsu broth that has become the restaurant’s signature.

Founded by Tak Tokumine, a Fukuoka city native who might bleed bone broth if you cut him open with a Nakiri knife (weird image), the aim when opening Shoryu was simple; to bring the unique flavour of Fukuoka’s Hakata tonkutsu ramen, hard to find outside of Japan’s southern island of Kyushu, to London and beyond.

A noble aim indeed and one that has been embraced by ramen-loving Londoners. At the glass-fronted Shoreditch branch, a brisk 10 minute walk from the station, in a rather functional space, the usual lofty standards remain; the char siu barbecue pork is as tender as ever, the 12-hour broth is so enriched with pork fat it’s become opaque, and the dappling of chilli oil across its surface brings a curious sort of respite. 

It’s bloody fantastic, though perhaps not one for your lunch break; your white shirt is sure to get splattered and your energy levels may well be tanked. Best save this glorious bowl for after work, we think.

Website: shoryuramen.com

Address: 45 Great Eastern St, London EC2A 4NR


Som Saa, Commercial Street *temporarily closed – due to reopen on 11th November*

Ideal for regional Thai dishes and fruity cocktails that still both pack a punch…

The boozy and brilliant Som Saa has been such a foodie fixture since its Shoreditch opening back in the heady days of 2016 that it’s easy to forget how groundbreaking the restaurant felt at the time. 

A wildly successful pop-up that became a crowd-funded bricks and mortar restaurant, Som Saa’s introduction to the world was one of regional Thai food that wasn’t only liberal with the chilli, but also didn’t hold back on the cuisine’s funkier elements. Shrimp paste, fermented fish sauce and entrails, fresh durian and more all made an appearance on the big sharing tables that defined Som Saa’s convivial, cacophonous vibe.

Fast forward to 2025 and the whole of London suddenly feels conversant in the difference between Isaan’s pla raa and Sai Buru’s nahm bu du, with the city’s capsaicin tolerance at an all time high, and some of Som Saa’s more unfamiliar dishes now very much part of the fabric of food culture here.

Much recent focus has been placed on Som Saa founders Andy Oliver and Mark Dobbie’s new Southern Thai joint Kolae over in Borough Market, but back at the mothership on Commercial Street, the whole deep-fried seabass is still as crisp and herbal as ever, the rotating cast of som tam still pounded to order each and every time, and the coconut cream for the restaurant’s excellent curries is still getting freshly pressed daily. 

It’s a labour of love that bears delicious fruit in a current red curry of crispy tofu and Thai basil, a thick, fresh and fragrant affair that undulates gently with the smoky background note of a complex dried red chilli paste. Equally good is the menu stalwart of stir-fried to order seasonal greens, with black cabbage, asparagus and mushrooms boasting huge amounts of wok hei. 

This is a place where you’ll want to come for a full sharing spread. Indeed, each dish’s interplay with its neighbour feels just as important as its flavour profile when standing alone. Som Saa’s ‘tem toh’ menu is designed with this interaction and balance in mind; a spread of 5 or 6 complementary dishes, plus rice and dessert, is priced for £40 per person.

A couple of the restaurant’s signature cocktails (mine’s the Siam Sling – a long, floral number flavoured with Thai basil and makrut lime – if you’re asking) sees that sharing menu on its way beautifully. 

*Unfortunately, after a fire at the restaurant in early May, Som Saa is currently (but temporarily) closed. It has just been announced that they are due to reopen 11th November – excellent news!*

Address: 43A Commercial St, London E1 6BD 

Website: somsaa.com

And whilst you’re in the area, why not check out our tips on the best places to eat near Shoreditch High Street Station. Thank the god lord for TFL!